Attached files

file filename
EX-23.1 - EX-23.1 - Ocean Biomedical, Inc.d54742dex231.htm
EX-21.1 - EX-21.1 - Ocean Biomedical, Inc.d54742dex211.htm
EX-10.11 - EX-10.11 - Ocean Biomedical, Inc.d54742dex1011.htm
EX-3.3 - EX-3.3 - Ocean Biomedical, Inc.d54742dex33.htm
EX-3.1 - EX-3.1 - Ocean Biomedical, Inc.d54742dex31.htm
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 9, 2021

Registration No. 333-            

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   2834   85-41777213

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

55 Claverick St., Room 325

Providence, Rhode Island 02903

(401) 444-7375

(Address, including zip code and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

Elizabeth Ng

Chief Executive Officer

Ocean Biomedical, Inc.

55 Claverick St., Room 325

Providence, Rhode Island 02903

(401) 444-7375

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:

 

Kristopher D. Brown
James Xu
Goodwin Procter LLP
620 Eighth Avenue
New York, NY 02109
(212) 813-8800
 

Gurinder Kalra

Chief Financial Officer

Ocean Biomedical, Inc.

55 Claverick St., Room 325

Providence, Rhode Island 02903

 

David Boles

Joshua A. Kaufman
Cooley LLP
55 Hudson Yards
New York, New York 10001
(212) 479-6000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box. ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer      Smaller reporting company  
     Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum

Aggregate

Offering Price(1)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee(2)

Common Stock, par value $0.000001 per share

  $100,000,000.00   $10,910.00

 

 

(1)

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act. Includes the offering price of any additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

(2)

Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state or other jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 9, 2021

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

 

LOGO

             Shares

Ocean Biomedical, Inc.

Common Stock

$         per share

 

 

This is the initial public offering of our common stock. We are selling             shares of common stock. Prior to this offering there has been no public market for our shares. We currently expect the initial public offering price to be between $         and $         per share of common stock.

We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to              additional shares of common stock. The underwriters can exercise this option at any time within 30 days after the date of this prospectus.

We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “OCEA.”

 

 

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 15.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Act of 2012 and, as such, we have elected to comply with certain reduced reporting requirements for this prospectus and may elect to do so in future filings.

Under current Nasdaq rules, we anticipate qualifying as a “controlled company” wherein at least 50% of the voting power of our company immediately following this initial public offering is anticipated to be held by Poseidon Bio, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. Prior to this initial public offering, Poseidon Bio, LLC, or Poseidon, holds 98% of the voting power of our company and Dr. Chirinjeev Kathuria, our executive chairman and co-founder, holds a majority share (69%) in Poseidon and other directors and executive officers of our company own an aggregate of 31% of the equity interests in Poseidon. Following this initial public offering, Poseidon will hold             % of the voting power of our company and Dr. Kathuria will continue to hold 69% of the equity interests in Poseidon and other directors and executive officers of our company will own an aggregate of 31% of the equity interests in Poseidon. We do not intend to rely on any Nasdaq or Securities and Exchange Commission corporate governance exemptions that are available to controlled companies.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Public Offering Price

   $                    $                

Underwriting Discounts and Commissions(1)

   $        $    

Proceeds to Ocean Biomedical, Inc. (before expenses)

   $        $    

 

(1)

See “Underwriting” for additional information regarding total underwriter compensation.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on or about , 2021 through book-entry facilities of The Depository Trust Company.

 

 

Berenberg    Oppenheimer & Co.

 

LifeSci Capital
  Ladenburg Thalmann   Brookline Capital Markets
    Roth Capital Partners  
    a division of Arcadia Securities, LLC  

                    , 2021


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1  

The Offering

     11  

Risk Factors

     15  

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-looking Statements

     84  

Market and Industry Data and Forecasts

     86  

Use of Proceeds

     87  

Dividend Policy

     89  

Capitalization

     90  

Dilution

     92  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     94  

Business

     109  

Management

     178  

Executive Compensation

     188  

Director Compensation

     192  

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     193  

Principal Stockholders

     196  

Description of Capital Stock

     198  

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     202  

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations to Non-U.S. holders

     204  

Underwriting

     208  

Legal Matters

     215  

Experts

     215  

Where You Can Find More Information

     215  

Index to Financial Statements

     F-1  

We and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We and the underwriters are not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

For investors outside of the United States: We have not, and the underwriters have not, done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than the United States. Persons outside of the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes. Unless context requires otherwise, references to “we,” “us,” “our,” “Ocean,” or the “Company” refer to Ocean Biomedical, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

 

 

LOGO

Our mission is to solve unmet medical needs by commercializing discoveries

from research universities and medical centers

We are a biopharmaceutical company that seeks to bridge the “bench-to-bedside” gap between medical research discoveries and patient solutions. We do this by leveraging our strong relationships with research universities and medical centers to license their inventions and technologies with the goal of developing them into products that address diseases with significant unmet medical needs. We believe that our differentiated business model positions us to capture inventions created at these institutions that might otherwise fail to be commercialized to benefit patients. Our team of accomplished scientists, business professionals and entrepreneurs brings together the interdisciplinary expertise and resources required to develop and commercialize a diverse portfolio of assets. We are organized around a licensing and subsidiary structure that we believe will enable us to create mutual value for us and potential licensing partners. We believe this structure, combined with the networks of our leadership team, allows us to opportunistically build a continuous pipeline of promising product innovations through our existing and potential future relationships with research institutions. Our goal is to optimize value creation for each of our product candidates, and we intend to continuously assess the best pathway for each as it progresses through the preclinical and clinical development process—including through internal advancement, partnerships with established companies and spin-outs or initial public offerings, or IPOs—in order to benefit patients through the commercialization of these products. Our current active assets are licensed directly or indirectly from Brown University, Stanford University and Rhode Island Hospital. Our scientific co-founders, Dr. Jack A. Elias and Dr. Jonathan Kurtis, are both affiliated with Brown University and with Rhode Island Hospital.

Our Therapeutic Programs

We are currently pursuing programs in oncology, fibrosis, infectious disease, and inflammation. Our programs in oncology and fibrosis are based on exclusive licenses with Brown University. Our programs in infectious disease are based on exclusive licenses with Rhode Island Hospital. Our program in inflammation is based on a nonexclusive license with Stanford University. We are not aware of any other licensee for these programs. We anticipate moving certain preclinical product candidates in our oncology, fibrosis and/or infectious disease programs into the clinic in the next 12 to 18 months. We also expect our anti-inflammatory product candidate, OPS-172 targeting angiotensin 1-7, or Ang 1-7, to commence Phase 1/2 clinical trials for the treatment of COVID-19 in the second half of 2021.



 

1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Oncology

Non-small cell lung cancer:     Non-small cell lung cancer, or NSCLC, accounts for about 85% of all lung cancers globally and affects approximately 460,000 people in the United States and 595,000 people in Europe. With approximately 135,000 U.S. deaths annually, it is the leading cause of cancer death for men and women globally. Currently available therapies for NSCLC include chemotherapy, targeted therapies and immune checkpoint inhibitors; all of which have limited response rates, high resistance development, potentially severe side effects and in the case of the checkpoint inhibitors rare fatal allergic and inflammation-related reactions. There is a significant unmet medical need for more effective and durable drug therapies.

Glioblastoma multiforme:     Glioblastoma multiforme, or GBM, is a brain cancer that kills approximately 60% of patients within 12 to 18 months from the time of diagnosis. It accounts for approximately 17% of all tumors of the brain and affects approximately 28,000 people in the United States. The median survival rate for individuals diagnosed with GBM is approximately 15 months and the five year survival is just 8% for those aged 45-54 and 5% for those aged 55-64. There is no currently approved therapy for GBM and it is a disease with one of the highest levels of unmet need in all of oncology.

Our product candidates in oncology are based on a drug target pioneered by our scientific co-founder, Dr. Jack A. Elias, former Dean of Medicine and current Special Advisor for Health Affairs to Brown University. His research demonstrated that a protein called chitinase 3-like-1, or Chi3l1, is a key driver of multiple disease pathways, including those involved in primary and metastatic tumor development. Neutralizing antibodies against Chi3l1 have been developed that are highly avid, specific, react with mouse, human and monkey Chi3l1 and are effectively expressed and humanized. In animal models of both lung cancer and glioblastoma, inhibition of Chi3l1 resulted in statistically significant tumor reduction, and the reduction was even greater when the inhibition of Chi3l1 was combined with immunotherapies to stimulate the body’s own immune response.

Fibrosis

Idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis:     Idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, or IPF, is a debilitating lung disease that occurs when the body’s normal healing responses become overactive, resulting in scarring of lung tissue that progressively inhibits breathing. Approximately 160,000 people in the United States and 64,000 people in Europe suffer from IPF. There is no cure for IPF and while the current therapies may slow the progression of the disease, the response to those therapies is heterogenous and may be limited by side-effects. There is a significant unmet medical need for more effective and tolerable IPF therapies.

Hermanksy-Pudlak syndrome:     Hermansky-Pudlak syndrome, or HPS, is an ultra-rare disease affecting approximately 1,800 people in the United States, mostly in Puerto Rico. Most patients with HPS develop lung fibrosis that progresses rapidly and is typically lethal within ten years of diagnosis. No therapeutic interventions are currently approved by the FDA for the treatment of HPS and lung transplantation remains the only potentially life-prolonging treatment.

There is a significant unmet need for any therapeutics that treat HPS.

Our product candidate in fibrosis is based on a drug target also investigated by Dr. Elias and closely related to the Chi3l1 oncology target described above. Dr. Elias found that an enzyme called chitinase 1, or Chit1, is a key driver of fibrosis. Fibrosis is observed in an estimated 50% of all diseases. Fibrosis in the lungs tends to be progressive and can reduce their function. In animal models of IPF and HPS, inhibition of Chit1 showed statistically significant reduced levels of fibrotic markers.

Infectious Disease

Malaria:     Approximately 500,000 children under the age of five globally die each year from malaria, a mosquito-borne infectious disease for which 3.4 billion people on earth are at risk. Malaria infects 200 to



 

2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

300 million people annually worldwide. Mosquito control remains limited in scope, and drug resistance threatens the effectiveness of current anti-malaria drugs. Clinical studies of the malaria vaccine candidate, ‘RTS,S’, which is currently furthest along in clinical development, show limited efficacy and serious safety concerns. There is a significant unmet medical need for more effective therapeutics to treat malaria and for more effective vaccines to immunize against it.

Whole Proteome Differential Screening Platform:     Our scientific co-founder, Dr. Jonathan Kurtis, Chair of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine and Director of the M.D./Ph.D. Program at Brown University, developed the Whole Proteome Differential Screening target discovery platform, or the WPDS platform. The WPDS platform enabled Dr. Kurtis to discover the novel targets against malaria described below. The WPDS platform leverages the fact that the immune systems of humans who are exposed to an infectious disease (such as malaria) will often naturally produce a wide array of antibodies to try fighting the infection. Only a small subset of these antibodies may prove effective, and the WPDS platform is designed to identify these antibodies and their corresponding antigens. We believe that such antibodies and antigens could inform the development of therapeutic and/or vaccine candidates against the particular infectious disease.

Our product candidates in malaria are based on the discovery by Dr. Kurtis of two novel malaria antigens, Plasmodium falciparum schizont egress antigen, or PfSEA-1, and Plasmodium falciparum glutamic-acid-rich protein, or PfGARP. In non-human primate models of malaria, vaccination with PfGARP resulted in an 11.5-fold reduction of parasites in blood compared to controls. In in-vitro models, our therapeutic antibody candidate against PfGARP reduced parasite count by 99% compared to controls.

Inflammation

COVID-19:     As of June 1, 2021, approximately 170 million people worldwide had been diagnosed with COVID-19, the disease caused by the SARS-COV-2 virus. According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, or CDC, data suggest that 14%-19% of cases are hospitalized and 3%-5% will need intense care unit admission. Despite the development of vaccines against COVID-19, there is a need for more effective treatments of the disease and its co-morbidities which include inflammation.

We have one anti-inflammatory product candidate:     Angiotensin 1-7 or Ang 1-7 (OPS-172). Our licensor Stanford University has an active investigational new drug, or IND, application with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, for this candidate, and they expect to commence a clinical trial to evaluate its potential in combination with standard of care in addressing inflammation in COVID-19 patients. Angtensin 1-7, produced by ACE-2, has anti-inflammatory activity and acts to decrease the levels of pro-inflammatory cytokines.

Our Pipeline

Our programs in oncology and fibrosis are based on discoveries of disease pathways and of related drug targets emerging from pioneering work in the field of chitinase biology by our scientific co-founder, Jack A. Elias, M.D., former Dean of Medicine and current Special Advisor for Health Affairs to Brown University at Brown.

In oncology, we are developing a mono-specific and two bi-specific humanized monoclonal antibodies, or mAb, product candidates targeting Chi3l1 for the treatment of non-small cell lung cancer, or NSCLC and of glioblastoma multiforme, or GBM. We refer to our mono-specific mAb product candidate as OCX-253, and our two bi-specific mAB product candidates as OCX-410 and OCX-909, respectively. In fibrosis, we are developing a small molecule product candidate targeting Chit1 for the treatment of Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis, or IPF, and Hermansky-Pudlak Syndrome, or HPS. We refer to this candidate for the treatment of IPF and HPS as OCF-203.



 

3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our product candidates in infectious disease derive from the WPDS platform, which was pioneered by Dr. Kurtis, and which led to his discoveries of novel targets to treat and to immunize against malaria. We believe that the WPDS platform also holds promise to be used to discover targets for other infectious diseases. We have three product candidates based on these novel target discoveries: (1) a malaria vaccine candidate targeting either or both of PfSEA-1, and parasite antigen PfGARP, which we refer to as our ODA-570 candidate; (2) a humanized mAb malaria therapeutic candidate targeting PfGARP, which we refer to as our ODA-611 candidate; and (3) a small molecule malaria therapeutic candidate targeting PfGARP, which we refer to as our ODA-579 candidate. Prior to in-licensing our product candidates, the preclinical developments of the oncology, fibrosis and malaria programs described above have, to date, been funded through grants totaling $105.6 million.

In our inflammation program, which is currently focused on COVID-19, an IND application has been filed by our licensor Stanford University and is in effect with the FDA for Ang 1-7. Stanford expects to commence a clinical trial of this product candidate for the treatment of COVID-19 in hospitalized patients, in the second half of 2021.

We believe that each of these product candidates holds the potential to transform current treatment protocols and meaningfully improve patients’ lives.

The table below summarizes our product candidate pipeline, target indications, estimated addressable patient populations, and stage of development.

 

 

LOGO

Our Strategy and Competitive Strengths

Our goal is to facilitate the flow of academic discoveries from bench-to-bedside by efficiently carrying out the translational and clinical development required to advance them commercially. The core elements that we believe differentiate our business model include:

 

   

Harnessing inventions and technologies from research universities and medical centers.     We search for opportunities wherever they can be found, and we believe “hidden gems” can be uncovered by our team. We are experienced at identifying and sourcing breakthrough discoveries at academic and research institutions, including our current partnerships with Brown University, Stanford University and Rhode Island Hospital. We know how to assess and test their scientific merits and commercial relevance, and we have extensive experience working with these institutions and licensing their assets. For example, our leadership team has evaluated thousands of innovations, taken multiple products through IND filings and into clinical development, and been involved in the launch of 10 biotech companies.



 

4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

Developing new drug therapies through an operationally efficient, evidence-based and milestone-driven approach.     Once we select an asset for development, we pursue what we believe are appropriate development strategies that we aim to execute efficiently by leveraging contract research and contract manufacturing organizations, or CROs and CMOs, and other drug development experts and consultants. We aim to rapidly and efficiently advance our product candidates to objective critical decision points. We direct resources toward the opportunities that we believe are the most promising, and we discontinue programs that do not meet our performance thresholds. We are skilled at objectively directing internal resources, and at leveraging external resources (such as CROs, and CMOs), in order to progress product candidates in accordance with well-defined criteria for advancement within a lean cost structure.

 

   

Building a diverse portfolio of product candidates.     We are evidence-based and program agnostic, meaning that our resources are driven strictly by program progress and milestone achievements. Our approach is to develop multiple diverse programs in parallel. Our success is not dependent on any one particular program, disease area or indication, which mitigates business risk, and allows us the flexibility to opportunistically develop product candidates, regardless of therapeutic area. We believe that this model ensures that we remain focused on assets with the most promise. The unifying theme in our portfolio is to address significant unmet medical needs by commercializing innovative therapeutic products, if approved.

 

   

Providing attractive economic upside to our partners at research universities and medical centers.     We have a structure wherein our parent company houses each program in a subsidiary. We believe this structure is optimal to provide attractive economic incentives to the discovering institution and its researchers. Our subsidiary structure is intended to enable us to offer equity in future programs to the licensing institution and the researchers who discover our product candidates. We believe this structure will make us a partner of choice for both institutions and researchers and aligns our interests with theirs toward the goal of maximum returns.

 

   

Employing a multi-disciplinary approach to drug discovery and development across our programs.     Our business model is based on bringing together the appropriate disciplines and expertise needed for each of our programs and leveraging learnings across programs and disease areas. Common ties between many diseases are becoming apparent and similar therapeutic strategies are increasingly being applied to different diseases. For example, our oncology and fibrosis programs are both based upon chitinase biology. Another example is the confluence of thinking about immunology and oncology therapeutic approaches which led to the advent of immune checkpoint inhibitors.

 

   

Exploiting multiple commercialization options to maximize each program’s value.     Throughout the development of our product candidates, we continually assess that program’s potential paths to market, and we will endeavor to maximize commercial value through various options, including internal advancement, partnerships with established companies, and spin-outs or IPOs. We believe that our structure and operational strategy enables us to assess and pursue the course that maximizes outcomes for patients and value for our shareholders.

 

   

Leadership team comprised of academic, scientific and business innovators.     We have assembled an industry-leading, multi-disciplinary team consisting of physicians, scientists and business leaders with significant experience in progressing product candidates from early-stage research through clinical trials, regulatory approval and ultimately to commercialization. Although our company has not yet developed or commercialized any biopharmaceutical products, key members of our management team have experience doing so in previous endeavors.



 

5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We believe our differentiated business model enables us to advance the commercialization of our products, if approved, and will allow us to replicate our licensing partnerships through aligned incentive structures with research universities and medical centers.

Our Structure: Supporting Innovation

We are structured in a manner where our parent company houses each program in a subsidiary. We currently house our programs in four wholly-owned subsidiaries and intend to grant a certain percentage of the ownership in future subsidiaries, typically 20% in aggregate, to the institution and to the relevant researchers. This anticipated organizational structure for future subsidiaries is unique in the market and we believe it will make us the partner of choice for institutions and inventors.

Currently, research universities and medical centers (institutions) have two primary options to commercialize their biomedical innovations and technologies: licensing to pharma, or licensing to startups that are usually founded or co-founded by the researchers (the inventors) behind the innovations.

We believe institutions and their researchers will prefer Ocean to launching a startup because Ocean eliminates the challenge of needing to raise capital and hire a team, and provides a greater share in the upside. Likewise, we believe Ocean will be a preferred choice as opposed to licensing to large pharmaceutical companies because receiving a percentage of any economic value, regardless of how it is derived, is often more attractive than relying on fixed milestone payments or single-digit royalties.

We believe our approach will give us preferred access to innovations at research universities and medical centers, and that this in turn will benefit our shareholders.

Our Corporate History and Leadership Team

Our leadership team has a track record of creating successful biopharma companies, with expertise in science, medicine, agile drug development, pharma strategy, and innovation management. Collectively, members of the team have evaluated more than 3,500 innovations; been involved in more than 350 drug discovery / development programs, 21 clinical development programs, and 9 approved drugs; are listed as inventors in more than 70 patents; have secured more than $120 million in venture capital funding; and have been involved in the launch of six biotech or life sciences companies and three IPOs. In addition, beyond our day-to-day leadership team, our scientific co-founders and members of our scientific advisory board, Dr. Elias and Dr. Kurtis, have authored or co-authored more than 350 papers, secured more than $100 million in grant funding, and are listed as inventors in more than 50 patents.

Our scientific co-founders are Dr. Elias and Dr. Kurtis. Drs. Elias and Kurtis are highly recognized and well-published physician-scientists who not only discovered novel disease targets and therapeutic candidates that form the basis for most of our current programs, but also will bring their broad clinical and research expertise and their extensive networks to bear as we assess new opportunities in the future. While the involvement of Drs. Elias and Kurtis in the management of our company is anticipated to be substantial, such involvement will not be full-time given the continuation of their research activities at Brown University. Our CEO, Elizabeth Ng, is a biopharma executive with over 25 years of experience in portfolio strategy and management, including the identification and evaluation of promising assets and the execution of value-creating strategic transactions for companies such as Merck & Co., Gilead Sciences, Inc. and BioMarin Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Our executive chairman, Chirinjeev Kathuria, M.D. is an entrepreneur who most recently co-founded and is executive chairman of UpHealth, Inc. a digital health company that announced a special purpose acquisition company transaction worth $1.35B in the fourth quarter of 2020. Dr. Kathuria is also co-founder and chairman of New Generation Power and he previously co-founded American Teleradiology NightHawks, Inc. which merged with NightHawk Radiology Holdings, Inc. and subsequently went public on Nasdaq.



 

6


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The mark “Ocean Biomedical, Inc.” and our corporate logo are our common law trademarks. All other service marks, trademarks and tradenames appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, the trademarks and tradenames referred to in this prospectus appear without the ® and symbols, but those references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights, or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and tradenames.

Summary of Material Risks Associated with Our Business

 

   

We are a preclinical and clinical stage therapeutics development company with no history of commercial success, revenues or profits, and we may not achieve or sustain profitability. We anticipate that we will incur losses for the foreseeable future. Our limited operating history may make it difficult for you to evaluate our success to date and to assess our future viability.

 

   

Even if this offering is successful, we anticipate needing to raise additional funding before we can expect to become profitable from any potential future sales of our products.

 

   

If we lose key management personnel, or if we fail to recruit additional highly skilled personnel, our ability to develop current product candidates or identify and develop new product candidates will be impaired and could result in loss of markets or market share and could make us less competitive.

 

   

We may not be successful in our efforts to use our differentiated business model to build a pipeline of product candidates with commercial value.

 

   

Our ability to realize value from our subsidiaries may be impacted if we reduce our ownership to a minority interest or otherwise cede control to other investors through contractual agreements or otherwise.

 

   

Our business is dependent on our ability to advance our current and future product candidates through preclinical studies and clinical trials, obtain marketing approval and ultimately commercialize them.

 

   

Preclinical and clinical development involve lengthy and expensive processes with uncertain outcomes. We may incur additional costs or experience delays in completing, or ultimately be unable to complete, the development and commercialization of our current product candidates or of any future product candidates.

 

   

We are working on biological targets that have not been proven to be effective for the treatment of disorders we seek, and we may ultimately find that these biological targets are not viable.

 

   

Our product candidates may cause undesirable and unforeseen side effects, which could delay or prevent their advancement into clinical trials or regulatory approval, limit the commercial potential, or result in significant negative consequences.

 

   

If we encounter difficulties enrolling patients in our clinical trials, our clinical development activities could be delayed or otherwise adversely affected.

 

   

Certain of our product candidates may be complex and difficult to manufacture. We could experience manufacturing problems that result in delays in our development or commercialization programs or otherwise harm our business.

 

   

Our license with Stanford University in connection with our anti-inflammatory candidate for COVID-19 is nonexclusive, and as a result we may face competitors who might enter into similar nonexclusive licensing agreements with Stanford.

 

   

We operate in a highly competitive environment with rapid technological change and there is the possibility that our competitors may achieve regulatory approval before us or develop therapies or technologies that are more advanced or effective than ours.



 

7


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

We expect to rely on third-party research organizations to conduct our preclinical studies and our clinical trials.

 

   

We expect to rely on third-party manufacturers to produce clinical supply of our product candidates.

 

   

Our current product candidates are being developed under licensing agreements with Brown University, Rhode Island Hospital, and Stanford University. These licensing agreements could be terminated by the licensors if we fail to meet obligations set forth in such agreements. Our relationships with these institutions are critical to our success. Our co-founders are affiliated with these institutions. If our co-founders depart our company, our relationships with these institutions could be jeopardized.

 

   

Our success depends in part on our ability to obtain and/or maintain patent protection or other necessary rights for our products and technology and to protect our intellectual property. It is difficult and costly to protect our proprietary rights and technology, and we may not be able to ensure their protection. In addition, if the scope of the patent protection obtained is not sufficiently broad or our rights under licensed patents is not sufficiently broad, our competitors could develop and commercialize products and technology similar or identical to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize our products and technology may be adversely affected.

 

   

The outbreak and continued course of the coronavirus disease, COVID-19, could adversely impact our business, including our preclinical studies and clinical trials.

The summary risk factors described above should be read together with the text of the full risk factors below, in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and the other information set forth in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, as well as in other documents that we file with the SEC. The risks summarized above or described in full below are not the only risks that we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us, or that we currently deem to be immaterial may also materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and future, growth prospects.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware on January 2, 2019. Our principal corporate office is located at 55 Claverick St., Room 325, Providence, Rhode Island 02903 and our telephone number is (401) 444-7375. Our website address is www.oceanbiomedical.com. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of, and is not incorporated by reference into, this prospectus. Investors should not rely on any such information in deciding whether to purchase our common stock.

We use various trademarks and trade names in our business, including, without limitation, our corporate name and logo. All other trademarks or trade names referred to in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, the trademarks and trade names in this prospectus may be referred to without the ® and  symbols, but such references should not be construed as any indicator that their respective owners will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, their rights thereto.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company and Smaller Reporting Company

As a company with less than $1.07 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or JOBS Act.



 

8


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

An emerging growth company may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to:

 

   

being permitted to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this prospectus;

 

   

not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting;

 

   

not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;

 

   

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation arrangements; and

 

   

exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We have elected to take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations in the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and may elect to take advantage of other reduced reporting requirements in future filings. As a result, the information that we provide to our stockholders may be different than you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests.

The JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards, until those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period and, therefore, we will not be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. Our financial statements may therefore not be comparable to those of companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards. Until the date that we are no longer an emerging growth company or affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the exemption provided by Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, upon issuance of a new or revised accounting standard that applies to our financial statements and that has a different effective date for public and private companies, we will disclose the date on which adoption is required for non-emerging growth companies and the date on which we will adopt the recently issued accounting standard.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.07 billion in annual gross revenue; (ii) the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; (iii) the issuance, in any three-year period, by us of more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or (iv) the last day of 2026.

We are also a “smaller reporting company,” meaning that the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates plus the proposed aggregate amount of gross proceeds to us as a result of this offering is less than $700.0 million and our annual revenue is less than $100.0 million during the most recently completed fiscal year. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company after this offering if either (i) the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250.0 million or (ii) our annual revenue is less than $100.0 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700.0 million. If we are a smaller reporting company at the point when we cease to be an emerging growth company, we may continue to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are available to smaller reporting companies. Specifically, as a smaller reporting



 

9


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

company we may choose to present only the two most recent fiscal years of audited financial statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K and, similar to emerging growth companies, smaller reporting companies have reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation.

Under current Nasdaq rules we anticipate qualifying as a “controlled company” wherein at least 50% of the voting power of our company immediately following this initial public offering is anticipated to be held by Poseidon Bio, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. Prior to this initial public offering, Poseidon Bio, LLC holds 98% of the voting power of our company and Dr. Chirinjeev Kathuria, our executive chairman and co-founder, holds a majority share (69%) in Poseidon and other directors and executive officers of our company own an aggregate of 31% of the equity interests in Poseidon. Following this initial public offering, Poseidon Bio, LLC will hold     % of the voting power of our company and Dr. Kathuria will continue to hold 69% of the equity interests in Poseidon and other directors and executive officers of our company will own an aggregate of 31% of the equity interests in Poseidon. We do not intend to rely on any Nasdaq or Securities and Exchange Commission corporate governance exemptions that are available to controlled companies.



 

10


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

            shares.

 

Option to purchase additional shares

We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to             additional shares of common stock from us. The underwriters can exercise this option at any time within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

 

Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

            shares (or shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from the sale of our common stock in this offering of approximately $         million, or $         million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to fund the clinical development of our             assets to Phase             clinical trials, to fund the preclinical development of our             assets through clinical registrational studies, and for business development activities, working capital and other general corporate purposes. See the section entitled “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

 

Risk factors

You should read carefully the section entitled “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors that you should consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

 

Proposed Nadaq Global Market symbol

“OCEA”

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 7,263,834 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2021, and excludes:

 

   

             shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Stock Option and Grant Plan, or the Old 2021 Plan;

 

   

             shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, or the 2021 Plan, which will become available for issuance upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part; and

 

   

             shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the 2021 ESPP, which will become available for issuance upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Unless otherwise indicated, this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:

 

   

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to             additional shares of our common stock in this offering;



 

11


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

a 1-for-                reverse stock split of our common stock, to be effected on                , 2021; and

 

   

the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws, which will occur immediately prior the completion of this offering.



 

12


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Summary Financial Data

The following tables present summary financial data for our business. We have derived the summary statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, and the summary balance sheet data as of March 31, 2021 from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements. We have derived the summary statements of operations data for the period from our inception at January 2, 2019 through December 31, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2020 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. You should read this data together with our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information in the section entitled “Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)    For the Three
Months Ended
March 31, 2020
    For the Three
Months Ended

March 31, 2021
    For the Period
from 
January 2, 2019
to December 31,
2019
    For the Year
Ended

December 31,
2020
 

Statements of Operations:

        

Revenue

   $     $     $     $  

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

           25,413       35       49  

General and administrative

     12       18,526       197       1,603  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     12       43,939       232       1,652  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (12     (43,939     (232     (1,652

Other (expense)

                       (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (12   $ (43,939   $ (232   $ (1,653
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares outstanding used in computing net loss per share—basic and diluted

     7,250,000       7,252,307       7,250,000       7,250,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share—basic and diluted

   $ (0.00   $ (6.06   $ (0.03   $ (0.23
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders:

        

Basic

        

Diluted

        

 

(In thousands)    As of March 31, 2021  
     Actual     Pro Forma As
Adjusted(1)(2)(3)
 

Balance Sheets Data:

    

Cash

   $ 785     $                

Working capital (deficit)(4)

     (2,095  

Total assets

     1,731    

Accumulated deficit

     (45,824  

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (2,095  

 

(1)

The pro forma as adjusted column in the balance sheet data table above gives effect to the issuance and sale of         shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.



 

13


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
(2)

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of each of cash, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares we are offering would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of each of cash, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $         million, based on the assumed initial public offering price per share, the midpoint of the price range as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

(3)

We intend to apply $12.3 million of the net proceeds from the offering toward the payment of certain accrued expenses and contingent payments. This includes $6.2 million of salaries and bonuses contingent upon financing, including $3.7 million of salaries contingent upon the successful completion of the IPO, $2.0 million of bonuses to certain members of senior management contingent upon the successful completion of the IPO, and $0.5 million of bonuses contingent upon the completion of our first capital raise equal to at least $50 million. This also includes $2.0 million in contingent vendor payments, $0.3 million in contingent license fees, $3.7 million of accrued expenses to vendors and $0.1 million of accrued expenses due to related parties.

 

(4)

We define working capital as current assets less current liabilities. See our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for details regarding our current assets and current liabilities.



 

14


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, as well as the other information in this prospectus, including our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and in the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” before deciding whether to invest in our common stock. The occurrence of any of the events or developments described below could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects. In such an event, the market price of our common stock could decline and you may lose all or part of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial also may impair our business operations.

Risks Related to Our Operating History

We have incurred significant net losses since inception and we expect to continue to incur significant net losses for the foreseeable future.

We have incurred significant net losses since our inception and have financed our operations principally through personal payments made by our executive chairman and founder and by executing contracts with contingent payment plans that will require the use of proceeds from the IPO. We anticipate continuing to incur significant research and development and other expenses related to our ongoing operations, and we do not expect to generate income, profits, or positive cash flow for the foreseeable future. For the period from inception January 2, 2019 to December 31, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2020, we reported a net loss of $0.2 million and $1.7 million, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2021, we reported a net loss of $12 thousand and $43.9 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, we had an accumulated deficit of $0.2 million and $1.9 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2021, we had an accumulated deficit of $45.8 million. We are still in the early stages of development of our product candidates and have not yet completed any clinical trials. As a result, we expect that it will be several years, if ever, before we have a commercialized product and generate revenue from product sales. Even if we succeed in receiving marketing approval for and commercializing one or more of our product candidates, we expect that we will continue to incur substantial research and development and other expenses in order to discover, develop and market additional potential products.

We expect to continue to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future, and we anticipate that our expenses will increase substantially if, and as, we:

 

   

advance the development of our current product candidates (OCX-253, OCX-410, OCX-909, OCF-203, ODA-570, ODA-611, ODA-579, and OPS-172) through clinical development, and, if successful, later-stage clinical trials;

 

   

identify, in-license, invest in, or discover and develop new product candidates;

 

   

advance our preclinical development programs into clinical development;

 

   

experience delays or interruptions with our preclinical studies or clinical trials, our receipt of services from our third-party service providers on whom we rely, our supply chain or other regulatory challenges, including those due to the COVID-19 pandemic or to other unforeseen global events;

 

   

seek regulatory approvals for any product candidates that successfully complete clinical trials;

 

   

commercialize any one or more of our product candidates and any future product candidates, if approved;

 

   

increase the amount of research and development activities to identify and develop product candidates;

 

   

hire additional clinical development, quality control, scientific and management personnel, including personnel to support our clinical development and manufacturing efforts and our operations as a public company;

 

15


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

expand our operational, financial and management systems and establish office, research and manufacturing space;

 

   

establish a business development, partnering, sales, marketing, medical affairs and/or distribution infrastructure to commercialize any products for which we may obtain marketing approval and intend to commercialize on our own or jointly with third parties; and

 

   

maintain, expand and protect our intellectual property portfolio.

To become and remain profitable, we must develop and eventually commercialize products with significant market potential. This will require us to be successful in a range of challenging activities, including completing preclinical studies and clinical trials, obtaining marketing approval for product candidates, manufacturing, marketing and selling products for which we may obtain marketing approval and satisfying any post-marketing requirements. We may never succeed in any or all of these activities and, even if we do, we may never generate revenue that is significant enough to achieve profitability. If we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Our failure to become and remain profitable would decrease the value of our company and could impair our ability to raise capital, maintain our research and development efforts, expand our business or continue our operations. Such failure could result in the loss of all or part of your investment.

Our independent registered public accounting firm has included an explanatory paragraph relating to our ability to continue as a going concern in its audit report included in this prospectus. Even if we consummate this offering, we will need additional funding to complete the development of our product candidates. A failure to obtain this necessary capital when needed could force us to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or commercialization efforts.

Our independent registered public accounting firm included an explanatory paragraph in its audit report on our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the period from inception January 2, 2019 to December 31, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2020 stating that our recurring losses from operations and negative cash flows and our need to raise additional funding to finance our operations raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. We have insufficient committed sources of additional capital to fund our operations as described in this prospectus for more than a limited period of time. We will require substantial additional funding to meet our financial needs and to pursue our business objectives. If we are unable to raise capital when needed, we could be forced to delay, reduce or altogether cease our product development programs or commercialization efforts.

We believe that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash, will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements through the next three years. However, this funding will not be sufficient for us to fund any of our product candidates through regulatory approval, and we will need to raise additional capital to complete the development and commercialization of our product candidates and in connection with our continuing operations and other planned activities. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

 

   

the scope, progress, results and costs of discovery, laboratory testing, manufacturing, preclinical and clinical development for our current and future product candidates;

 

   

the development requirements of other product candidates that we may pursue;

 

   

the timing and amounts of any milestone or royalty payments we may be required to make or may be entitled to receive under license agreements;

 

   

the costs of building out our infrastructure including hiring additional clinical, quality control and manufacturing personnel;

 

   

the costs, timing and outcome of regulatory review of our product candidates;

 

16


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

the costs and timing of future commercialization activities, including product manufacturing, marketing, sales and distribution, for any of our product candidates for which we receive marketing approval;

 

   

the revenue, if any, received from commercial sales of our product candidates for which we receive marketing approval;

 

   

the costs and timing of preparing, filing and prosecuting patent applications, maintaining and enforcing our intellectual property rights and defending any intellectual property-related claims;

 

   

the costs of operating as a public company; and

 

   

the extent to which we acquire or in-license other product candidates and technologies.

We cannot be certain that additional funding will be available on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital in sufficient amounts or on terms acceptable to us, we may have to significantly delay, scale back or discontinue the development or commercialization of our product candidates or other research and development initiatives. Any of our current or future license agreements may also be terminated if we are unable to meet the payment or other obligations under the agreements.

Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure

We may not be successful in our efforts to use our differentiated business model to build a pipeline of product candidates with commercial value.

A key element of our strategy is to use our differentiated business model to form or seek strategic alliances, create joint ventures or collaborations, or enter into licensing arrangements with third parties for programs, product candidates, technologies or intellectual property that we believe are novel, employ differentiated mechanisms of action, are more advanced in development than competitors, or have a combination of these attributes. We face significant competition in seeking appropriate strategic partners and licensing and acquisition opportunities, and the negotiation process is time-consuming and complex. We may not be successful in our efforts in building a pipeline of product candidates through acquisitions, licensing or through internal development or in progressing these product candidates through clinical development. Although our research and development efforts to date have resulted in our identification, discovery and preclinical and clinical development of certain of our product candidates, these product candidates may not be safe or effective as cancer treatments, and we may not be able to develop any other product candidates. Although we analyze whether we can replicate scientific results observed prior to our acquisition or investment in a product candidate, we may not be successful in doing so after our investment. Our differentiated business model is evolving and may not succeed in building a pipeline of product candidates. Even if we are successful in building our pipeline of product candidates, the potential product candidates that we identify may not be suitable for clinical development or generate acceptable clinical data, including as a result of unacceptable toxicity or other characteristics that indicate that they are unlikely to receive marketing approval from the FDA or other regulatory authorities or achieve market acceptance. If we do not successfully develop and commercialize product candidates, we will not be able to generate product revenue in the future, which likely would result in significant harm to our financial position and adversely affect our stock price.

Additionally, we may pursue additional in-licenses or acquisitions of development-stage assets or programs, which entails additional risk to us. While we believe our subsidiary model offers an attractive platform for these transactions and for potential partners, our model is unique and we may not be able to attract or execute transactions with licensors or collaborators who may choose to partner with companies that employ more traditional licensing and collaboration approaches. Identifying, selecting, and acquiring promising product candidates requires substantial technical, financial and human resources expertise. Efforts to do so may not result in the actual acquisition or license of a successful product candidate, potentially resulting in a diversion of our management’s time and the expenditure of our resources with no resulting benefit. For example, if we are unable to identify programs that ultimately result in approved

 

17


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

products, we may spend material amounts of our capital and other resources evaluating, acquiring, and developing products that ultimately do not provide a return on our investment. We expect to terminate programs in the future if they do not meet our criteria for advancement.

Our subsidiaries are party to certain agreements that provide our licensors, collaborators or other shareholders in our subsidiaries with rights that could delay or impact the potential sale of our subsidiaries or could impact the ability of our subsidiaries to sell assets, or enter into strategic alliances, collaborations or licensing arrangements with other third parties.

Each of our subsidiaries directly or indirectly licenses intellectual property from third parties and, future subsidiaries may be partially owned by third party investors. These third parties may have certain rights that could delay collaboration, licensing or other arrangement with another third party, and the existence of these rights may adversely impact the ability to attract an acquirer or partner.

We may form additional subsidiaries and enter into similar agreements with future partners or investors, or our subsidiaries may enter into further agreements, that in each case may contain similar provisions or other terms that are not favorable to us.

Our ability to realize value from our subsidiaries may be impacted if we reduce our ownership to a minority interest or otherwise cede control to other investors through contractual agreements or otherwise.

We currently wholly own all of our subsidiaries, and plan to remain majority owners of future subsidiaries. However, in the event that any of our subsidiaries require additional capital and its respective board of directors authorizes the transaction, our equity interest in our subsidiaries may be reduced to the extent such additional capital is obtained from third party investors rather than from us. Such transactions would still need to be approved by the board of directors of our respective subsidiary over which we maintain full control.

However, if we do not wish to or cannot provide additional capital to any of our subsidiaries, we may approve of an issuance of equity by a subsidiary that dilutes our ownership and may lose control over the subsidiary. In addition, if the affairs of such minority-owned subsidiaries were to be conducted in a manner detrimental to the interests or intentions of the Company, our business, reputation, and prospects may be adversely affected. For example, other shareholders in a minority-owned subsidiary could take actions without our consent, which could have an adverse impact on our investment in the subsidiary.

A single or limited number of subsidiaries may comprise a large proportion of our value.

A large proportion of our value may at any time reside in one or two of our subsidiaries, including intellectual property rights and the value ascribed to the product candidate or program that it is developing. Our consolidated financial condition and prospects may be materially diminished if the clinical development or potential commercialization prospects of a subsidiary’s product candidate or program or one or more of the intellectual property rights held by a specific subsidiary becomes impaired. Furthermore, a large proportion of our consolidated revenue may at any time be derived from one, or a small number of, licensed technologies, and termination or expiration of licenses to these technologies would likely have a material adverse effect on our consolidated revenue. Any material adverse impact on the value of a particular subsidiary, including its intellectual property rights or the clinical development of its product candidate or program, could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.

We may expend our limited resources to pursue a particular product candidate or indication and fail to capitalize on product candidates or indications that may be more profitable or for which there is a greater likelihood of success.

Because we have limited financial and managerial resources, we must focus on a limited number of research programs and product candidates and on specific indications. As a result, we may forego or delay

 

18


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

pursuit of opportunities with other product candidates or for other indications that later prove to have greater commercial potential, or fail to recognize or acquire assets that may be more promising than those we acquire. Our resource allocation decisions may cause us to fail to capitalize on viable commercial products or profitable market opportunities. Our spending on current and future identification, discovery, and preclinical development programs and product candidates for specific indications may not yield any commercially viable products.

Our reliance on a central team consisting of a limited number of employees who provide various administrative, research and development, and other services across our organization presents operational challenges that may adversely affect our business.

As of March 31, 2021, we had nine full-time employees, upon which we rely for various administrative, research and development, and other support services shared among our other operating subsidiaries. We also have two consultants who we rely on for research and development, business development, and other services. While we believe this structure enables us to reduce certain infrastructure costs, the small size of our centralized team may limit our ability to devote adequate personnel, time, and resources to support the operations of all of our subsidiaries, including their research and development activities, and the management of financial, accounting, and reporting matters. Given that our employees and management are primarily incentivized at the parent company level, these employees and management team members may not be sufficiently incentivized to maximize the overall value of our entire organization. If our centralized team fails to provide adequate administrative, research and development, or other services across our entire organization, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be harmed.

Some of our officers and directors currently serve, and in the future may serve, as directors or officers of our subsidiaries, and, as a result, have and may continue to have, fiduciary and other duties to our subsidiaries causing conflicts of interest with respect to their duties to us and their duties to our subsidiaries and in determining how to devote themselves to our affairs and the affairs of our subsidiaries. Our subsidiaries’ partners may also disagree with the sufficiency of resources that we provide to each subsidiary.

Certain of our officers, including our CEO, Elizabeth Ng, and our President and Director, Chirinjeev Kathuria, are also directors and/or officers of one or more of our subsidiaries and, as a result, have fiduciary or other duties both to us and our subsidiaries. The conflicts of interest that arise from such duties could interfere with the management of our subsidiaries and their programs and product candidates, or result in disagreements with our subsidiaries’ partners. For example, an individual who is both a director of one of our subsidiaries and Ocean Biomedical, Inc., owes fiduciary duties to the subsidiary and to the Company as a whole, and such individual may encounter circumstances in which his or her decision or action may benefit the subsidiary while having a detrimental impact on the Company, or vice versa, or on another subsidiary, including one for which he or she also serves as a director. Further, our officers and directors who are also officers and directors of our subsidiaries will need to allocate his or her time to responsibilities owed to Ocean Biomedical, Inc. and each of the subsidiaries for which he or she serves as an officer or director, and will make decisions on behalf of one entity that may negatively impact others. In addition, while most of our subsidiaries have waived any interest or expectation of corporate opportunities that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into possession of any director or officer who is also a director or officer of Ocean Biomedical, Inc., disputes could arise between us and our subsidiary’s partners regarding a conflict of interest. These partners also may disagree with the amount and quality of resources that our officers and employees devote to the subsidiary they are invested in. Any such disputes or disagreements could distract our management, interfere with our relations with our partners, and take significant time to resolve, which could disrupt the development of our product candidates, delay our potential commercialization efforts, result in increased costs or make it less likely that other third parties will choose to partner with us in the future.

 

19


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We currently outsource, and intend to continue to outsource, nearly all our discovery, clinical development, and manufacturing functions to third-party providers or consultants. Outsourcing these functions has significant risks, and our failure to manage these risks successfully could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Our business model relies upon the use of third parties, such as vendors and consultants, to conduct our drug discovery, preclinical testing, clinical trials, manufacturing, and all other aspects of clinical development. While our reliance on third parties allows us to purposely employ a small number of full–time employees, we may not effectively manage and oversee the third parties that our business depends upon and we have less control over our operations due to our reliance on third parties. While we believe our business model significantly reduces overhead cost, we may not realize the efficiencies of this arrangement if we are unable to effectively manage third parties or if our limited number of employees are unable to manage the operations of each of our subsidiaries, including the development of their programs and product candidates. The failure to successfully and efficiently outsource operational functions or appropriately manage the operations of our subsidiaries could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Risks Related to Raising Additional Capital

Even if this offering is successful, we will require substantial additional capital to finance our operations. If we are unable to raise such capital when needed, or on acceptable terms, we may be forced to delay, reduce and/or eliminate one or more of our research and drug development programs, future commercialization efforts and/or other operations.

Developing biopharmaceutical products, including conducting preclinical studies and clinical trials, is a very time-consuming, expensive and uncertain process that takes years to complete. Our operations have consumed substantial amounts of cash since inception. We expect our expenses to increase in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we advance our preclinical and clinical development programs, seek regulatory approvals for our product candidates, and launch and commercialize any products for which we receive regulatory approval. Following this offering, we also expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company. Accordingly, we will need to obtain substantial additional funding in order to maintain our continuing operations. If we are unable to raise capital when needed or on acceptable terms, we may be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate one or more of our research and drug development programs or future commercialization efforts.

As of March 31, 2021, we had a cash balance of approximately $0.8 million. We do not have any cash equivalents. Based on our current operating plan, we believe that the net proceeds from this offering will be sufficient to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements for the next three (3) years. However, our actual capital requirements may vary significantly from what we expect, and we will in any event require additional capital in order to complete clinical development of any of our current programs. Our monthly spending levels will vary based on new and ongoing development and corporate activities. Because the length of time and the activities associated with development of our product candidates are highly uncertain, we are unable to estimate the actual funds we will require for development, marketing and commercialization activities. Our future funding requirements, both near and long-term, will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to:

 

   

the initiation, progress, timing, costs and results of preclinical studies and clinical trials for our product candidates, including whether and when to advance our diverse portfolio of product candidates;

 

   

the clinical development plans we establish for these product candidates;

 

   

the timelines of our clinical trials and the overall costs to finish the clinical trials;

 

   

the impact on timelines and costs due to the COVID-19 pandemic or other unforeseen events;

 

   

the number and characteristics of product candidates that we develop;

 

20


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

the outcome, timing and cost of meeting regulatory requirements established by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, and other comparable foreign regulatory authorities;

 

   

the cost of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing our patent claims and other intellectual property rights;

 

   

the cost of defending intellectual property disputes, including patent infringement actions brought by third parties against us or our product candidates;

 

   

the extent to which we enter into additional collaboration agreements with regard to product discovery or acquire or in-license products or technologies;

 

   

the effect of competing technological and market developments;

 

   

the cost and timing of completion of commercial-scale outsourced manufacturing activities; and

 

   

the cost of establishing sales, marketing and distribution capabilities for any product candidates for which we may receive regulatory approval in regions where we choose to commercialize our products on our own.

We do not have a committed external source of funds or other support for our development efforts and we cannot be certain that additional funding will be available on acceptable terms, or at all. Until we can generate sufficient revenue to finance our cash requirements, which we may never do, we expect to finance our future cash needs through a combination of public or private equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations, strategic alliances, licensing arrangements and other marketing or distribution arrangements. If we raise additional funds through public or private equity offerings, the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect the rights of our common stockholders such as you. Further, to the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of common stock or securities convertible or exchangeable into common stock, your ownership interest will be diluted. In addition, any debt financing may subject us to fixed payment obligations and covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends. If we raise additional capital through marketing and distribution arrangements or other collaborations, strategic alliances or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish certain valuable intellectual property or other rights to our product candidates, technologies, future revenue streams or research programs or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. We also may be required to seek collaborators for any of our product candidates at an earlier stage than otherwise would be desirable or relinquish our rights to product candidates or technologies that we otherwise would seek to develop or commercialize ourselves. Market volatility and unforeseen events, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, could also adversely impact our ability to access capital as and when needed. If we are unable to raise additional capital in sufficient amounts or on terms acceptable to us, we may have to significantly delay, scale back or discontinue the development or commercialization of one or more of our product candidates or one or more of our other research and development initiatives. Any of the above events could significantly harm our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations and cause the price of our common stock to decline.

The amount of our future losses is uncertain and our quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly or may fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts, each of which may cause our stock price to fluctuate or decline.

Our quarterly and annual operating results may fluctuate significantly in the future due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control and may be difficult to predict, including the following:

 

   

our ability to complete preclinical studies and successfully submit INDs or comparable applications for our product candidates;

 

   

the timing and success or failure of preclinical studies and clinical trials for our product candidates or competing product candidates, or any other change in the competitive landscape of our industry, including consolidation among our competitors or partners;

 

21


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

whether we are required by the FDA or similar foreign regulatory authorities to conduct additional clinical trials or other studies beyond those planned to support the approval and commercialization of our product candidates or any future product candidates;

 

   

our ability to successfully recruit and retain subjects for clinical trials, and any delays caused by difficulties in such efforts, including the COVID-19 pandemic;

 

   

our ability to obtain marketing approval for our product candidates, and the timing and scope of any such approvals we may receive;

 

   

the timing and cost of, and level of investment in, research and development activities relating to our product candidates, which may change from time to time;

 

   

the cost of manufacturing our product candidates, which may vary depending on the quantity of production and the terms of our agreements with manufacturers;

 

   

our ability to attract, hire and retain qualified personnel;

 

   

expenditures that we will or may incur to develop additional product candidates;

 

   

the level of demand for our product candidates should they receive approval, which may vary significantly;

 

   

the risk/benefit profile, cost and reimbursement policies with respect to our product candidates, if approved, and existing and potential future therapeutics that compete with our product candidates;

 

   

general market conditions or extraordinary external events, such as recessions, natural disasters, and/or the COVID-19 pandemic;

 

   

the changing and volatile U.S. and global socio-economic and political environments; and

 

   

future accounting pronouncements or changes in our accounting policies or changes in tax laws.

The cumulative effects of these factors could result in large fluctuations and unpredictability in our quarterly and annual operating results. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. This variability and unpredictability could also result in our failing to meet the expectations of industry or financial analysts or investors for any period. If our revenue or operating results fall below the expectations of analysts or investors or below any forecasts we may provide to the market, or if the forecasts we provide to the market are below the expectations of analysts or investors, the price of our common stock could decline substantially. Such a stock price decline could occur even when we have met any previously publicly stated guidance we may provide.

Risks Related to Research and Development and the Biopharmaceutical Industry

Risks Related to Clinical Development

We are a biopharmaceutical company with a limited operating history, and many of our development programs are in early stages of development. This may make it difficult to evaluate our prospects and likelihood of success.

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company with a limited operating history, have no products approved for commercial sale and have not generated any revenue. All of our product candidates are in the preclinical stages of development and will require additional preclinical studies or clinical development as well as regulatory review and approval, substantial investment, access to sufficient commercial manufacturing capacity and significant marketing efforts before we can generate any revenue from product sales. Our operations to date have been limited to organizing and staffing our company, business planning, raising capital, establishing our intellectual property portfolio and performing research and development of our product candidates. Our approach to the discovery and development of product candidates is unproven, and we do not know whether we will be able to develop any products of commercial value. In addition, our product candidates will require substantial additional development and

 

22


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

clinical research time and resources before we would be able to apply for or receive regulatory approvals and begin generating revenue from product sales. We have not yet demonstrated the ability to progress any product candidate through clinical trials. We are still in preclinical development and may be unable to obtain regulatory approval, manufacture a commercial scale product, or arrange for a third party to do so on our behalf, or conduct sales and marketing activities necessary for successful product commercialization. Investment in biopharmaceutical product development is highly speculative because it entails substantial upfront capital expenditures and significant risk that any potential product candidate will fail to demonstrate adequate efficacy or an acceptable safety profile, gain regulatory approval and become commercially viable. In addition, as a business with a limited operating history, we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other known and unknown factors and risks frequently experienced by early-stage biopharmaceutical companies in rapidly evolving fields. Consequently, we have no meaningful history of operations upon which to evaluate our business, and predictions about our future success or viability may not be as accurate as they could be if we had a longer operating history or a history of successfully developing and commercializing drug and biological products.

Our business is dependent on the success of our product candidates that we advance into the clinic. We currently have no products that are approved for commercial sale and may never be able to develop marketable products. If one or more of our product candidates encounters safety or efficacy problems, development delays, regulatory issues or other problems, our development plans and business could be significantly harmed. Before we can generate any revenue from sales of any of our product candidates, we must undergo additional preclinical and clinical development, regulatory review and approval in one or more jurisdictions. In addition, if one or more of our product candidates are approved, we must ensure access to sufficient commercial manufacturing capacity and conduct significant marketing efforts in connection with any commercial launch. These efforts will require substantial investment, and we may not have the financial resources to continue development of our product candidates.

We may experience setbacks that could delay or prevent regulatory approval of, or our ability to commercialize, our product candidates, including:

 

   

timely completion of our preclinical studies and clinical trials;

 

   

negative or inconclusive results from our preclinical studies or clinical trials or the clinical trials of others for product candidates similar to ours, leading to a decision or requirement to conduct additional preclinical testing or clinical trials or abandon a program;

 

   

the prevalence, duration and severity of potential product-related side effects experienced by subjects receiving our product candidates in our clinical trials or by individuals using drugs or therapeutics similar to our product candidates;

 

   

delays in submitting INDs or comparable foreign applications or delays or failure in obtaining the necessary approvals from regulators to commence a clinical trial, or a suspension or termination of a clinical trial once commenced;

 

   

conditions imposed by the FDA or comparable foreign authorities regarding the scope or design of our clinical trials;

 

   

delays in enrolling subjects in clinical trials;

 

   

high drop-out rates of subjects from clinical trials;

 

   

inadequate supply or quality of product candidates or other materials necessary for the conduct of our clinical trials;

 

   

greater than anticipated clinical trial costs;

 

   

inability to compete with other therapies;

 

   

poor efficacy of our product candidates during clinical trials;

 

23


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

unfavorable FDA or other regulatory agency inspection and review of a clinical trial site;

 

   

failure of our third-party contractors or investigators to comply with regulatory requirements or otherwise meet their contractual obligations in a timely manner, or at all;

 

   

delays related to the impact of recessions, man-made and/or natural disasters, pandemics, and/or any other such events;

 

   

delays and changes in regulatory requirements, policy and guidelines, including the imposition of additional regulatory oversight around clinical testing generally or with respect to our technology in particular; or

 

   

varying interpretations of data by the FDA and similar foreign regulatory agencies.

We do not have complete control over many of these factors, including certain aspects of clinical development and the regulatory submission process, potential threats to our intellectual property rights and our manufacturing, marketing, distribution and sales efforts or that of any future collaborator.

Our underlying technology is unproven and may not result in marketable products.

Our approach is designed to discover and develop targeted treatments for non-small cell lung cancer, or NSCLC, glioblastoma, or GBM, and possibly other visceral cancers, by targeting the prototypic chitinase-like protein Chi3l1 which we have found is induced in human cancers including in primary lung cancer formation, in pulmonary melanoma metastasis, and in pulmonary breast cancer metastasis. These findings are the basis for our OCX-253, OCX-410 (PD-1), and OCX-909 (CTLA-4) programs. However, although multiple preclinical studies are currently underway, to date, our approach has not been tested in clinical trials for the treatment of NSCLC, GBM or other cancers.

Our approach to drug discovery and development in the area of fibrosis, with initial focus on targeting chitinase 1, or Chit1, is unproven and may not result in marketable products. Our approach is designed to discover and develop targeted treatments for idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, or IPF, Hermansky-Pudlak Syndrome, or HPS, and possibly other fibrotic diseases, by targeting Chit1 which we have found to be a master regulator of the TGF-ß1 mediated fibrosis response through various mechanisms. These findings are the basis for our OCF-203 program. However, although multiple preclinical studies are currently underway, to date, our approach has not been tested in clinical trials for the treatment of IPF, HPS, or other fibrotic conditions.

Our approach to therapeutics discovery and development in the area of malaria, with initial focus on targeting P. falciparum glutamic-acid-rich protein, or PfGARP, and P. falciparum schizont egress antigen, or PfSEA-1, is unproven and may not result in marketable products. Our approach is designed to discover and develop therapeutics for the treatment of malaria infections and short-term malaria prophylaxis, and to develop vaccines for immunization against malaria, by targeting PfGARP and PfSEA-1, as applicable. Our findings regarding PfGARP and PfSEA-1 form the basis for our ODA-611, ODA-579 and OCF-203 programs. However, although multiple preclinical studies are currently underway, to date, our approach has not been tested in clinical trials for the treatment of malaria infections, to provide malaria prophylaxis or to provide immunization against malaria.

Our approach to clinical development in the area of anti-inflammatories for COVID-19, with initial focus on the use of angiotensin 1-7, or Ang 1-7, may not result in marketable products. Ang 1-7 has been shown to cause an anti-inflammatory response by binding the Mas receptor on macrophages. These findings form the basis for our development programs to use angiotensin 1-7 (OPS-172) to treat symptoms of COVID-19. However, although multiple studies are currently underway and the clinical trial is expected to initiate in the second half of 2021, to date, this therapeutic moiety has not been clinically evaluated to provide treatment for COVID-19 symptoms.

 

24


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our approach to the discovery and development of product candidates based on our Whole Proteome Differential Screening target discovery platform represents a novel approach to product candidate development, which creates significant challenges for us.

Our future success depends on the successful development of our product candidates, some of which may be discovered or developed by our Whole Proteome Differential Screening target discovery program, or WPDS. WPDS is a new technology, and as such, it is difficult to predict whether WPDS will successfully enable us to successfully identify or develop product candidates. It is also difficult to accurately predict the developmental challenges we may incur for our product candidates as they proceed through product discovery or identification, preclinical studies and clinical trials. It is difficult for us to predict the time and cost of the development of product candidates identified by WPDS, and we cannot predict whether the application of our technology, or any similar or competitive technologies, will result in the identification, development, and regulatory approval of any products. There can be no assurance that any development problems we experience in the future related to our technology or any of our research programs will not cause significant delays or unanticipated costs, or that such development problems can be solved at all. Any of these factors may prevent us from completing our preclinical studies and clinical trials that we may initiate or commercializing any product candidates we may develop on a timely or profitable basis, if at all.

Due to our business model, we must make decisions on the allocation of resources to certain programs and product candidates; these decisions may prove to be wrong and may adversely affect our business.

We may forego or delay pursuit of opportunities with respect to additional research programs or product candidates or for indications other than those we are currently targeting. To the extent we allocate resources to any particular product candidate, our ability to pursue development of another product candidate may be hindered. Some of these opportunities may later prove to have greater commercial potential or a greater likelihood of success. Therefore, our resource allocation decisions may cause us to fail to capitalize on viable commercial products or profitable market opportunities, or expend resources on product candidates that are not viable.

There can be no assurance that we will ever be able to identify additional therapeutic opportunities for our product candidates or to develop suitable potential product candidates through internal research programs, which could materially adversely affect our future growth and prospects. We may focus our efforts and resources on potential product candidates or other potential programs that ultimately prove to be unsuccessful.

We may not be successful in our efforts to identify or discover additional product candidates in the future.

Although our business model relies in part on a plan to harness breakthrough inventions at research universities and medical centers and develop them into therapeutics that can address unmet medical needs, there can be no assurance that we will ever be able to identify additional candidate opportunities at these institutions or others. Even if we were able to identify such opportunities, there can be no assurance that we will be able to in-license them or otherwise acquire rights to them on terms that are beneficial to us. Furthermore, we could face competition for such opportunities from other companies and from venture capital firms.

Our research programs may initially show promise in identifying potential product candidates, yet fail to yield product candidates for clinical development for a number of reasons, such as:

 

   

our inability to design such product candidates with the pharmacological properties that we desire or attractive pharmacokinetics; or

 

   

potential product candidates may, on further study, be shown to have harmful side effects or other characteristics that indicate that they are unlikely to be medicines that will receive marketing approval and achieve market acceptance.

Research programs to identify new product candidates require substantial technical, financial and human resources. If we are unable to identify suitable compounds for preclinical and clinical development,

 

25


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

we will not be able to obtain product revenue in future periods, which likely would result in significant harm to our financial position and adversely impact our stock price.

We may not be able to file INDs or IND amendments or comparable applications to commence clinical trials on the timelines we expect, and even if we are able to, the FDA or other regulatory authorities may not permit us to proceed.

We may not be able to file INDs or other comparable applications for our product candidates on the timelines we expect. For example, we or our third parties collaborators may experience manufacturing delays or other delays with preclinical studies or FDA or other regulatory authorities may require additional preclinical studies that we did not anticipate. Moreover, we cannot be sure that submission of an IND or other comparable application will result in the FDA or other regulatory authorities allowing clinical trials to begin, or that, once begun, issues will not arise that result in a decision by us, by institutional review boards or independent ethics committees, or by the FDA or other regulatory authorities to suspend or terminate clinical trials, including as a result of a clinical hold. Additionally, even if FDA or other regulatory authorities agree with the design and implementation of the clinical trials set forth in an IND or comparable application, we cannot guarantee that they will not change their requirements or expectations in the future. These considerations also apply to new clinical trials we may submit as amendments to existing INDs or to a new IND or other comparable application. Any failure to file INDs or other comparable applications on the timelines we expect or to obtain regulatory approvals for our trials may prevent us from completing our clinical trials or commercializing our products on a timely basis, if at all.

Preclinical and clinical development involves a lengthy, complex and expensive process, with an uncertain outcome and results of earlier studies and trials may not be predictive of future preclinical studies or clinical trial results.

To obtain the requisite regulatory approvals to commercialize any product candidates, we must demonstrate through extensive preclinical studies and clinical trials that our product candidates are safe and effective in humans. Clinical testing is expensive and can take many years to complete, and its outcome is inherently uncertain. In particular, the general approach for FDA approval of a new product is dispositive data from two well-controlled, Phase 3 clinical trials of the relevant drug in the relevant patient population. Phase 3 clinical trials typically involve hundreds of patients, have significant costs and take years to complete. A product candidate can fail at any stage of testing, even after observing promising signals of activity in earlier preclinical studies or clinical trials. The results of preclinical studies and early clinical trials of our product candidates may not be predictive of the results of later-stage clinical trials. In addition, initial success in clinical trials may not be indicative of results obtained when such trials are completed. There is typically an extremely high rate of attrition from the failure of product candidates proceeding through clinical trials. Product candidates in later stages of clinical trials may fail to show the desired safety and efficacy profile despite having progressed through preclinical studies and initial clinical trials. A number of companies in the biopharmaceutical industry have suffered significant setbacks in advanced clinical trials due to lack of efficacy or unacceptable safety issues, notwithstanding promising results in earlier trials. Moreover, preclinical and clinical data are often susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses, and many companies that have believed their product candidates performed satisfactorily in preclinical studies and clinical trials have nonetheless failed to obtain marketing approval of their product candidates. Most product candidates that commence clinical trials are never approved as products and there can be no assurance that any of our clinical trials will ultimately be successful or support further clinical development in any of our product candidates. Product candidates that appear promising in the early phases of development may fail to reach the market for several reasons, including but not limited to:

 

   

preclinical studies or clinical trials may show the product candidates to be less effective than expected (e.g., a clinical trial could fail to meet its primary and/or secondary endpoint(s)) or to have unacceptable side effects or toxicities, or unexpected adverse drug-drug interactions;

 

26


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

failure to establish clinical endpoints that applicable regulatory authorities would consider clinically meaningful;

 

   

failure to execute the clinical trials caused by slow enrollment or subjects dropping out;

 

   

failure to receive the necessary regulatory approvals;

 

   

manufacturing costs, formulation issues, pricing or reimbursement issues, or other factors that make a product candidate uneconomical; and

 

   

the proprietary rights of others and their competing products and technologies that may prevent one of our product candidates from being commercialized.

In addition, differences in trial design between early-stage clinical trials and later-stage clinical trials make it difficult to extrapolate the results of earlier clinical trials to later clinical trials. Moreover, clinical data are often susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses, and many companies that have believed their product candidates performed satisfactorily in clinical trials have nonetheless failed to obtain marketing approval of their products. Additionally, some of our trials may be open-label studies, where both the patient and investigator know whether the patient is receiving the investigational product candidate or either an existing approved drug or placebo. Most typically, open-label clinical trials test only the investigational product candidate and sometimes do so at different dose levels. Open-label clinical trials are subject to various limitations that may exaggerate any therapeutic effect, such as “patient bias” where patients in open-label clinical trials perceive their symptoms to have improved merely due to their awareness of receiving treatment. Moreover, patients selected for early clinical studies often include the most severe sufferers and their symptoms may have been bound to improve notwithstanding the new treatment. In addition, open-label clinical trials may be subject to an “investigator bias” where those assessing and reviewing the physiological outcomes of the clinical trials are aware of which patients have received treatment and may interpret the information of the treated group more favorably given this knowledge. Therefore, it is possible that positive results observed in open-label trials will not be replicated in later placebo-controlled trials.

In addition, the standards that the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities use when regulating us require judgment and can change, which makes it difficult to predict with certainty how they will be applied. The standards are also different for the development of small molecule drug products and for the development of biological products, both of which we are undertaking through our programs. Any analysis we perform of data from preclinical and clinical activities is subject to confirmation and interpretation by regulatory authorities, which could delay, limit or prevent regulatory approval. We may also encounter unexpected delays and/or increased costs due to new government regulations. Examples of such regulations include future legislation or administrative action, or changes in FDA policy during the period of product development and FDA regulatory review. It is impossible to predict whether legislative changes will be enacted, or whether FDA or foreign regulations, guidance or interpretations will be changed, or what the impact of such changes, if any, may be. The FDA may also require a panel of experts, referred to as an Advisory Committee, to deliberate on the adequacy of the safety and efficacy data to support approval. The opinion of the Advisory Committee, although not binding, may have a significant impact on our ability to obtain approval of any product candidates that we develop.

If we seek to conduct clinical trials in foreign countries or pursue marketing approvals in foreign jurisdictions, we must comply with numerous foreign regulatory requirements governing, among other things, the conduct of clinical trials, manufacturing and marketing authorization, pricing and third-party reimbursement. The foreign regulatory approval process varies among countries and may include all of the risks associated with FDA approval described above as well as risks attributable to the satisfaction of local regulations in foreign jurisdictions. Moreover, the time required to obtain approval may differ from that required to obtain FDA approval. Approval by the FDA does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities outside the United States and vice versa.

The acceptance of study data from clinical trials conducted outside the United States or another jurisdiction by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority may be subject to certain conditions or

 

27


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

may not be accepted at all. If data from foreign clinical trials are intended to serve as the basis for marketing approval in the United States, the FDA will generally not approve the application on the basis of foreign data alone unless (i) the data are applicable to the U.S. population and U.S. medical practice, and (ii) the trials were performed by clinical investigators of recognized competence and pursuant to good clinical practice, or GCP, regulations. Additionally, the FDA’s clinical trial requirements, including sufficient size of patient populations and statistical powering, must be met. Many foreign regulatory authorities have similar approval requirements.

Successful completion of clinical trials is a prerequisite to submitting a marketing application to the FDA and similar marketing applications to comparable foreign regulatory authorities, for each product candidate and, consequently, the ultimate approval and commercial marketing of any product candidates. We may experience negative or inconclusive results, which may result in our deciding, or our being required by regulators, to conduct additional clinical studies or trials or abandon some or all of our product development programs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We may incur additional costs or experience delays in completing, or ultimately be unable to complete, the development of any of our product candidates.

We may experience delays in initiating or completing clinical trials. Clinical trials can be delayed or terminated for a variety of reasons, including:

 

   

regulators or institutional review boards, or IRBs, or ethics committees may not authorize us or our investigators to commence a clinical trial or conduct a clinical trial at a prospective trial site;

 

   

the FDA or other comparable regulatory authorities may disagree with our clinical trial design, including with respect to dosing levels administered in our planned clinical trials, which may delay or prevent us from initiating our clinical trials with our originally intended trial design;

 

   

we may experience delays in reaching, or fail to reach, agreement on acceptable terms with prospective trial sites and prospective contract research organizations, or CROs, which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different CROs and trial sites;

 

   

the number of subjects required for clinical trials of any product candidates may be larger than we anticipate or subjects may drop out of these clinical trials or fail to return for post-treatment follow-up at a higher rate than we anticipate;

 

   

our third-party contractors may fail to comply with regulatory requirements or meet their contractual obligations to us in a timely manner, or at all, or may deviate from the clinical trial protocol or drop out of the trial, which may require that we add new clinical trial sites or investigators;

 

   

we may need to address any subject safety concerns that arise during the course of a clinical trial;

 

   

we may experience delays and interruptions to our manufacturing supply chain, or we could suffer delays in reaching, or we may fail to reach, agreement on acceptable terms with third-party service providers on whom we rely;

 

   

the cost of clinical trials of our product candidates may be greater than we anticipate;

 

   

logistical issues relating to any future clinical trials we may operate in developing countries;

 

   

we may elect to, or regulators, IRBs, Data Safety Monitoring Boards, or DSMBs, or ethics committees may require that we or our investigators, suspend or terminate clinical research or trials for various reasons, including noncompliance with regulatory requirements or a finding that the participants are being exposed to unacceptable health risks;

 

   

we may not have the financial resources available to begin and complete the planned trials, or the cost of clinical trials of any product candidates may be greater than we anticipate;

 

28


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

the supply or quality of our product candidates or other materials necessary to conduct clinical trials of our product candidates may be insufficient or inadequate to initiate or complete a given clinical trial; and

 

   

the FDA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require us to submit additional data such as long-term toxicology studies, or impose other requirements before permitting us to initiate a clinical trial.

We could also encounter delays if a clinical trial is suspended or terminated by us, by the IRBs or ethics committees of the institutions in which such clinical trials are being conducted, or by the FDA or other regulatory authorities. Such authorities may suspend or terminate a clinical trial due to a number of factors, including failure to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with regulatory requirements or our clinical trial protocols, inspection of the clinical trial operations or trial site by the FDA or other regulatory authorities resulting in the imposition of a clinical hold, unforeseen safety issues or adverse side effects, failure to demonstrate a benefit from the product candidates, changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions or lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial.

Moreover, principal investigators for our clinical trials may serve as scientific advisors or consultants to us from time to time and receive compensation in connection with such services. Under certain circumstances, we may be required to report some of these relationships to the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities. The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority may conclude that a financial relationship between us and a principal investigator has created a conflict of interest or otherwise affected interpretation of the study. The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority may therefore question the integrity of the data generated at the applicable clinical trial site and the utility of the clinical trial itself may be jeopardized. This could result in a delay in approval, or rejection, of our marketing applications by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority, as the case may be, and may ultimately lead to the denial of marketing approval of one or more of our product candidates.

Our product development costs will increase if we experience additional delays in preclinical or clinical testing or in obtaining marketing approvals. We do not know whether any of our clinical trials will begin as planned, will need to be restructured or will be completed on schedule, or at all. If we do not achieve our product development goals in the time frames we announce and expect, the approval and commercialization of our product candidates may be delayed or prevented entirely. Significant clinical trial delays also could shorten any periods during which we may have the exclusive right to commercialize our product candidates and may allow our competitors to bring products to market before we do, potentially impairing our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates and harming our business and results of operations. Any delays in our clinical development programs may harm our business, financial condition and results of operations significantly.

Our clinical trials may reveal significant adverse events or unexpected drug-drug interactions not seen in our preclinical studies and may result in a safety profile that could delay or prevent regulatory approval or market acceptance of any of our product candidates.

If significant adverse events or other side effects are observed in our clinical trials, we may be required to abandon the trials or our development efforts altogether. In addition, we may encounter unexpected drug-drug interactions in our planned trials, and may be required to further test those candidates, including in drug-drug interaction studies, which may be expensive, time-consuming and result in delays to our programs. Some potential therapeutics developed in the biopharmaceutical industry that initially showed therapeutic promise in early stage trials have later been found to cause side effects that prevented their further development. Even if the side effects do not preclude the product candidate from obtaining or maintaining marketing approval, undesirable side effects may inhibit market acceptance of the approved product due to its tolerability versus other therapies.

 

29


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

If we encounter difficulties enrolling patients in our clinical trials, our clinical development activities could be delayed or otherwise adversely affected.

Identifying and qualifying patients to participate in clinical trials of our product candidates is critical to our success. The timing of completion of our clinical trials depends in part on the speed at which we can recruit patients to participate in testing our product candidates, and we may experience delays in our clinical trials if we encounter difficulties in enrollment. We may not be able to initiate or continue clinical trials for our product candidates if we are unable to locate and enroll a sufficient number of eligible patients to participate in these trials as required by the FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside the United States, or as needed to provide appropriate statistical power for a given trial. We may experience difficulties in patient enrollment in our clinical trials for a variety of reasons. The timely completion of clinical trials in accordance with their protocols depends, among other things, on our ability to enroll a sufficient number of patients who remain in the trial until its conclusion. The enrollment of patients depends on many factors, including:

 

   

the patient eligibility and exclusion criteria defined in the protocol;

 

   

the size of the patient population required for analysis of the trial’s primary endpoints and the process for identifying patients;

 

   

the willingness or availability of patients to participate in our trials;

 

   

the proximity of patients to trial sites;

 

   

the design of the trial;

 

   

our ability to recruit clinical trial investigators with the appropriate competencies and experience;

 

   

clinicians’ and patients’ perceptions as to the potential advantages and risks of the product candidate being studied in relation to other available therapies, including any new products that may be approved for the indications we are investigating;

 

   

reporting of the preliminary results of any of our clinical trials;

 

   

the availability of competing commercially available therapies and other competing product candidates’ clinical trials;

 

   

our ability to obtain and maintain patient informed consents;

 

   

the risk that patients enrolled in clinical trials will drop out of the trials before completion; and

 

   

factors we may not be able to control, such as current or potential pandemics that may limit patients, principal investigators or staff or clinical site availability (e.g., the COVID-19 pandemic).

For example, we are initially developing OCF-203 for the treatment of IPF, a rare disease. In the United States, IPF is estimated to affect approximately 140,000 patients. As a result, we may encounter difficulties enrolling subjects in our clinical trials of OCF-203 due in part to the small size of the patient population. In addition, our clinical trials will compete with other clinical trials for product candidates that are in the same therapeutic areas as our product candidates, and this competition will reduce the number and types of patients available to us, because some patients who might have opted to enroll in our trials may instead opt to enroll in a trial being conducted by one of our competitors. Since the number of qualified clinical investigators is limited, we expect to conduct some of our clinical trials at the same clinical trial sites that some of our competitors use, which will reduce the number of patients who are available for our clinical trials in such clinical trial site. If any of our product candidates is shown to have undesirable side effects, some patients may decline or drop out of our clinical trials. Additionally, certain of our planned clinical trials may also involve invasive procedures which may lead some patients to decline or to drop out of trials.

Further, timely enrollment in clinical trials is reliant on clinical trial sites which may be adversely affected by global health matters, including, among other things, pandemics. For example, if a clinical trial

 

30


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

site is affected by the COVID-19 pandemic, patients may contract COVID-19 during participation in our trials or may be subject to isolation or shelter-in-place restrictions, which may cause them to drop out of our trials, miss scheduled doses or follow-up visits or otherwise fail to follow trial protocols. If patients are unable to follow the trial protocols or if our trial results are otherwise disrupted due to the effects of a pandemic or actions taken to mitigate its spread, the integrity of data from our trials may be compromised or not accepted by the FDA or other regulatory authorities, which would represent a significant setback for the applicable program.

The design or execution of our clinical trials may not support marketing approval.

The design or execution of a clinical trial can determine whether its results will support marketing approval, and flaws in the design or execution of a clinical trial may not become apparent until the clinical trial is well advanced. It is possible that we may need to amend our clinical trial designs, which would require us to resubmit our clinical trial protocols to IRBs and FDA for reexamination and approval, and may impact the costs, timing or successful completion of such clinical trials.

Additionally, in some instances, there can be significant variability in safety or efficacy results between different trials with the same product candidate due to numerous factors, including differences in trial protocols, size and type of the patient populations, variable adherence to the dosing regimen or other protocol requirements and the rate of dropout among clinical trial participants. We do not know whether any clinical trials we conduct will demonstrate consistent or adequate efficacy and safety to obtain marketing approval to market our product candidates.

Further, the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities have substantial discretion in the approval process and in determining when or whether marketing approval will be obtained for any of our product candidates. Our product candidates may not be approved even if they achieve their primary endpoints in future Phase 3 clinical trials or registrational trials. The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree with our trial designs and our interpretation of data from preclinical studies or clinical trials. In addition, any of these regulatory authorities may change requirements for the approval of a product candidate even after reviewing and providing comments or advice on a protocol for a pivotal Phase 3 or registrational clinical trial. In addition, any of these regulatory authorities may also approve a product candidate for fewer or more limited indications than we request or may grant approval contingent on the performance of costly post-marketing clinical trials. The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may not approve the labeling claims that we believe would be necessary or desirable for the successful commercialization of our product candidates, if approved.

We intend to develop OCX-253 and potentially other product candidates in combination with other therapies, which exposes us to additional risks.

We intend to develop OCX-253 and potentially other product candidates in combination with one or more approved or unapproved therapies to treat cancer or other diseases. Even if any product candidate we develop were to receive marketing approval for use in combination with other approved therapies, the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities outside of the United States could still revoke approval of the therapy used in combination with our product. If the therapies used in combination with our product candidates are replaced as the standard of care for the indications we choose for any of our product candidates, the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require us to conduct additional clinical trials. The occurrence of any of these risks could result in our own products, if approved, being removed from the market or being less successful commercially.

Further, we will not be able to market and sell any product candidate we develop in combination with an unapproved cancer therapy for a combination indication if that unapproved therapy does not ultimately obtain marketing approval either alone or in combination with our product. In addition, unapproved cancer therapies face the same risks described with respect to our product candidates currently in development and clinical trials, including the potential for serious adverse effects, delay in their clinical trials and lack of FDA approval.

 

31


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

If the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities do not approve these other products or revoke their approval of, or if safety, efficacy, quality, manufacturing or supply issues arise with, the products we choose to evaluate in combination with our product candidate we develop, we may be unable to obtain approval of or market such combination therapy.

If we are unable to successfully validate, develop and obtain regulatory approval for any required companion diagnostic tests for our product candidates or experience significant delays in doing so, we may fail to obtain approval or may not realize the full commercial potential of these product candidates.

In connection with the clinical development of our product candidates for certain indications, we intend to engage third parties to develop or obtain access to in vitro companion diagnostic tests to identify patient subsets within a disease category who may derive benefit from our product candidates, as we are targeting certain genetically defined populations for our treatments. For example, in the OCX-253 program, we may develop a diagnostic tool for measuring the circulating Chi3l1 as a method of stratifying patients for particular clinical studies. Such companion diagnostics may be used during our clinical trials and may be required in connection with the FDA approval of our product candidates. To be successful, we or our collaborators will need to address a number of scientific, technical, regulatory and logistical challenges. Companion diagnostics are subject to regulation by the FDA and other regulatory authorities as medical devices and require separate regulatory approval prior to commercialization.

Given our limited experience in developing and commercializing diagnostics, we intend to rely on third parties for the design, development and manufacture of companion diagnostic tests for our therapeutic product candidates that may require such tests. If we enter into such collaborative agreements, we will be dependent on the sustained cooperation and effort of our future collaborators in developing and obtaining approval for these companion diagnostics. We and our future collaborators may encounter difficulties in developing and obtaining approval for the companion diagnostics, including issues relating to selectivity/specificity, analytical validation, reproducibility, or clinical validation of companion diagnostics. We and our future collaborators also may encounter difficulties in developing, obtaining regulatory approval for, manufacturing and commercializing companion diagnostics similar to those we face with respect to our therapeutic product candidates themselves, including issues with achieving regulatory clearance or approval, production of sufficient quantities at commercial scale and with appropriate quality standards, and in gaining market acceptance. If we are unable to successfully develop companion diagnostics for these therapeutic product candidates, or experience delays in doing so, the development of these therapeutic product candidates may be adversely affected, these therapeutic product candidates may not obtain marketing approval or such approval may be delayed, and we may not realize the full commercial potential of any of these therapeutics that obtain marketing approval. As a result, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially harmed. In addition, a diagnostic company with whom we contract may decide to discontinue developing, selling or manufacturing the companion diagnostic test that we anticipate using in connection with development and commercialization of our product candidates or our relationship with such diagnostic company may otherwise terminate. We may not be able to enter into arrangements with another diagnostic company to obtain supplies of an alternative diagnostic test for use in connection with the development and commercialization of our product candidates or do so on commercially reasonable terms, which could adversely affect and/or delay the development or commercialization of our therapeutic product candidates.

We may in the future seek orphan drug designation for our product candidates, but we may be unable to obtain orphan drug designation and, even if we obtain such designation, we may not be able to realize or maintain the benefits of such designation, including potential marketing exclusivity of our product candidates, if approved.

Regulatory authorities in some jurisdictions, including the United States and other major markets, may designate products intended to treat conditions or diseases affecting relatively small patient populations as orphan drugs. Under the Orphan Drug Act of 1983, the FDA may designate a drug or biologic product candidate as an orphan drug if it is intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is

 

32


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

generally defined as having a patient population of fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States, or a patient population greater than 200,000 in the United States where there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing the product will be recovered from sales in the United States. Orphan drug designation must be requested before submitting a marketing application. In the United States, orphan drug designation entitles a party to financial incentives such as opportunities for grant funding towards clinical trial costs, tax advantages and user-fee waivers. After the FDA grants orphan drug designation, the generic identity of the drug or biologic and its potential orphan use are disclosed publicly by the FDA. Orphan drug designation does not convey any advantage in, or shorten the duration of, the regulatory review and approval process.

Generally, if a product candidate with an orphan drug designation receives the first marketing approval for the indication for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to a period of marketing exclusivity, which precludes the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities from approving another marketing application for a product that constitutes the same drug treating the same indication for a period of seven (7) years, except in limited circumstances, such as a showing of clinical superiority to the product with orphan drug exclusivity or where the manufacturer is unable to assure sufficient product quantity. Orphan drug exclusivity may be revoked if any regulatory agency determines that the request for designation was materially defective or if the manufacturer is unable to assure sufficient quantity of the product to meet the needs of patients with the rare disease or condition.

We may seek orphan drug designation for OCF-203 for IPF and HPS, and some of our other future product candidates in additional orphan indications in which there is a medically plausible basis for the use of these products. We may be unable to obtain and maintain orphan drug designation and, even if we obtain such designation, we may not be able to realize the benefits of such designation, including potential marketing exclusivity of our product candidates, if approved.

Even if we obtain orphan drug exclusivity for a product candidate, that exclusivity may not effectively protect the product candidate from competition because different drugs can be approved for the same condition in the United States. Even after an orphan drug is approved, the FDA may subsequently approve another drug for the same condition if the FDA concludes that the latter drug is not the same drug or is clinically superior in that it is shown to be safer, more effective or makes a major contribution to patient care.

If product liability lawsuits are brought against us, we may incur substantial financial or other liabilities and may be required to limit commercialization of our product candidates.

We will face an inherent risk of product liability as a result of testing any of our other product candidates in clinical trials, and will face an even greater risk if we commercialize any products. For example, we may be sued if our product candidates cause or are perceived to cause injury or are found to be otherwise unsuitable during clinical trials, manufacturing, marketing or sale. Any such product liability claims may include allegations of defects in manufacturing, defects in design, a failure to warn of dangers inherent in the product, negligence, strict liability or a breach of warranties. Claims could also be asserted under state consumer protection acts. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims, we may incur substantial liabilities or be required to limit commercialization of our product candidates. Even successful defense would require significant financial and management resources. Regardless of the merits or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

 

   

inability to bring a product candidate to the market;

 

   

decreased demand for our products;

 

   

injury to our reputation;

 

   

withdrawal of clinical trial participants and inability to continue clinical trials;

 

   

initiation of investigations by regulators;

 

33


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

fines, injunctions or criminal penalties;

 

   

costs to defend the related litigation;

 

   

diversion of management’s time and our resources;

 

   

substantial monetary awards to trial participants;

 

   

product recalls, withdrawals or labeling, marketing or promotional restrictions;

 

   

loss of revenue;

 

   

exhaustion of any available insurance and our capital resources;

 

   

the inability to commercialize any product candidate, if approved; and

 

   

decline in our share price.

Our inability to obtain sufficient product liability insurance at an acceptable cost to protect against potential product liability claims could prevent or inhibit the commercialization of products we develop. We will need to obtain additional insurance for clinical trials as our product candidates enter the clinic. However, we may be unable to obtain, or may obtain on unfavorable terms, clinical trial insurance in amounts adequate to cover any liabilities from any of our clinical trials. Our insurance policies may also have various exclusions, and we may be subject to a product liability claim for which we have no coverage. We may have to pay any amounts awarded by a court or negotiated in a settlement that exceed our coverage limitations or that are not covered by our insurance, and we may not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient capital to pay such amounts. Even if our agreements with any future corporate collaborators entitle us to indemnification against losses, such indemnification may not be available or adequate should any claim arise.

We face substantial competition, which may result in others discovering, developing or commercializing products before or more successfully than us.

The development and commercialization of new drug products is highly competitive. We may face competition with respect to any product candidates that we seek to develop or commercialize in the future from major biopharmaceutical companies, specialty biopharmaceutical companies, and biotechnology companies worldwide. Potential competitors also include academic institutions, venture capital firms, hedge funds, government agencies, and other public and private research organizations that conduct research, seek patent protection, and establish collaborative arrangements for research, development, manufacturing, and commercialization.

There are a number of large biopharmaceutical and biotechnology companies that are currently pursuing the development of products, or already have products in the market, for the treatment of cancer, fibrosis, malaria, and COVID-19. Although we believe that our approaches are unique, there is no assurance that they will demonstrate advantages or even parity against competitive products from other companies, including those with significant financial resources such as BristolMyersSquibb, Merck, Genentech, AstraZeneca/Daiichi Sankyo, Roche, Boehringer Ingelheim and AbbVie, as well as emerging biotechnology companies such as Galapagos, Indalo, Kadmon Holdings, Galecto and Liminal BioSciences, to name a few. For additional information on our competitors please see the Business Section.

Many of our current or potential competitors, either alone or with their strategic partners, have significantly greater financial resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical testing, conducting clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approvals, and marketing approved products than we do.

Mergers and acquisitions in the biopharmaceutical and biotechnology industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements

 

34


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

with large and established companies. These competitors also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel and establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs. Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if our competitors develop and commercialize products that are safer, more effective, more convenient, or less expensive than any products that we may develop. Furthermore, products currently approved for other indications could be discovered to be effective treatments of fibrosis as well, which could give such products significant regulatory and market timing advantages over our product candidates. Our competitors also may obtain FDA or other regulatory approval for their products more rapidly than we may obtain approval for ours, which could result in our competitors establishing a strong market position before we are able to enter the market. Additionally, products or technologies developed by our competitors may render our potential product candidates uneconomical or obsolete and we may not be successful in marketing any product candidates we may develop against competitors. The availability of competitive products could limit the demand, and the price we are able to charge, for any products that we may develop and commercialize.

Risks Related to Manufacturing

Because we rely on third-party manufacturing and supply vendors, our supply of research and development, preclinical and clinical development materials may become limited or interrupted or may not be of satisfactory quantity or quality.

We rely on third-party contract manufacturers to manufacture our product candidates for preclinical studies and clinical trials. We do not own manufacturing facilities for producing any clinical trial product supplies. There can be no assurance that our preclinical and clinical development product supplies will not be limited, interrupted, or of satisfactory quality or continue to be available at acceptable prices. For example, the severity and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic, or of any similar crises, may impact our ability to procure sufficient supplies for the development of our product candidates, particularly given delays or gaps in supply of materials driven by the prioritization of vaccine development during the COVID-19 pandemic. In particular, any replacement of a contract manufacturer could require significant effort and expertise because there may be a limited number of qualified replacements.

The manufacturing process for a product candidate is subject to FDA and foreign regulatory authority review. Suppliers and manufacturers must meet applicable manufacturing requirements and undergo rigorous facility and process validation tests required by regulatory authorities in order to comply with regulatory standards, such as current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMPs. In the event that any of our manufacturers fails to comply with such requirements or to perform its obligations to us in relation to quality, timing or otherwise, or if our supply of components or other materials becomes limited or interrupted for other reasons, we may be forced to manufacture the materials ourselves, for which we currently do not have the capabilities or resources, or enter into an agreement with another third-party, which we may not be able to do on reasonable terms, if at all. In some cases, the technical skills or technology required to manufacture our product candidates may be unique or proprietary to the original manufacturer and we may have difficulty transferring such skills or technology to another third-party and a feasible alternative may not exist. These factors would increase our reliance on such manufacturer or require us to obtain a license from such manufacturer in order to have another third-party manufacture our product candidates. If we are required to change manufacturers for any reason, we will be required to verify that the new manufacturer maintains facilities and procedures that comply with quality standards and with all applicable regulations and guidelines. We will also need to verify, such as through a manufacturing comparability or bridging study, that any new manufacturing process will produce our product candidate according to the specifications previously submitted to the FDA or another regulatory authority. The delays associated with the verification of a new manufacturer could negatively affect our ability to develop product candidates in a timely manner or within budget.

To the extent that we enter into future manufacturing arrangements with third parties, we will depend on these third parties to perform their obligations in a timely manner consistent with contractual and

 

35


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

regulatory requirements, including those related to quality control and assurance. If we are unable to obtain or maintain third-party manufacturing for product candidates, or to do so on commercially reasonable terms, we may not be able to develop and commercialize our product candidates successfully. Our or a third-party’s failure to execute on our manufacturing requirements and comply with cGMP could adversely affect our business in a number of ways, including:

 

   

an inability to initiate or continue clinical trials of product candidates under development;

 

   

delay in submitting regulatory applications, or receiving regulatory approvals, for product candidates;

 

   

loss of the cooperation of an existing or future collaborator;

 

   

subjecting third-party manufacturing facilities or our manufacturing facilities to additional inspections by regulatory authorities;

 

   

requirements to cease distribution or to recall batches of our product candidates; and

 

   

in the event of approval to market and commercialize a product candidate, an inability to meet commercial demands for our products.

Changes in methods of product candidate manufacturing or formulation may result in additional costs or delay.

As product candidates progress through preclinical to late stage clinical trials to marketing approval and commercialization, it is common that various aspects of the development program, such as manufacturing methods and formulation, are altered along the way in an effort to optimize yield, manufacturing batch size, minimize costs and achieve consistent quality and results. Such changes carry the risk that they will not achieve these intended objectives. Any of these changes could cause our product candidates to perform differently and affect the results of planned clinical trials or other future clinical trials conducted with the altered materials. This could delay completion of clinical trials, require the conduct of bridging clinical trials or the repetition of one or more clinical trials, increase clinical trial costs, delay approval of our product candidates and jeopardize our ability to commercialize our product candidates and generate revenue.

In addition, there are risks associated with large scale manufacturing for clinical trials or commercial scale including, among others, cost overruns, potential problems with process scale-up, process reproducibility, stability issues, compliance with good manufacturing practices, lot consistency and timely availability of raw materials. Even if we obtain marketing approval for any of our product candidates, there is no assurance that our manufacturers will be able to manufacture the approved product to specifications acceptable to the FDA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities, to produce it in sufficient quantities to meet the requirements for the potential commercial launch of the product or to meet potential future demand. Additionally, if we advance a biological candidate into IND-enabling studies, the manufacturing processes for biological products is more complex and expensive than with small molecule products and additional manufacturing suppliers may be needed to manufacture clinical supplies for these programs. If our manufacturers are unable to produce sufficient quantities for clinical trials or for commercialization, our development and commercialization efforts would be impaired, which would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

The manufacture of drug products, and particularly biologics, is complex and our third-party manufacturers may encounter difficulties in production. If any of our third-party manufacturers encounter such difficulties, our ability to provide supply of our current product candidates or any future product candidates for clinical trials or our products for patients, if approved, could be delayed or prevented.

Manufacturing drugs, particularly biologics, especially in large quantities, is often complex and may require the use of innovative technologies to handle living cells. Each lot of an approved biologic must undergo thorough testing for identity, strength, quality, purity and potency. Manufacturing biologics

 

36


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

requires facilities specifically designed for and validated for this purpose, and sophisticated quality assurance and quality control procedures are necessary. Slight deviations anywhere in the manufacturing process, including filling, labeling, packaging, storage and shipping and quality control and testing, may result in lot failures, product recalls or spoilage. When changes are made to the manufacturing process, we may be required to provide preclinical and clinical data showing the comparable identity, strength, quality, purity or potency of the products before and after such changes. If microbial, viral or other contaminations are discovered at the facilities of our manufacturers, such facilities may need to be closed for an extended period of time to investigate and remedy the contamination, which could delay clinical trials and adversely harm our business.

In addition, there are risks associated with large scale manufacturing for clinical trials or commercial scale including, among others, cost overruns, potential problems with process scale-up, process reproducibility, stability issues, compliance with good manufacturing practices, lot consistency and timely availability of raw materials. Even if we obtain marketing approval for any of our current product candidates or any future product candidates, there is no assurance that our manufacturers will be able to manufacture the approved product to specifications acceptable to the FDA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities, to produce it in sufficient quantities to meet the requirements for the potential commercial launch of the product or to meet potential future demand. If our manufacturers are unable to produce sufficient quantities for clinical trials or for commercialization, our development and commercialization efforts would be impaired, which would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

Risks Related to Commercialization

Even if a product candidate we develop receives marketing approval, it may fail to achieve the degree of market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors and others in the medical community necessary for commercial success.

Even if a product candidate we develop receives marketing approval, it may nonetheless fail to gain sufficient market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors, such as Medicare and Medicaid programs and managed care organizations, and others in the medical community. In addition, the availability of coverage by third-party payors may be affected by existing and future health care reform measures designed to reduce the cost of health care. If the product candidates we develop do not achieve an adequate level of acceptance, we may not generate significant product revenues and we may not become profitable.

The degree of market acceptance of any product candidate, if approved for commercial sale, will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

   

the efficacy and potential advantages compared to alternative treatments;

 

   

the ability to offer our products, if approved, for sale at competitive prices;

 

   

the convenience and ease of administration compared to alternative treatments;

 

   

the willingness of the target patient population to try new therapies and of physicians to prescribe these therapies;

 

   

the price we pay or any of our future collaborators charge for our products;

 

   

the recommendations with respect to our product candidates in guidelines published by various scientific organizations applicable to us and our product candidates;

 

   

the strength of marketing and distribution support;

 

   

the ability to obtain sufficient third-party coverage and adequate reimbursement;

 

   

the prevalence and severity of any side effects; and

 

   

The size and effectiveness of our sales, marketing and distribution support.

 

37


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

If government and other third-party payors do not provide coverage and adequate reimbursement levels for any products we commercialize, market acceptance and commercial success would be reduced.

The market opportunities for our product candidates may be relatively small since the patients who may potentially be treated with our product candidates are those who are ineligible for or have failed prior treatments, and our estimates of the prevalence of our target patient populations may be inaccurate.

Cancer therapies are sometimes characterized by line of therapy (first line, second line, third line, fourth line, etc.), and the FDA often approves new therapies initially only for a particular line or lines of use. When cancer is detected early enough, first line therapy is sometimes adequate to cure the cancer or prolong life without a cure. Whenever first line therapy, usually chemotherapy, antibody drugs, tumor-targeted small molecules, hormone therapy, radiation therapy, surgery, or a combination of these, proves unsuccessful, second line therapy may be administered. Second line therapies often consist of more chemotherapy, radiation, antibody drugs, tumor-targeted small molecules, or a combination of these. Third line therapies can include chemotherapy, antibody drugs and small molecule tumor-targeted therapies, more invasive forms of surgery and new technologies. In our oncology program, we may initially seek approval of certain of our product candidates as a second or third line therapy, for use in patients with relapsed or refractory metastatic cancer. Subsequently, for those product candidates that prove to be sufficiently safe and beneficial, if any, we would expect to seek approval as a second line therapy and potentially as a first line therapy, but there is no guarantee that our product candidates, even if approved as a second or subsequent line of therapy, would be approved for an earlier line of therapy, and, prior to any such approvals, we may have to conduct additional clinical trials.

Our projections of both the number of people who have the cancers we are targeting, who may have their tumors genetically sequenced, as well as the subset of people with these cancers in a position to receive a particular line of therapy and who have the potential to benefit from treatment with our product candidates, are based on our beliefs and estimates. These estimates have been derived from a variety of sources, including scientific literature, surveys of clinics, patient foundations or market research, and may prove to be incorrect. Further, new therapies may change the estimated incidence or prevalence of the cancers that we are targeting. Consequently, even if our product candidates are approved for a second or third line of therapy, the number of patients that may be eligible for treatment with our product candidates may turn out to be much lower than expected. In addition, we have not yet conducted market research to determine how treating physicians would expect to prescribe a product that is approved for multiple tumor types if there are different lines of approved therapies for each such tumor type.

We currently have no marketing and sales organization and have no experience as a company in commercializing products, and we may have to invest significant resources to develop these capabilities. If we are unable to establish marketing and sales capabilities or enter into agreements with third parties to market and sell our products, we may not be able to generate product revenue.

We have no internal sales, marketing or distribution capabilities, nor have we commercialized a product. If any of our product candidates ultimately receive regulatory approval, we expect to establish either an internal or external marketing and sales organization with technical expertise and supporting distribution capabilities to commercialize each such product in major markets, which will be expensive and, to the extent we establish such organization in house, time consuming. We have no prior experience as a company in the marketing, sale and distribution of pharmaceutical products and there are significant risks involved in establishing or managing a sales organization, including our ability to hire, retain and incentivize qualified individuals, generate sufficient sales leads, provide adequate training to sales and marketing personnel and effectively manage a geographically dispersed sales and marketing team. Any failure or delay in the development of our internal or external sales, marketing and distribution capabilities would adversely impact the commercialization of these products. If we choose to collaborate with third parties that have direct sales forces and established distribution systems, either to augment our own sales force and distribution systems or in lieu of our own sales force and distribution systems, we may not be able

 

38


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

to enter into collaborations or hire consultants or external service providers to assist us in sales, marketing and distribution functions on acceptable financial terms, or at all. In addition, our product revenues and our profitability, if any, may be lower if we rely on third parties for these functions than if we were to market, sell and distribute any products that we develop ourselves. We likely will have little control over such third parties, and any of them may fail to devote the necessary resources and attention to sell and market our products effectively. If we are not successful in commercializing our products, either on our own or through arrangements with one or more third parties, we may not be able to generate any future product revenue and we would incur significant additional losses.

Risks Related to Our Reliance on Third Parties

Third Party Risks Related to Our Product Development

We rely on third parties to conduct all or certain aspects of our preclinical studies and clinical trials. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties, meet expected deadlines or comply with regulatory requirements, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval of or commercialize any potential product candidates.

We depend upon third parties to conduct all or certain aspects of our preclinical studies and clinical trials, under agreements with universities, medical institutions, CROs, CMOs, strategic collaborators and others. We expect to continue to negotiate budgets and contracts with such third parties, which may result in delays to our development timelines and increased costs.

We will rely especially heavily on third parties over the course of our preclinical studies and clinical trials, and, as a result, we control only certain aspects of their activities. As a result, we have less direct control over the conduct, timing and completion of our preclinical studies and clinical trials and the management of data developed through preclinical studies and clinical trials than would be the case if we relied entirely upon our own staff. Nevertheless, we are responsible for ensuring that each of our studies and trials are conducted in accordance with the applicable protocol, legal and regulatory requirements and scientific standards, and our reliance on third parties does not relieve us of our regulatory responsibilities. We and these third parties are required to comply with GCP and cGMP requirements, which are regulations and guidelines enforced by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities for product candidates in clinical development. Regulatory authorities enforce these GCP and cGMP requirements through periodic inspections of trial sponsors, clinical investigators, manufacturers and trial sites. If we or any of these third parties fail to comply with applicable GCP or cGMP requirements, the clinical data generated in our clinical trials may be deemed unreliable and the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require us to suspend or terminate these trials or perform additional preclinical studies or clinical trials before approving our marketing applications. We cannot be certain that, upon inspection, such regulatory authorities will determine that any of our clinical trials comply with the GCP or cGMP requirements.

Our failure or any failure by these third parties to comply with these regulations may require us to repeat clinical trials, which would delay the regulatory approval process. Failure by us or by third parties we engage to comply with regulatory requirements can also result in fines, adverse publicity, and civil and criminal sanctions. Moreover, our business may be implicated if any of these third parties violates federal or state fraud and abuse or false claims laws and regulations or healthcare privacy and security laws.

Any third parties conducting aspects of our preclinical studies, clinical trials or manufacturing process will not be our employees and, except for remedies that may be available to us under our agreements with such third parties, we cannot control whether or not they devote sufficient time and resources to our preclinical studies and clinical programs. These third parties may also have relationships with other commercial entities, including our competitors, for whom they may also be conducting clinical trials or other product development activities, which could affect their performance on our behalf. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or obligations or meet expected deadlines, if they need to be replaced or if the quality or accuracy of the preclinical or clinical data they obtain is

 

39


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

compromised due to the failure to adhere to our protocols or regulatory requirements or for other reasons or if due to federal or state orders or absenteeism due to the COVID-19 pandemic or other such crises they are unable to meet their contractual and regulatory obligations, our development timelines, including clinical development timelines, may be extended, delayed or terminated and we may not be able to complete development of, obtain regulatory approval of or successfully commercialize our product candidates. As a result, our financial results and the commercial prospects for our product candidates would be harmed, our costs could increase and our ability to generate revenue could be delayed.

If any of our relationships with these third-party CROs, CMOs or others terminate, we may not be able to enter into arrangements with alternative CROs, CMOs or other third parties or to do so on commercially reasonable terms.

Switching or adding additional CROs or CMOs involves additional cost and requires extensive time and focus of our management. In addition, there is a natural transition period when a new CRO or CMO begins work. As a result, delays may occur, which can materially impact our ability to meet our desired development timelines.

Though we carefully manage our relationships with our CROs and CMOs, there can be no assurance that we will not encounter similar challenges or delays in the future or that these delays or challenges will not have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and prospects.

We rely on third parties for blood and other tissue samples and other materials required for our research and development activities, and if we are unable to reach agreements with these third parties our research and development activities would be delayed.

We rely on third parties, primarily hospitals, health clinics and academic institutions, for the provision of blood and other tissue samples, clinical and laboratory supplies and other materials required in our research and development activities. Obtaining these materials requires various approvals as well as reaching a commercial agreement on acceptable terms with the hospital or other provider of the materials. While we expect to enter into agreements with the institutions from which we receive our tissue samples, we do not have any exclusive arrangements with such sources and there is no guarantee that we will be able to enter into or renew such agreements on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. If we were unable to enter into or renew such agreements we would be forced to seek new arrangements with new hospitals, clinics or health institutions. If so, we may not be able to reach agreements with alternative partners or do so on terms acceptable to us. If we are unable to enter into such agreements, our research and development activities will be delayed and our ability to implement a key part of our development strategy will be compromised.

We are a party to license and sublicense agreements pursuant to which we are obligated to make substantial payments upon achievement of milestone events.

We are a party to various license and sublicense agreements that are important to our business and to our current and future product candidates. For example, we sublicense all of the technologies forming our oncology, fibrosis and infectious disease programs from Elkurt, Inc., or Elkurt, a company formed by our scientific co-founders Jack A. Elias, M.D. and Jonathan Kurtis, M.D., Ph.D., which licenses such technologies from Brown University. We also license all of the technologies forming our inflammation program from Stanford University. These agreements contain obligations that require us to make substantial payments in the event certain milestone events are achieved.

All of our current product candidates are being developed through license and sublicense agreements from Elkurt and Stanford University, as applicable. If any of our existing license or sublicense agreements were to be terminated, our business and prospects could be substantially harmed.

A core element of our business strategy also includes continuing to acquire or in-license additional technologies or product candidates. As a result, we intend to periodically explore a variety of possible

 

40


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

strategic collaborations or licenses in an effort to gain access to additional product candidates, technologies or resources.

Furthermore, license agreements we enter into in the future may not provide exclusive rights to use intellectual property and technology in all relevant fields of use and in all territories in which we may wish to develop or commercialize our technology and products. As a result, we may not be able to prevent competitors from developing and commercializing competitive products in territories included in all of our licenses.

Collaborations are and will be important to our business. If we are unable to enter into new collaborations, or if these collaborations are not successful, our business could be adversely affected.

A part of our strategy is to maximize the value of our product candidates by evaluating partnerships where we believe partners can add significant commercial and/or development capabilities. Further, we have limited capabilities for product development and do not yet have any capability for commercialization. Accordingly, we have and may in the future enter into collaborations with other organizations to provide us with important technologies and funding for our programs and technology.

The collaborations we enter into may pose a number of risks, including the following:

 

   

collaborators have significant discretion in determining the efforts and resources that they will apply;

 

   

collaborators may not perform their obligations as expected;

 

   

collaborators may not pursue development and commercialization of any product candidates that achieve regulatory approval or may elect not to continue or renew development or commercialization programs or license arrangements based on clinical trial results, changes in the collaborators’ strategic focus or available funding, or external factors, such as a strategic transaction that may divert resources or create competing priorities;

 

   

collaborators may delay clinical trials, provide insufficient funding for a clinical trial program, stop a clinical trial or abandon a product candidate, repeat or conduct new clinical trials or require a new formulation of a product candidate for clinical testing;

 

   

collaborators could independently develop, or develop with third parties, products that compete directly or indirectly with our products and product candidates if the collaborators believe that the competitive products are more likely to be successfully developed or can be commercialized under terms that are more economically attractive than ours;

 

   

product candidates discovered in collaboration with us may be viewed by our collaborators as competitive with their own product candidates or products, which may cause collaborators to cease to devote resources to the commercialization of our product candidates;

 

   

collaborators may fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements regarding the development, manufacture, distribution or marketing of a product candidate or product;

 

   

collaborators with marketing and distribution rights to one or more of our product candidates that achieve regulatory approval may not commit sufficient resources to the marketing and distribution of such product or products;

 

   

collaborators may not provide us with timely and accurate information regarding development progress and activity under any future license agreement, which could adversely impact our ability to report progress to our investors and otherwise plan development of our product candidates;

 

   

disagreements with collaborators, including disagreements over proprietary rights, contract interpretation or the preferred course of development, might cause delays or terminations of the research, development or commercialization of product candidates, might lead to additional responsibilities for us with respect to product candidates, or might result in litigation or arbitration, any of which would be time-consuming and expensive;

 

41


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

collaborators may not properly maintain or defend our intellectual property rights or may use our proprietary information in such a way as to invite litigation that could jeopardize or invalidate our intellectual property or proprietary information or expose us to potential litigation;

 

   

collaborators may infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties, which may expose us to litigation and potential liability;

 

   

if a collaborator of ours is involved in a business combination, the collaborator might deemphasize or terminate the development or commercialization of any product candidate licensed to it by us; and

 

   

collaborations may be terminated by the collaborator, and, if terminated, we could be required to raise additional capital to pursue further development or commercialization of the applicable product candidates.

If the collaborations we enter into do not result in the successful discovery, development and commercialization of product candidates or if one of our collaborators terminates its agreement with us, we may not receive any future research funding or milestone or royalty payments under such collaboration. All of the risks relating to product development, regulatory approval and commercialization described in this prospectus also apply to the activities of our therapeutic collaborators.

Additionally, if one of our existing or future collaborators terminates its agreement with us, we may find it more difficult to attract new collaborators and our perception in the business and financial communities could be adversely affected. In addition, to the extent that any of our existing or future collaborators were to terminate a collaboration agreement, we may be forced to independently develop these product candidates, including funding preclinical or clinical trials, assuming marketing and distribution costs and defending intellectual property rights, or, in certain instances, abandon product candidates altogether, any of which could result in a change to our business plan and a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We face significant competition in seeking appropriate collaborators for our product candidates, and the negotiation process is time-consuming and complex. In order for us to successfully establish a collaboration for one or more of our product candidates, potential collaborators must view these product candidates as economically valuable in markets they determine to be attractive in light of the terms that we are seeking and other available products for licensing by other companies. Collaborations are complex and time-consuming to negotiate and document. In addition, there have been a significant number of recent business combinations among large biopharmaceutical companies that have resulted in a reduced number of potential future collaborators. Our ability to reach a definitive agreement for a collaboration will depend, among other things, upon our assessment of the collaborator’s resources and expertise, the terms and conditions of the proposed collaboration and the proposed collaborator’s evaluation of a number of factors. If we are unable to reach agreements with suitable collaborators on a timely basis, on acceptable terms, or at all, we may have to curtail the development of a product candidate, reduce or delay its development program or one or more of our other development programs, delay its potential commercialization or reduce the scope of any sales or marketing activities, or increase our expenditures and undertake development or commercialization activities at our own expense. If we elect to increase our expenditures to fund development or commercialization activities on our own, we may need to obtain additional expertise and additional capital, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. If we fail to enter into future collaborations or do not have sufficient funds or expertise to undertake the necessary development and commercialization activities, we may not be able to further develop our product candidates, bring them to market and generate revenue from sales of drugs or continue to develop our technology, and our business may be materially and adversely affected. Even if we are successful in our efforts to establish new strategic collaborations, the terms that we agree upon may not be favorable to us, and we may not be able to maintain such strategic collaborations if, for example, development or approval of a product candidate is delayed or sales of an approved product are disappointing. Any delay in entering into new strategic collaboration agreements related to our product candidates could delay the

 

42


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

development and commercialization of our product candidates and reduce their competitiveness even if they reach the market.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

Our success depends in part on our ability to protect our intellectual property. It is difficult and costly to protect our proprietary rights and technology, and we may not be able to ensure their protection.

Our business will depend in large part on obtaining and maintaining patent, trademark and trade secret protection of our proprietary technologies and our product candidates, their respective components, synthetic intermediates, formulations, combination therapies, methods used to manufacture them and methods of treatment, as well as successfully defending these patents against third-party challenges. We currently license or sublicense all of the intellectual property underlying our product candidates from universities, and as such do not currently maintain patents regarding the intellectual property we use. Our ability to stop unauthorized third parties from making, using, selling, offering to sell or importing our product candidates is dependent upon the extent to which we have rights under valid and enforceable patents that cover these activities and whether a court would issue an injunctive remedy. If we are unable to secure and maintain patent protection for any product or technology we develop, or if the scope of the patent protection secured is not sufficiently broad, our competitors could develop and commercialize products and technology similar or identical to ours, and our ability to commercialize any product candidates we may develop may be adversely affected.

The patenting process is expensive and time-consuming, and we or our licensors may not be able to file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. In addition, we or our licensors may not pursue, obtain, or maintain patent protection in all relevant markets. It is also possible that we will fail to identify patentable aspects of our research and development output before it is too late to obtain patent protection. Moreover, in some circumstances, we may not have the right to control the preparation, filing and prosecution of patent applications, or to maintain the patents, covering technology that we license or sublicense from or license to third parties and are reliant on our licensors, sublicensors or licensees.

The strength of patents in the biotechnology and biopharmaceutical field involves complex legal and scientific questions and can be uncertain. The patent applications that we in-license or may own in the future may fail to result in issued patents with claims that cover our product candidates or uses thereof in the United States or in other foreign countries. Even if the patents do successfully issue, third parties may challenge the validity, enforceability or scope thereof, which may result in such patents being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable. Furthermore, even if they are unchallenged, our patents and patent applications may not adequately protect our technology, including our product candidates, or prevent others from designing around our claims. If the breadth or strength of protection provided by the patent applications we hold with respect to our product candidates is threatened, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to develop, and threaten our ability to commercialize, our product candidates. Further, if we encounter delays in our clinical trials, the period of time during which we could market our product candidates under patent protection would be reduced.

We cannot be certain that we were the first to file any patent application related to our technology, including our product candidates, and, if we were not, we may be precluded from obtaining patent protection for our technology, including our product candidates.

We cannot be certain that we are the first to invent the inventions covered by pending patent applications and, if we are not, we may be subject to priority disputes. Furthermore, for United States applications in which all claims are entitled to a priority date before March 16, 2013, an interference proceeding can be provoked by a third-party or instituted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, to determine who was the first to invent any of the subject matter covered by the patent claims of our applications. Similarly, for United States applications in which at least one claim is not

 

43


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

entitled to a priority date before March 16, 2013, derivation proceedings can be instituted to determine whether the subject matter of a patent claim was derived from a prior inventor’s disclosure.

We may be required to disclaim part or all of the term of certain patents or all of the term of certain patent applications. There may be prior art of which we are not aware that may affect the validity or enforceability of a patent or patent application claim. There also may be prior art of which we are aware, but which we do not believe affects the validity or enforceability of a claim, which may, nonetheless, ultimately be found to affect the validity or enforceability of a claim. No assurance can be given that if challenged, our patents would be declared by a court to be valid or enforceable or that even if found valid and enforceable, would adequately protect our product candidates, or would be found by a court to be infringed by a competitor’s technology or product. We may analyze patents or patent applications of our competitors that we believe are relevant to our activities, and consider that we are free to operate in relation to our product candidates, but our competitors may achieve issued claims, including in patents we consider to be unrelated, which block our efforts or may potentially result in our product candidates or our activities infringing such claims. The possibility exists that others will develop products which have the same effect as our products on an independent basis which do not infringe our patents or other intellectual property rights, or will design around the claims of patents that may issue that cover our products.

Recent or future patent reform legislation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents. Under the enacted Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or America Invents Act, enacted in 2013, the United States moved from a “first to invent” to a “first-to-file” system. Under a “first-to-file” system, assuming the other requirements for patentability are met, the first inventor to file a patent application generally will be entitled to a patent on the invention regardless of whether another inventor had made the invention earlier. The America Invents Act includes a number of other significant changes to U.S. patent law, including provisions that affect the way patent applications are prosecuted, redefine prior art and establish a new post-grant review system. The effects of these changes are currently unclear as the USPTO only recently developed new regulations and procedures in connection with the America Invents Act and many of the substantive changes to patent law, including the “first-to-file” provisions, only became effective in March 2013. In addition, the courts have yet to address many of these provisions and the applicability of the act and new regulations on specific patents discussed herein have not been determined and would need to be reviewed. However, the America Invents Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

The degree of future protection for our proprietary rights is uncertain because legal means afford only limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep our competitive advantage. For example:

 

   

others may be able to make or use compounds that are similar to the compositions of our product candidates but that are not covered by the claims of our patents or those of our licensors;

 

   

we or our licensors, as the case may be, may fail to meet our obligations to the U.S. government in regards to any in-licensed patents and patent applications funded by U.S. government grants, leading to the loss of patent rights;

 

   

we or our licensors, as the case may be, might not have been the first to file patent applications for these inventions;

 

   

others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or duplicate any of our technologies;

 

   

it is possible that our pending patent applications will not result in issued patents;

 

   

it is possible that there are prior public disclosures that could invalidate our or our licensors’ patents, as the case may be, or parts of our or their patents;

 

   

it is possible that others may circumvent our owned or in-licensed patents;

 

44


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

it is possible that there are unpublished applications or patent applications maintained in secrecy that may later issue with claims covering our products or technology similar to ours;

 

   

the laws of foreign countries may not protect our or our licensors’, as the case may be, proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States;

 

   

the claims of our owned or in-licensed issued patents or patent applications, if and when issued, may not cover our product candidates;

 

   

our owned or in-licensed issued patents may not provide us with any competitive advantages, may be narrowed in scope, or be held invalid or unenforceable as a result of legal challenges by third parties;

 

   

the inventors of our owned or in-licensed patents or patent applications may become involved with competitors, develop products or processes which design around our patents, or become hostile to us or the patents or patent applications on which they are named as inventors;

 

   

our license with Stanford University in connection with our anti-inflammatory candidate for COVID-19 is nonexclusive, and as a result we may face competitors who might enter into similar nonexclusive licensing agreements with Stanford;

 

   

it is possible that our owned or in-licensed patents or patent applications omit individual(s) that should be listed as inventor(s) or include individual(s) that should not be listed as inventor(s), which may cause these patents or patents issuing from these patent applications to be held invalid or unenforceable;

 

   

we have engaged in scientific collaborations in the past, and will continue to do so in the future. Such collaborators may develop adjacent or competing products to ours that are outside the scope of our patents;

 

   

we may not develop additional proprietary technologies for which we can obtain patent protection;

 

   

it is possible that product candidates or diagnostic tests we develop may be covered by third parties’ patents or other exclusive rights;

 

   

the patents of others may have an adverse effect on our business; or

 

   

given that the preclinical developments of our oncology, fibrosis and malaria programs have, to date, been funded through grants totaling $105.6 million (prior to in-licensing our product candidates), which includes grants from the federal government, it is possible that the federal government could invoke its march-in rights under 35 U.S.C. §203 if it deems that it is necessary for it, or for third parties it designates, to practice our patent rights in order to address a national public safety or national security threat.

Some intellectual property that we have in-licensed may have been discovered through government funded programs and thus may be subject to federal regulations such as “march-in” rights, certain reporting requirements and a preference for U.S.-based companies. Compliance with such regulations may limit our exclusive rights, and limit our ability to contract with non-U.S. manufacturers.

Intellectual property rights we have licensed were generated through the use of U.S. government funding and are therefore subject to certain federal regulations. As a result, the U.S. government may have certain rights to intellectual property embodied in our current or future product candidates pursuant to the Bayh-Dole Act of 1980, or Bayh-Dole Act, and implementing regulations. These U.S. government rights in certain inventions developed under a government-funded program include a nonexclusive, non-transferable, irrevocable worldwide license to use inventions for any governmental purpose. In addition, the U.S. government has the right to require us or our licensors to grant exclusive, partially exclusive, or nonexclusive licenses to any of these inventions to a third party if it determines that: (i) adequate steps have not been taken to commercialize the invention; (ii) government action is necessary to meet public health or safety needs; or (iii) government action is necessary to meet requirements for public use under

 

45


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

federal regulations (also referred to as “march-in rights”). Our product candidates in our oncology, fibrosis and malaria programs are subject to such march-in rights. The U.S. government also has the right to take title to these inventions if we, or the applicable licensor, fail to disclose the invention to the government and fail to file an application to register the intellectual property within specified time limits. These time limits have recently been changed by regulation, and may change in the future. Intellectual property generated under a government funded program is also subject to certain reporting requirements, compliance with which may require us or the applicable licensor to expend substantial resources. In addition, the U.S. government requires that any products embodying the subject invention or produced through the use of the subject invention be manufactured substantially in the United States. The manufacturing preference requirement can be waived if the owner of the intellectual property can show that reasonable but unsuccessful efforts have been made to grant licenses on similar terms to potential licensees that would be likely to manufacture substantially in the United States or that under the circumstances domestic manufacture is not commercially feasible. This preference for U.S. manufacturers may limit our ability to contract with non-U.S. product manufacturers for products covered by such intellectual property. To the extent any of our current or future intellectual property is generated through the use of U.S. government funding, the provisions of the Bayh-Dole Act may similarly apply.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, our business and competitive position would be harmed.

In addition to patent protection, we rely heavily upon know-how and trade secret protection, such as that involved in our WPDS platform, and we intend to enter into non-disclosure agreements and invention assignment agreements with our employees, consultants and third-parties prior to our listing on the Nasdaq Global Market, to protect our confidential and proprietary information, especially where we do not believe patent protection is appropriate or obtainable. In addition to contractual measures, we expect to try to protect the confidential nature of our proprietary information using physical and technological security measures. Such measures may not, for example, in the case of misappropriation of a trade secret by an employee or third-party with authorized access, provide adequate protection for our proprietary information. Our security measures may not prevent an employee or consultant from misappropriating our trade secrets and providing them to a competitor, and recourse we take against such misconduct may not provide an adequate remedy to protect our interests fully. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret can be difficult, expensive, and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, trade secrets may be independently developed by others in a manner that could prevent legal recourse by us. For example, the way in which we use our WPDS platform is proprietary and confidential. If one or more third parties obtain or are otherwise able to replicate these techniques, an important feature and differentiator of our clinical development strategy will become available to potential competitors. If any of our confidential or proprietary information, such as our trade secrets, were to be disclosed or misappropriated, or if any such information was independently developed by a competitor, our competitive position could be harmed.

In addition, courts outside the United States are sometimes less willing to protect trade secrets. If we choose to go to court to stop a third-party from using any of our trade secrets, we may incur substantial costs. These lawsuits may consume our time and other resources even if we are successful. Although we take steps to protect our proprietary information and trade secrets, including through contractual means with our employees and consultants, third parties may independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary information and techniques or otherwise gain access to our trade secrets or disclose our technology.

Thus, we may not be able to meaningfully protect our trade secrets. It is our policy to require our employees, consultants, outside scientific collaborators, sponsored researchers and other advisors to execute confidentiality agreements upon the commencement of employment or consulting relationships with us. These agreements provide that all confidential information concerning our business or financial affairs developed or made known to the individual or entity during the course of the party’s relationship with us is to be kept confidential and not disclosed to third parties except in specific circumstances. In the

 

46


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

case of employees, the agreements provide that all inventions conceived by the individual, and which are related to our current or planned business or research and development or made during normal working hours, on our premises or using our equipment or proprietary information, are our exclusive property. In addition, we take other appropriate precautions, such as physical and technological security measures, to guard against misappropriation of our proprietary technology by third parties. We have also adopted policies and conduct training that provides guidance on our expectations, and our advice for best practices, in protecting our trade secrets.

Risks Related to Third Party Intellectual Property

We have entered into and may enter into license, sublicense or other collaboration agreements in the future that may impose certain obligations on us. If we fail to comply with our obligations under such agreements with third parties, we could lose license or sublicense rights that may be important to our future business.

In connection with our efforts to expand our pipeline of product candidates, we have entered into and may enter into certain licenses, sublicenses or other collaboration agreements in the future pertaining to the in-license of rights to additional candidates. Such agreements impose various diligence, milestone payment, royalty, insurance or other obligations on us. If we fail to comply with these obligations, our licensor or collaboration partners may have the right to terminate the relevant agreement, in which event we would not be able to develop or market the products covered by such licensed or sublicensed intellectual property.

Moreover, disputes may arise regarding intellectual property subject to a licensing agreement, including:

 

   

the scope of rights granted under the license or sublicense agreement and other interpretation-related issues;

 

   

the extent to which our product candidates, technology and processes infringe on intellectual property of the licensor that is not subject to the licensing agreement;

 

   

the sublicensing of patent and other rights under our collaborative development relationships;

 

   

our diligence obligations under the license or sublicense agreement and what activities satisfy those diligence obligations;

 

   

the inventorship and ownership of inventions and know-how resulting from the joint creation or use of intellectual property by our licensors and us and our partners; and

 

   

the priority of invention of patented technology.

We are currently party to various license and sublicense agreements that we depend on to operate our business, and our rights to use currently licensed intellectual property are be subject to the continuation of and our compliance with the terms of these agreements. In spite of our efforts, our licensors might conclude that we have materially breached our obligations under such license agreements and might therefore terminate the license agreements, thereby removing or limiting our ability to develop and commercialize products and technology covered by these license agreements. For example, Brown University may terminate their license agreements with us at any time and for any reason after November 1, 2021 if we have not raised at least $10 million in equity financing by then. In the event that we breach any of our sublicense agreements, or if any of the parties from whom we have sublicensed intellectual property breach the underlying license agreements, we may not be entitled to the intellectual property that we sublicense.

In addition, the agreements under which we currently license and sublicense intellectual property or technology from third parties are complex, and certain provisions in such agreements may be susceptible to multiple interpretations. The resolution of any contract interpretation disagreement that may arise could narrow what we believe to be the scope of our rights to the relevant intellectual property or technology, or

 

47


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

increase what we believe to be our financial or other obligations under the relevant agreement, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. Moreover, if disputes over intellectual property that we have licensed or sublicensed prevent or impair our ability to maintain our current licensing arrangements on commercially acceptable terms, we may be unable to successfully develop and commercialize the affected product candidates, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial conditions, results of operations, and prospects.

In addition, we may have limited control over the maintenance and prosecution of these in-licensed patents and patent applications, or any other intellectual property that may be related to our in-licensed intellectual property. For example, we cannot be certain that such activities by any future licensors have been or will be conducted in compliance with applicable laws and regulations or will result in valid and enforceable patents and other intellectual property rights. We have limited control over the manner in which our licensors or sublicensors initiate an infringement proceeding against a third-party infringer of the intellectual property rights, or defend certain of the intellectual property that is licensed or sublicensed to us. It is possible that such infringement proceedings or defense activities may be less vigorous than had we conducted them ourselves.

Our collaborators may assert ownership or commercial rights to inventions they develop from research we support or that we develop from our use of the blood and other tissue samples and other materials required for our research and development activities, which they provide to us, or otherwise arising from the collaboration.

We collaborate with several institutions, universities, medical centers, physicians and researchers in scientific matters and expect to continue to enter into additional collaboration agreements. In certain cases, we do not have written agreements with these collaborators, or the written agreements we have do may not cover all instances of medical development that are researched by the counterparty. If we cannot successfully negotiate sufficient ownership and commercial rights to any inventions that result from our use of a third-party collaborator’s materials, or if disputes arise with respect to the intellectual property developed with the use of a collaborator’s samples, or data developed in a collaborator’s study, we may be limited in our ability to capitalize on the market potential of these inventions or developments.

Third parties may assert that we are employing their proprietary technology without authorization.

There may be third-party patents of which we are currently unaware with claims to compositions of matter, materials, formulations, methods of manufacture or methods for treatment that encompass the composition, use or manufacture of our product candidates. There may be currently pending patent applications of which we are currently unaware which may later result in issued patents that our product candidates or their use or manufacture may infringe. In addition, third parties may obtain patents in the future and claim that use of our technologies infringes upon these patents. If any third-party patent were held by a court of competent jurisdiction to cover our product candidates, intermediates used in the manufacture of our product candidates or our materials generally, aspects of our formulations or methods of use, the holders of any such patent may be able to block our ability to develop and commercialize the product candidate unless we obtained a license or sublicense or until such patent expires or is finally determined to be held invalid or unenforceable. In either case, such a license or sublicense may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all. If we are unable to obtain a necessary or sublicense to a third-party patent on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, our ability to commercialize our product candidates may be impaired or delayed, which could in turn significantly harm our business. Even if we obtain a or sublicense, it may be nonexclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same technologies licensed or sublicensed to us. In addition, if the breadth or strength of protection provided by our patents and patent applications is threatened, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to license, sublicense, develop or commercialize current or future product candidates.

Parties making claims against us may seek and obtain injunctive or other equitable relief, which could effectively block our ability to further develop and commercialize our product candidates. Defense of these claims, regardless of their merit, would involve substantial litigation expense and would be a substantial diversion of employee resources from our business. In the event of a successful claim of infringement

 

48


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

against us, we may have to pay substantial damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees for willful infringement, obtain one or more licenses or sublicenses from third parties, pay royalties or redesign our infringing products, which may be impossible or require substantial time and monetary expenditure. We cannot predict whether any such license or sublicense would be available at all or whether it would be available on commercially reasonable terms. Furthermore, even in the absence of litigation, we may need to obtain licenses or sublicenses from third parties to advance our research or allow commercialization of our product candidates. We may fail to obtain any of these licenses or sublicenses at a reasonable cost or on reasonable terms, if at all. In that event, we would be unable to further develop and commercialize our product candidates, which could harm our business significantly.

Third parties may assert that our employees, consultants or advisors have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential information or misappropriated trade secrets.

As is common in the biotechnology and biopharmaceutical industries, we collaborate with and/or employ and intend to collaborate with and/or employ individuals who were previously affiliated with universities or other biotechnology or biopharmaceutical companies, including those that operate in the same indications we do. Although no claims against us are currently pending, and although we try to ensure that our employees and consultants do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or our employees, consultants or independent contractors have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of a former employer or other third parties. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation or other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims may cause us to incur significant expenses, and could distract our technical and management personnel from their normal responsibilities. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments, and, if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock. This type of litigation or proceeding could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce our resources available for development activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to adequately conduct such litigation or proceedings. We may be unable to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings as a result of our currently limited financial resources. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other intellectual property related proceedings could adversely affect our ability to compete in the marketplace.

We may not be successful in obtaining or maintaining necessary rights to develop any future product candidates on acceptable terms.

Because our programs may involve additional product candidates that may require the use of proprietary rights held by third parties, the growth of our business may depend in part on our ability to acquire, in-license or use these proprietary rights.

Our product candidates may also require specific formulations to work effectively and efficiently and these rights may be held by others. We may develop products containing our drug substance and pre-existing biopharmaceutical compounds. We may be unable to acquire or in-license any compositions, methods of use, processes or other third-party intellectual property rights from third parties that we identify as necessary or important to our business operations. We may fail to obtain any of these licenses at a reasonable cost or on reasonable terms, if at all, which would harm our business. We may need to cease use of the compositions or methods covered by such third-party intellectual property rights, and may need to seek to develop alternative approaches that do not infringe on such intellectual property rights which may entail additional costs and development delays, even if we were able to develop such alternatives, which may not be feasible. Even if we are able to obtain a license or sublicense, it may be nonexclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same technologies licensed to us. In that event, we may be required to expend significant time and resources to develop or license replacement technology.

 

49


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Additionally, we currently collaborate and intend to continue collaborating with academic institutions to facilitate and/or complement our preclinical research and/or clinical development under written agreements with these institutions. In certain cases, these institutions may provide us with an option to negotiate a license to any of the institution’s rights in technology resulting from the collaboration. Regardless of such options, if we are granted one, we may be unable to negotiate a license within the specified timeframe or under terms that are acceptable to us. If we are unable to do so, the institution may offer the intellectual property rights to others, potentially blocking our ability to pursue our program. If we are unable to successfully obtain rights to required third-party intellectual property or to maintain the existing intellectual property rights we have, we may have to abandon development of such program and our business and financial condition could suffer.

The licensing and acquisition of third-party intellectual property rights is a competitive area, and institutions, which may be more established, or have greater resources than we do, may also be pursuing strategies to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights that we may consider necessary or attractive in order to commercialize our product candidates. More established institutions may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, cash resources and greater clinical development and commercialization capabilities. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully complete such negotiations and ultimately acquire the rights to the intellectual property surrounding the additional product candidates that we may seek to acquire.

Risks Related to Intellectual Property Litigation

Third-party claims of intellectual property infringement may prevent or delay our product discovery and development efforts.

Our commercial success depends in part on our ability to develop, manufacture, market and sell our product candidates and use our proprietary technologies without infringing the proprietary rights of third parties. There is a substantial amount of litigation involving patents and other intellectual property rights in the biotechnology and biopharmaceutical industries, as well as administrative proceedings for challenging patents, including interference, derivation, inter partes review, post grant review, and reexamination proceedings before the USPTO or oppositions and other comparable proceedings in foreign jurisdictions. We may be exposed to, or threatened with, future litigation by third parties having patent or other intellectual property rights alleging that our product candidates and/or proprietary technologies infringe their intellectual property rights. Numerous U.S. and foreign issued patents and pending patent applications, which are owned by third parties, exist in the fields in which we are developing our product candidates. As the biotechnology and biopharmaceutical industries expand and more patents are issued, the risk increases that our product candidates may give rise to claims of infringement of the patent rights of others. Moreover, it is not always clear to industry participants, including us, which patents cover various types of drugs, products or their methods of use or manufacture. Thus, because of the large number of patents issued and patent applications filed in our fields, there may be a risk that third parties may allege they have patent rights encompassing our product candidates, technologies or methods.

If a third party claims that we infringe its intellectual property rights, we may face a number of issues, including, but not limited to:

 

   

infringement and other intellectual property claims which, regardless of merit, may be expensive and time-consuming to litigate and may divert our management’s attention from our core business;

 

   

substantial damages for infringement, which we may have to pay if a court decides that the product candidate or technology at issue infringes on or violates the third-party’s rights, and, if the court finds that the infringement was willful, we could be ordered to pay treble damages and the patent owner’s attorneys’ fees;

 

50


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

a court prohibiting us from developing, manufacturing, marketing or selling our product candidates, or from using our proprietary technologies, unless the third-party licenses its product rights to us, which it is not required to do;

 

   

if a license is available from a third-party, we may have to pay substantial royalties, upfront fees and other amounts, and/or grant cross-licenses to intellectual property rights for our products and any license that is available may be nonexclusive, which could result in our competitors gaining access to the same intellectual property; and

 

   

redesigning our product candidates or processes so they do not infringe, which may not be possible or may require substantial monetary expenditures and time.

Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of complex patent litigation more effectively than we can because they have substantially greater resources. In addition, any uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of any litigation could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise the funds necessary to continue our operations or could otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation or administrative proceedings, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure.

We may be involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents or the patents of our licensors, which could be expensive, time-consuming and unsuccessful.

Competitors may infringe our patents or the patents of our current or future licensors. To counter infringement or unauthorized use, we may be required to file infringement claims, which can be expensive and time-consuming. In addition, in an infringement proceeding, a court may decide that one or more of our patents is not valid or is unenforceable, or may refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that our patents do not cover the technology in question or for other reasons. An adverse result in any litigation or defense proceedings could put one or more of our patents at risk of being invalidated, held unenforceable, or interpreted narrowly and could put our patent applications at risk of not issuing. Defense of these claims, regardless of their merit, would involve substantial litigation expense and would be a substantial diversion of employee resources from our business.

We may choose to challenge the patentability of claims in a third-party’s U.S. patent by requesting that the USPTO review the patent claims in an ex-parte re-examination, inter partes review or post-grant review proceedings. These proceedings are expensive and may consume our time or other resources. We may choose to challenge a third-party’s patent in patent opposition proceedings in the European Patent Office, or EPO, or other foreign patent office. The costs of these opposition proceedings could be substantial, and may consume our time or other resources. If we fail to obtain a favorable result at the USPTO, EPO or other patent office then we may be exposed to litigation by a third-party alleging that the patent may be infringed by our product candidates or proprietary technologies.

In addition, because some patent applications in the United States may be maintained in secrecy until the patents are issued, patent applications in the United States and many foreign jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after filing, and publications in the scientific literature often lag behind actual discoveries, we cannot be certain that others have not filed patent applications for technology covered by our owned and in-licensed issued patents or our pending applications, or that we or, if applicable, a licensor were the first to invent the technology. Our competitors may have filed, and may in the future file, patent applications covering our products or technology similar to ours. Any such patent application may have priority over our owned and in-licensed patent applications or patents, which could require us to obtain rights to issued patents covering such technologies. If another party has filed a U.S. patent application on inventions similar to those owned by or in-licensed to us, we or, in the case of in-licensed technology, the licensor may have to participate in an interference or derivation proceeding declared by the USPTO to determine priority of invention in the United States. If we or one of our

 

51


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

licensors is a party to an interference or derivation proceeding involving a U.S. patent application on inventions owned by or in-licensed to us, we may incur substantial costs, divert management’s time and expend other resources, even if we are successful.

Interference or derivation proceedings provoked by third parties or brought by us or declared by the USPTO may be necessary to determine the priority of inventions with respect to our patents or patent applications or those of our licensors. An unfavorable outcome could result in a loss of our current patent rights and could require us to cease using the related technology or to attempt to license rights to it from the prevailing party. Our business could be harmed if the prevailing party does not offer us a license on commercially reasonable terms or at all, or if a nonexclusive license is offered and our competitors gain access to the same technology. Litigation or interference proceedings may result in a decision adverse to our interests and, even if we are successful, may result in substantial costs and distract our management and other employees. We may not be able to prevent, alone or with our licensors, misappropriation of our trade secrets or confidential information, particularly in countries where the laws may not protect those rights as fully as in the United States.

Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock.

Risks Related to Intellectual Property Laws

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

Periodic maintenance fees on any issued patent are due to be paid to the USPTO and foreign patent agencies in several stages over the lifetime of the patent. The USPTO and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other provisions during the patent application process and following the issuance of a patent. While an inadvertent lapse can in many cases be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules, there are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. Noncompliance events that could result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application include, but are not limited to, failure to respond to official actions within prescribed time limits, non-payment of fees and failure to properly legalize and submit formal documents. In certain circumstances, even inadvertent noncompliance events may permanently and irrevocably jeopardize patent rights. In such an event, our competitors might be able to enter the market, which would have a material adverse effect on our business.

Any patents, if issued patents covering our product candidates could be found invalid or unenforceable if challenged in court or the USPTO.

If we or one of our licensors initiate legal proceedings against a third-party to enforce a patent covering one of our product candidates, the defendant could counterclaim that the patent covering our product candidate, as applicable, is invalid and/or unenforceable. In patent litigation in the United States, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity and/or unenforceability are commonplace, and there are numerous grounds upon which a third-party can assert invalidity or unenforceability of a patent. Third parties may also raise similar claims before administrative bodies in the United States or abroad, even outside the context of litigation. Such mechanisms include re-examination, inter partes review, post grant review, and equivalent proceedings in foreign jurisdictions (e.g., opposition proceedings). Such proceedings could result in revocation or amendment to our patents in such a way that they no longer

 

52


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

cover our product candidates. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable. With respect to the validity question, for example, we cannot be certain that there is no invalidating prior art, of which we, our patent counsel and the patent examiner were unaware during prosecution. If a defendant were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity and/or unenforceability, or if we are otherwise unable to adequately protect our rights, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on our product candidates. Such a loss of patent protection could have a material adverse impact on our business and our ability to commercialize or license our technology and product candidates.

Likewise, without taking into account any possible patent term adjustments or extensions, our current sublicensed patents sublicensed from Brown University, Rhode Island Hospital, and Stanford University may expire before, or soon after, our first product achieves marketing approval in the United States or foreign jurisdictions. Upon the expiration of our current patents, we may lose the right to exclude others from practicing these inventions. The expiration of these patents could also have a similar material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. We also have rights to pending patent applications covering our proprietary technologies or our product candidates, but we cannot be assured that the USPTO or relevant foreign patent offices will grant any of these patent applications.

Changes in patent law in the U.S. and in foreign jurisdictions could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our products.

Changes in either the patent laws or interpretation of the patent laws in the United States could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of patent applications and the enforcement or defense of issued patents. Assuming that other requirements for patentability are met, prior to March 16, 2013, in the United States, the first to invent the claimed invention was entitled to the patent, while outside the United States, the first to file a patent application was entitled to the patent. On March 16, 2013, under the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the America Invents Act, enacted in September 2011, the United States transitioned to a first inventor to file system in which, assuming that other requirements for patentability are met, the first inventor to file a patent application will be entitled to the patent on an invention regardless of whether a third party was the first to invent the claimed invention. A third party that files a patent application in the USPTO on or after March 16, 2013, but before us could therefore be awarded a patent covering an invention of ours even if we had made the invention before it was made by such third party. This will require us to be cognizant of the time from invention to filing of a patent application. Since patent applications in the United States and most other countries are confidential for a period of time after filing or until issuance, we cannot be certain that we or our licensors were the first to either (i) file any patent application related to our product candidates or (ii) invent any of the inventions claimed in our or our licensor’s patents or patent applications.

The America Invents Act also includes a number of significant changes that affect the way patent applications will be prosecuted and also may affect patent litigation. These include allowing third party submission of prior art to the USPTO during patent prosecution and additional procedures to attack the validity of a patent by USPTO administered post-grant proceedings, including post-grant review, inter-partes review, and derivation proceedings. Because of a lower evidentiary standard in USPTO proceedings compared to the evidentiary standard in United States federal courts necessary to invalidate a patent claim, a third party could potentially provide evidence in a USPTO proceeding sufficient for the USPTO to hold a claim invalid even though the same evidence would be insufficient to invalidate the claim if first presented in a district court action. Accordingly, a third party may attempt to use the USPTO procedures to invalidate our patent claims that would not have been invalidated if first challenged by the third party as a defendant in a district court action. Therefore, the America Invents Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our owned or in-licensed patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our owned or in-licensed issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

 

53


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In addition, the patent positions of companies in the development and commercialization of biopharmaceuticals are particularly uncertain. Recent U.S. Supreme Court rulings have narrowed the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances and weakened the rights of patent owners in certain situations. This combination of events has created uncertainty with respect to the validity and enforceability of patents, once obtained. Depending on future actions by the U.S. Congress, the federal courts, and the USPTO, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that could have a material adverse effect on our existing patent portfolio and our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property in the future.

We have limited foreign intellectual property rights and may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

We have limited intellectual property rights outside the United States. Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on product candidates in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States can be less extensive than those in the United States. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as federal and state laws in the United States. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States, or from selling or importing products made using our inventions in and into the United States or other jurisdictions. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and, further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection but where enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States. These products may compete with our products in jurisdictions where we do not have any issued patents and our patent claims or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of, and may require a compulsory license to, patents, trade secrets and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to biopharmaceutical products, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or marketing of competing products against third parties in violation of our proprietary rights generally. The initiation of proceedings by third parties to challenge the scope or validity of our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial cost and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license.

Patent terms may be inadequate to protect our competitive position on our product candidates for an adequate amount of time.

Patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States, if all maintenance fees are timely paid, the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years from its earliest U.S. non-provisional filing date. Various extensions such as patent term adjustments and/or extensions, may be available, but the life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Even if patents covering our product candidates are obtained, once the patent life has expired, we may be open to competition from competitive products. Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting such candidates might expire before or shortly after such candidates are commercialized. As a result, our owned and licensed patent portfolio may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours.

 

54


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

If we do not obtain patent term extension and data exclusivity for any product candidates we may develop, our business may be materially harmed.

Depending upon the timing, duration and specifics of any FDA marketing approval of any product candidates we may develop, one or more of our U.S. patents may be eligible for limited patent term extension under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Action of 1984, or the Hatch-Waxman Amendments. The Hatch-Waxman Amendments permit a patent extension term of up to five years as compensation for patent term lost during the FDA regulatory review process. A patent term extension cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval, only one patent may be extended and only those claims covering the approved drug, a method for using it, or a method for manufacturing it may be extended. However, we may not be granted an extension because of, for example, failing to exercise due diligence during the testing phase or regulatory review process, failing to apply within applicable deadlines, failing to apply prior to expiration of relevant patents, or otherwise failing to satisfy applicable requirements. Moreover, the applicable time period or the scope of patent protection afforded could be less than we request. If we are unable to obtain patent term extension or the term of any such extension is less than we request, our competitors may obtain approval of competing products following our patent expiration, and our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects could be materially harmed.

If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, then we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest and our business may be adversely affected.

Our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names may be challenged, infringed, circumvented or declared generic or determined to be infringing on other marks. We may not be able to protect our rights to these trademarks and trade names or may be forced to stop using these names, which we need for name recognition by potential partners or customers in our markets of interest. At times, competitors may adopt trade names or trademarks similar to ours, thereby impeding our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to market confusion. In addition, there could be potential trade name or trademark infringement claims brought by owners of other trademarks or trademarks that incorporate variations of our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names. If we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, we may not be able to compete effectively and our business may be adversely affected. We may license our trademarks and trade names to third parties, such as distributors. Though these license agreements may provide guidelines for how our trademarks and trade names may be used, a breach of these agreements or misuse of our trademarks and tradenames by our licensees may jeopardize our rights in or diminish the goodwill associated with our trademarks and trade names. Our efforts to enforce or protect our proprietary rights related to trademarks, trade names, trade secrets, domain names, copyrights or other intellectual property may be ineffective and could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could adversely affect our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Risks Related to Managing Our Business and Operations

The outbreak of the novel coronavirus disease, COVID-19, could adversely impact our business, including our preclinical studies and clinical trials.

In December 2019, a novel strain of the coronavirus disease, COVID-19, was identified in Wuhan, China. This virus continues to spread globally and has spread to a number countries globally, including the United States. The outbreak and government measures taken in response have also had a significant impact, both direct and indirect, on businesses and commerce, as worker shortages have occurred; supply chains have been disrupted; facilities and production have been suspended; and demand for certain goods and services, such as medical services and supplies, has spiked, while demand for other goods and services, such as travel, has fallen. In response to the spread of COVID-19, we have closed our executive offices with our administrative employees continuing their work outside of our offices and limited the number of

 

55


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

staff in any given research and development laboratory. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, we may experience disruptions that could severely impact our business, including:

 

   

interruptions in preclinical studies due to restricted or limited operations at our laboratory facilities or at facilities of our collaborators;

 

   

interruption of, or delays in receiving, supplies for preclinical and/or clinical trials from our CROs, CMOs or other collaborators due to staffing shortages, production slowdowns or stoppages and disruptions in delivery systems;

 

   

limitations on employee resources that would otherwise be focused on the conduct of our preclinical studies and clinical trials, including because of sickness of employees or their families or the desire of employees to avoid contact with large groups of people;

 

   

interruption or delays to our sourced discovery and clinical activities;

 

   

delays in receiving authorizations from regulatory authorities to initiate our planned clinical trials;

 

   

delays or difficulties in commencing enrollment of patients in our clinical trials, enrolling and retaining patients in our clinical trials in adequate numbers and difficulties in clinical site initiation, including difficulties in recruiting clinical site investigators and clinical site staff;

 

   

diversion of healthcare resources away from the conduct of clinical trials, including the diversion of hospitals serving as our clinical trial sites and hospital staff supporting the conduct of our clinical trials;

 

   

interruption of key clinical trial activities, such as clinical trial site data monitoring, due to limitations on travel imposed or recommended by federal or state governments, employers and others or interruption of clinical trial subject visits and study procedures that are deemed nonessential, which may impact the integrity of subject data and clinical trial endpoints; and

 

   

interruption or delays in the operations of the FDA or other regulatory authorities, which may impact review and approval timelines.

The COVID-19 pandemic continues to rapidly evolve. The extent to which the outbreak impacts our business will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted with confidence, such as the ultimate geographic spread of the disease, the duration of the pandemic, travel restrictions and social distancing in the United States and other countries, business closures or business disruptions and the effectiveness of actions taken in the United States and other countries to contain and treat the disease.

Our internal computer systems, or those of our collaborators or other contractors or consultants, may fail or suffer security breaches, which could result in a material disruption of our product development programs.

Our internal computer systems and those of our current and any future collaborators and other contractors or consultants are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses, unauthorized access, natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication and electrical failures. Such a material system failure, accident or security breach could result in a disruption of our development programs and our business operations, whether due to a loss of our trade secrets or other proprietary information or other similar disruptions. For example, the loss of clinical trial data from an of our clinical trials could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. Additionally, during the COVID-19 pandemic, there have been a number of security breaches relating to companies providing or developing treatments or vaccines related to COVID-19. To the extent that any disruption or security breach were to result in a loss of, or damage to, our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liability, our competitive position could be harmed and the further development and commercialization of our product candidates could be delayed.

 

56


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We could be subject to risks caused by misappropriation, misuse, leakage, falsification or intentional or accidental release or loss of information maintained in the information systems and networks of our company and our vendors, including personal information of our employees and study subjects, and company and vendor confidential data. In addition, outside parties may attempt to penetrate our systems or those of our vendors or fraudulently induce our personnel or the personnel of our vendors to disclose sensitive information in order to gain access to our data and/or systems. We may experience threats to our data and systems, including malicious codes and viruses, phishing and other cyberattack. The number and complexity of these threats continue to increase over time. If a material breach of, or accidental or intentional loss of data from, our information technology systems or those of our vendors occurs, the market perception of the effectiveness of our security measures could be harmed and our reputation and credibility could be damaged. We could be required to expend significant amounts of money and other resources to repair or replace information systems or networks. In addition, we could be subject to regulatory actions and/or claims made by individuals and groups in private litigation involving privacy issues related to data collection and use practices and other data privacy laws and regulations, including claims for misuse or inappropriate disclosure of data, as well as unfair or deceptive practices. The development and maintenance of these systems, controls and processes is costly and requires ongoing monitoring and updating as technologies change and efforts to overcome security measures become increasingly sophisticated. Moreover, despite our efforts, the possibility of these events occurring cannot be eliminated entirely. As we outsource more of our information systems to vendors, engage in more electronic transactions with payors and patients, and rely more on cloud-based information systems, the related security risks will increase and we will need to expend additional resources to protect our technology and information systems. In addition, there can be no assurance that our internal information technology systems or those of our third-party contractors, or our consultants’ efforts to implement adequate security and control measures, will be sufficient to protect us against breakdowns, service disruption, data deterioration or loss in the event of a system malfunction, or prevent data from being stolen or corrupted in the event of a cyberattack, security breach, industrial espionage attacks or insider threat attacks which could result in financial, legal, business or reputational harm.

We or the third parties upon whom we depend may be adversely affected by earthquakes or other natural disasters, as well as occurrences of civil unrest, and our business continuity and disaster recovery plans may not adequately protect us from a serious disaster, including earthquakes, outbreak of disease or other natural disasters and civil unrest.

Our operations may be adversely affected by fire, climate events, or other manmade or natural disasters or incidents, and our business continuity and disaster recovery plans may not adequately protect us from a serious disaster or event. Such incidents or events may result in us being unable to fully utilize our facilities, or the manufacturing facilities of our third-party contract manufacturers, or of our collaborators, and thus may have a material and adverse effect on our ability to operate our business, particularly on a daily basis, and may have significant negative consequences on our financial and operating conditions. Loss of access to these facilities may result in increased costs, delays in the development of our product candidates or interruption of our business operations. Natural or manmade disasters could further disrupt our operations, and have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. If a natural disaster, power outage, fire or other event occurred that prevented us from using all or a significant portion of our critical infrastructure, such as our research facilities or the research or manufacturing facilities of our third-party collaborators, or that otherwise disrupted operations, it may be difficult or, in certain cases, impossible, for us to continue our business for a substantial period of time.

Our disaster recovery and business continuity plans may prove inadequate in the event of a serious disaster or similar event. We may incur substantial expenses as a result of the limited nature of our disaster recovery, insurance coverage, and business continuity plans, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

57


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Risks Related to Growing Our Organization

We may encounter difficulties in managing our growth, which could adversely affect our operations.

As of March 31, 2021, we had nine full-time employees. As our clinical development and commercialization plans and strategies develop, and as we transition into operating as a public company, we will need to expand our managerial, clinical, regulatory, sales, marketing, financial, development, manufacturing and legal capabilities or contract with third parties to provide these capabilities for us. As our operations expand, we expect that we will need to manage additional relationships with various strategic collaborators, suppliers and other third parties. Our future growth would impose significant added responsibilities on members of management, including:

 

   

identifying, recruiting, integrating, maintaining and motivating additional employees;

 

   

managing our development and commercialization efforts effectively, including the clinical and FDA review process for our product candidates, while complying with our contractual obligations to contractors and other third parties; and

 

   

improving our operational, financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures.

Our ability to continue to develop and, if approved, commercialize our product candidates will depend, in part, on our ability to effectively manage any future growth. Our management may also have to divert a disproportionate amount of its attention away from day-to-day activities in order to devote a substantial amount of time to managing these growth activities.

We currently rely, and for the foreseeable future will continue to rely, in substantial part on certain independent organizations, advisors and consultants to provide certain services, including contract manufacturers and companies focused on research and development and discovery activities. There can be no assurance that the services of independent organizations, advisors and consultants will continue to be available to us on a timely basis when needed, or that we can find qualified replacements. In addition, if we are unable to effectively manage our outsourced activities or if the quality, accuracy or quantity of the services provided is compromised for any reason, our pre-clinical and clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated, and we may not be able to obtain, or may be substantially delayed in obtaining, regulatory approval of our product candidates or otherwise advance our business. There can be no assurance that we will be able to manage our existing consultants or find other competent outside contractors and consultants on economically reasonable terms, or at all.

If we are not able to effectively expand our organization by hiring new employees and expanding our groups of consultants and contractors, we may not be able to successfully implement the tasks necessary to further develop and commercialize our product candidates and, accordingly, may not achieve our research, development and commercialization goals.

We may acquire additional technology and complementary businesses in the future. Acquisitions involve many risks, any of which could materially harm our business, including the diversion of management’s attention from core business concerns, failure to effectively exploit acquired technologies, failure to successfully integrate the acquired business or realize expected synergies or the loss of key employees from either our business or the acquired businesses.

The estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the markets in which we compete achieve the forecasted growth, our business may not grow at similar rates, or at all.

Market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts included in this prospectus are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates which may not prove to be accurate. The estimates and forecasts included in this prospectus relating to size and expected growth of our target market may prove to be inaccurate. For example, if and when vaccines for COVID-19 become generally available, the addressable market for our anti-inflammatory program candidate, angiotensin 1-7, may

 

58


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

decrease if the number of people who contract COVID-19 decreases. This could impair our ability to commercialize these therapies or to maximize their value to us. Even if the markets in which we compete meet the size estimates and growth forecasts included in this prospectus, our business may not grow at similar rates, or at all. Our growth is subject to many factors, including our success in implementing our business strategy, which is subject to many risks and uncertainties.

We may engage in strategic transactions, which could impact our liquidity, increase our expenses, and present significant distractions to our management.

We may consider engaging in a variety of different business arrangements, including mergers and acquisitions, spin-outs, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, co-marketing, co-promotion, distributorships, development and co-development, restructurings, divestitures, business combinations and investments on a global basis. Any such transaction(s) may require us to incur non-recurring or other charges, may increase our near- and long-term expenditures, grow and expand rapidly putting pressure on current resources and capabilities, and may pose significant integration challenges or disrupt our management or business, which could adversely affect our operations and financial results. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will undertake or successfully complete any transactions of the nature described above, and any transaction that we do complete could expose us to liability, delays, and implementation obstacles that could harm our business, financial condition, operating results, and prospects. We have no current commitment or obligation to enter into any transaction described above other than ones to which we are already committed.

Risks Related to Employee Matters

If we lose key management or scientific personnel, or if we fail to recruit additional highly skilled personnel, our ability to develop current product candidates or identify and develop new product candidates will be impaired, could result in loss of markets or market share and could make us less competitive.

Our ability to compete in the highly competitive biotechnology and biopharmaceutical industries depends upon our ability to attract and retain highly qualified managerial, scientific and medical personnel. We are highly dependent on our management, including our CEO, Elizabeth Ng, MBA, our CSO, Jonathan Heller, Ph.D., and our EVP External Innovation, Daniel Behr, MBA and our scientific and medical personnel, including Dr. Elias and Dr. Kurtis. The loss of the services of any of our executive officers, other key employees, and other scientific and medical advisors, and our inability to find suitable replacements could result in delays in product development and harm our business.

We conduct our operations in the greater Boston area and the San Francisco Bay area. These regions are home to many other biopharmaceutical companies, biotechnology companies and research institutions. Competition for skilled personnel in our market is intense and may limit our ability to hire and retain highly qualified personnel on acceptable terms or at all.

To induce valuable employees to remain at our company, in addition to salary and cash incentives, we intend to provide restricted stock awards and stock options that vest over time. The value to employees of restricted stock awards and stock options that vest over time may be significantly affected by movements in our stock price that are beyond our control, and may at any time be insufficient to counteract more lucrative offers from other companies. Despite our efforts to retain valuable employees, members of our management, scientific and development teams may terminate their employment with us on short notice. Our key employees are at-will employees, which means that any of our employees could leave our employment at any time, with or without notice. In addition, we do not maintain key person insurance. Our success also depends on our ability to continue to attract, retain and motivate highly skilled junior, mid-level and senior scientific and medical personnel.

 

59


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our employees, independent contractors, consultants, commercial partners, collaborators and vendors may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including noncompliance with regulatory standards and requirements.

We are exposed to the risk of employee fraud or other illegal activity by our employees, independent contractors, consultants, commercial partners, collaborators and vendors. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless and/or negligent conduct that fails to comply with the laws of the FDA and other similar foreign regulatory bodies, provide true, complete and accurate information to the FDA and other similar foreign regulatory bodies, comply with manufacturing standards we have established, comply with healthcare fraud and abuse laws in the United States and similar foreign fraudulent misconduct laws, or report financial information or data accurately or to disclose unauthorized activities to us. If we obtain FDA approval of any of our product candidates and begin commercializing those products in the United States, our potential exposure under such laws will increase significantly, and our costs associated with compliance with such laws will also increase. These laws may impact, among other things, our current activities with principal investigators and research patients, as well as proposed and future sales, marketing and education programs. In connection with this offering, we will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics, but it is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct by our employees, independent contractors, consultants, commercial partners and vendors, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to comply with these laws or regulations. If any actions are instituted against us and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could result in the imposition of civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, monetary fines, imprisonment, disgorgement, possible exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, additional reporting obligations and oversight if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or other agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings and the curtailment of our operations.

Risks Related to Tax and Accounting Matters

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain tax credit carryforwards may be subject to limitation.

We may from time to time generate net operating loss carryforwards for U.S. federal and state income tax purposes that are subject to expiration. Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, changes in our ownership may limit the amount of our net operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards that could be utilized annually to offset our future taxable income, if any. This limitation would generally apply in the event of a cumulative change in ownership of our company of more than 50 percentage points within a three-year period. Any such limitation may significantly reduce our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards before they expire. Private placements and other transactions that we may execute may trigger such an ownership change pursuant to Section 382. Any such limitation, sales of our common stock by our existing stockholders or additional sales of our common stock by us, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in future years. Our ability to utilize those net operating loss carryforwards could be limited by an “ownership change” as described above, which could result in increased tax liability to us. Net operating losses generated after December 31, 2017 are not subject to expiration, but may not be carried back to prior taxable years, except that net operating losses generated in 2018, 2019 and 2020 may be carried back five taxable years. Additionally, the deductibility of such U.S. federal net operating losses is limited to 80% of our taxable income in any taxable year beginning after December 31, 2020.

 

60


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. If our remediation of this material weakness is not effective, or if we experience additional material weaknesses or otherwise fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls in the future, we may not be able to accurately report our financial condition or results of operations.

In connection with our preparation and the audits of our financial statements as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the period from inception January 2, 2019 to December 31, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2020, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified a material weakness as defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

Specifically, our material weakness is that management does not have adequate staffing in its accounting department and has not yet designed and implemented the appropriate processes and internal controls to support accurate and timely financial reporting.

We are working to remediate the material weakness and are taking steps to strengthen our internal control over financial reporting such as the hiring of Gurinder Kalra as Chief Financial Officer in first quarter of 2021. Additionally, we plan to further develop and implement formal policies, processes and documentation procedures relating to our financial reporting, including the oversight of third-party service providers. The actions that we are taking are subject to ongoing executive management review. If we are unable to successfully remediate the material weakness, or if in the future, we identify further material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting, we may not detect errors on a timely basis, and our financial statements may be materially misstated. We or our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting, which could harm our operating results, cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information and cause the trading price of our stock to fall. In addition, as a public company, we will be required to file accurate and timely quarterly and annual reports with the SEC under the Exchange Act. Any failure to report our financial results on an accurate and timely basis could result in sanctions, lawsuits, delisting of our shares from the Nasdaq Global Market or other adverse consequences that would materially harm our business. In addition, we could become subject to investigations by Nasdaq, the SEC, and other regulatory authorities, and become subject to litigation from investors and stockholders, which could harm our reputation and our financial condition, or divert financial and management resources from our core business.

Neither our management nor an independent registered public accounting firm has performed an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, because no such evaluation has been required. Had we or our independent registered public accounting firm performed an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, additional material weaknesses may have been identified.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, stockholders could lose confidence in our financial and other public reporting, which would harm our business and the trading price of our common stock.

Effective internal controls over financial reporting are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and, together with adequate disclosure controls and procedures, are designed to prevent fraud. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. In addition, any testing by us conducted in connection with Section 404, or any subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm, may reveal deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting that are deemed

 

61


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

to be material weaknesses or that may require prospective or retroactive changes to our financial statements or identify other areas for further attention or improvement. Inferior internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our stock.

We will be required to disclose changes made in our internal controls and procedures on a quarterly basis and our management will be required to assess the effectiveness of these controls annually, beginning with our second annual report on Form 10-K. In addition, our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404, however they will not be required to do so for so long as we are an EGC. We could be an EGC for up to five years. An independent assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting could detect problems that our management’s assessment might not. Undetected material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting could lead to restatements of our financial statements and require us to incur the expense of remediation.

Our disclosure controls and procedures may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to certain reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to reasonably assure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. We believe that any disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by an unauthorized override of the controls. Accordingly, because of the inherent limitations in our control system, misstatements or insufficient disclosures due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

Risks Related to Marketing, Reimbursement, Healthcare Regulations and Ongoing Regulatory Compliance

Risks Related to Government Regulation

Coverage and reimbursement may be limited or unavailable in certain market segments for our product candidates, if approved, which could make it difficult for us to sell any product candidates profitably.

Significant uncertainty exists as to the coverage and reimbursement status of any products for which we may obtain regulatory approval. In the United States, sales of any products for which we may receive regulatory marketing approval will depend, in part, on the availability of coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors. Third-party payors include government authorities such as Medicare, Medicaid, TRICARE, and the Veterans Administration, managed care providers, private health insurers, and other organizations. Patients who are provided medical treatment for their conditions generally rely on third-party payors to reimburse all or part of the costs associated with their treatment. Coverage and adequate reimbursement from governmental healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and commercial payors are critical to new product acceptance. Patients are unlikely to use our product candidates unless coverage is provided and reimbursement is adequate to cover a significant portion of the cost. We cannot be sure that coverage and reimbursement will be available for, or accurately estimate the potential revenue from, our product candidates or assure that coverage and reimbursement will be available for any product that we may develop.

 

62


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Government authorities and other third-party payors decide which drugs and treatments they will cover and the amount of reimbursement. Coverage and reimbursement by a third-party payor may depend upon a number of factors, including the third-party payor’s determination that use of a product is:

 

   

a covered benefit under its health plan;

 

   

safe, effective and medically necessary;

 

   

appropriate for the specific patient;

 

   

cost-effective; and

 

   

neither experimental nor investigational.

In the United States, no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for products exists among third-party payors. As a result, obtaining coverage and reimbursement approval of a product from a government or other third-party payor is a time-consuming and costly process that could require us to provide to each payor supporting scientific, clinical and cost-effectiveness data for the use of our products on a payor-by-payor basis, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be obtained. Even if we obtain coverage for a given product, the resulting reimbursement payment rates might not be adequate for us to achieve or sustain profitability or may require co-payments that patients find unacceptably high. Additionally, third-party payors may not cover, or provide adequate reimbursement for, long-term follow-up evaluations required following the use of product candidates, once approved. It is difficult to predict what third-party payors will decide with respect to the coverage and reimbursement for our product candidates, if approved.

Changes to currently applicable laws and state and federal healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding and otherwise affect the prices we may obtain for any product candidates for which we may obtain regulatory approval or the frequency with which any such product candidate is prescribed or used.

Our relationships with healthcare providers and physicians and third-party payors will be subject to applicable anti-kickback, fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations, which could expose us to criminal sanctions, civil penalties, contractual damages, reputational harm and diminished profits and future earnings.

Healthcare providers, physicians and third-party payors in the United States and elsewhere play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of biopharmaceutical products. Arrangements with third-party payors and customers can expose biopharmaceutical manufacturers to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations, including, without limitation, the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, or AKS, and the federal False Claims Act, or FCA, which may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which such companies sell, market and distribute biopharmaceutical products. In particular, the research of our product candidates, as well as the promotion, sales and marketing of healthcare items and services, as well as certain business arrangements in the healthcare industry, are subject to extensive laws designed to prevent fraud, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, structuring and commission(s), certain customer incentive programs and other business arrangements generally. Activities subject to these laws also involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of patient recruitment for clinical trials. The applicable federal, state and foreign healthcare laws and regulations laws that may affect our ability to operate include, but are not limited to:

 

   

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or paying any remuneration (including any kickback, bribe, or rebate), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward, or in return for, either the referral of an individual, or the purchase, lease, order or recommendation of any good, facility, item or service for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under a federal

 

63


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

healthcare program, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. A person or entity can be found guilty of violating the statute without actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it. In addition, a claim submitted for payment to any federal health care program that includes items or services that were made as a result of a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the FCA. The Anti-Kickback Statute has been interpreted to apply to arrangements between biopharmaceutical manufacturers on the one hand and prescribers, purchasers, and formulary managers, among others, on the other. There are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting some common activities from prosecution;

 

   

the federal civil and criminal false claims laws, including the FCA, and civil monetary penalty laws which prohibit, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, false, fictitious or fraudulent claims for payment to, or approval by Medicare, Medicaid, or other federal healthcare programs; knowingly making, using or causing to be made or used a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim or an obligation to pay or transmit money or property to the federal government; or knowingly concealing or knowingly and improperly avoiding or decreasing or concealing an obligation to pay money to the federal government. A claim that includes items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim under the FCA. Manufacturers can be held liable under the FCA even when they do not submit claims directly to government payors if they are deemed to “cause” the submission of false or fraudulent claims. The FCA also permits a private individual acting as a “whistleblower” to bring qui tam actions on behalf of the federal government alleging violations of the FCA and to share in any monetary recovery;

 

   

the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, which created additional federal criminal statutes that prohibit knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or obtain, by means of false or fraudulent pretenses, representations, or promises, any of the money or property owned by, or under the custody or control of, any healthcare benefit program, regardless of the payor (e.g., public or private) and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up by any trick or device a material fact or making any materially false statements in connection with the delivery of, or payment for, healthcare benefits, items or services relating to healthcare matters. Similar to the federal AKS, a person or entity can be found guilty of violating HIPAA without actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it;

 

   

HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, or HITECH, and their respective implementing regulations, which impose, among other things, requirements relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information on certain covered healthcare providers, health plans, and healthcare clearinghouses, known as covered entities, as well as their respective “business associates,” those independent contractors or agents of covered entities that perform services for covered entities that involve the creation, use, receipt, maintenance or disclosure of individually identifiable health information. HITECH also created new tiers of civil monetary penalties, amended HIPAA to make civil and criminal penalties directly applicable to business associates, and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorneys’ fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions;

 

   

the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act, created under the ACA, and its implementing regulations, which require some manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program (with certain exceptions) to report annually to CMS information related to payments or other transfers of value made to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors) and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by

 

64


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

physicians and their immediate family members. Effective January 1, 2022, these reporting obligations will extend to include transfers of value made in the previous year to certain non-physician providers such as physician assistants and nurse practitioners;

 

   

federal consumer protection and unfair competition laws, which broadly regulate marketplace activities and activities that potentially harm consumers; and

 

   

analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, which may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by third-party payors, including private insurers, and may be broader in scope than their federal equivalents; state and foreign laws that require biopharmaceutical companies to comply with the biopharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government or otherwise restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers and other potential referral sources; state and foreign laws that require drug manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers, marketing expenditures or drug pricing; state and local laws that require the registration of biopharmaceutical sales representatives; and state and foreign laws governing the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.

The distribution of biopharmaceutical products is subject to additional requirements and regulations, including extensive record-keeping, licensing, storage and security requirements intended to prevent the unauthorized sale of biopharmaceutical products.

The scope and enforcement of each of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change in the current environment of healthcare reform, especially in light of the lack of applicable precedent and regulations. Ensuring business arrangements comply with applicable healthcare laws, as well as responding to possible investigations by government authorities, can be time- and resource-consuming and can divert a company’s attention from the business.

It is possible that governmental and enforcement authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law interpreting applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, imprisonment, reputational harm, possible exclusion from participation in federal and state funded healthcare programs, contractual damages and the curtailment or restricting of our operations, as well as additional reporting obligations and oversight if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or other agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws. Further, if any of the physicians or other healthcare providers or entities with whom we expect to do business are found to not be in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to significant criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government funded healthcare programs. Any action for violation of these laws, even if successfully defended, could cause a biopharmaceutical manufacturer to incur significant legal expenses and divert management’s attention from the operation of the business. Prohibitions or restrictions on sales or withdrawal of future marketed products could materially affect business in an adverse way.

Even if we receive regulatory approval of any product candidates, we will be subject to ongoing regulatory obligations and continued regulatory review, which may result in significant additional expense and we may be subject to penalties if we fail to comply with regulatory requirements or experience unanticipated problems with our product candidates.

If any of our product candidates are approved, they will be subject to ongoing regulatory requirements for manufacturing, labeling, packaging, storage, advertising, promotion, sampling, record-keeping, conduct

 

65


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

of post-marketing studies and submission of safety, efficacy and other post-market information, including both federal and state requirements in the United States and requirements of comparable foreign regulatory authorities. In addition, we will be subject to continued compliance with cGMP and GCP requirements for any clinical trials that we conduct post-approval.

Manufacturers and their facilities are required to comply with extensive FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authority requirements, including ensuring that quality control and manufacturing procedures conform to cGMP regulations. As such, we and our contract manufacturers will be subject to continual review and inspections to assess compliance with cGMP and adherence to commitments made in any marketing application, and previous responses to inspection observations. Accordingly, we and others with whom we work must continue to expend time, money, and effort in all areas of regulatory compliance, including manufacturing, production and quality control.

Any regulatory approvals that we receive for our product candidates may be subject to limitations on the approved indicated uses for which the product may be marketed or to the conditions of approval, or contain requirements for potentially costly post-marketing testing, including Phase 4 clinical trials and surveillance to monitor the safety and efficacy of the product candidate. The FDA may also require a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy, or REMS, as a condition of approval of our product candidates, which could entail requirements for long-term patient follow-up, a medication guide, physician communication plans or additional elements to ensure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and other risk minimization tools.

The FDA may impose consent decrees or withdraw approval if compliance with regulatory requirements and standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with our product candidates, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with our third-party manufacturers or manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in, among other things:

 

   

restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of our products, withdrawal of the product from the market or voluntary or mandatory product recalls;

 

   

manufacturing delays and supply disruptions where regulatory inspections identify observations of noncompliance requiring remediation;

 

   

revisions to the labeling, including limitation on approved uses or the addition of additional warnings, contraindications or other safety information, including boxed warnings;

 

   

imposition of a REMS, which may include distribution or use restrictions;

 

   

requirements to conduct additional post-market clinical trials to assess the safety of the product;

 

   

fines, warning letters or holds on clinical trials;

 

   

refusal by the FDA to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications filed by us or suspension or revocation of license approvals;

 

   

product seizure or detention or refusal to permit the import or export of our product candidates; and

 

   

injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

The FDA’s and other regulatory authorities’ policies may change and additional government regulations may be enacted that could prevent, limit or delay regulatory approval of our product candidates. We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative action, either in the United States or abroad. If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may lose any marketing approval that we may have obtained and we may not achieve or sustain profitability.

 

66


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The FDA and other regulatory agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses.

The FDA and other regulatory agencies strictly regulate the post-approval marketing, labeling, advertising, and promotion of products that are placed on the market. The FDA and other regulatory agencies impose stringent restrictions on sponsors’ communications regarding off-label use. Products may be promoted only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label. However companies may share truthful and not misleading information that is not inconsistent with the labeling. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses and a company that is found to have improperly promoted off-label uses may be subject to significant liability. The federal government has levied large civil and criminal fines against companies for alleged improper promotion of off-label use ad has enjoined several companies from engaging in off-label promotion. Violation of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or the FDCA, and other statutes, including the False Claims Act, and equivalent legislation in other countries relating to the promotion and advertising of prescription products may also lead to investigations or allegations of violations of federal and state and other countries’ health care fraud and abuse laws and state consumer protection laws. Even if it is later determined we were not in violation of these laws, we may be faced with negative publicity, incur significant expenses defending our actions and have to divert significant management resources from other matters. If we cannot successfully manage the promotion of our product candidates, if approved, we could become subject to significant liability, which would materially adversely affect our business and financial condition.

Ongoing healthcare legislative and regulatory reform measures may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Changes in regulations, statutes or the interpretation of existing regulations could impact our business in the future by requiring, for example: (i) changes to our manufacturing arrangements; (ii) additions or modifications to product labeling; (iii) the recall or discontinuation of our products; or (iv) additional record-keeping requirements. If any such changes were to be imposed, they could adversely affect the operation of our business.

In the United States, there have been and continue to be a number of legislative initiatives to contain healthcare costs. For example, in March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, or ACA, was passed, which substantially changed the way health care is financed by both governmental and private insurers, and significantly impacted the U.S. biopharmaceutical industry. The ACA, among other things, addressed a new methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program are calculated for drugs that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted or injected, increased the minimum Medicaid rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program and extended the rebate program to individuals enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations, established annual fees and taxes on manufacturers of certain branded prescription drugs, and created a new Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program, in which manufacturers must agree to offer 70% (increased pursuant to the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018, or BBA, effective as of 2019) point-of-sale discounts off negotiated prices of applicable brand drugs to eligible beneficiaries during their coverage gap period, as a condition for the manufacturer’s outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D.

Since its enactment, there have been numerous judicial, administrative, executive, and legislative challenges to certain aspects of the ACA, and we expect there will be additional challenges and amendments to the ACA in the future. Various portions of the ACA are currently undergoing legal and constitutional challenges in the United States Supreme Court. It is unclear how such litigation and other efforts to repeal and replace the ACA will impact the ACA and our business. In addition, the former Trump administration issued various Executive Orders which eliminated cost sharing subsidies and various provisions that would impose a fiscal burden on states or a cost, fee, tax, penalty or regulatory burden on individuals, healthcare providers, health insurers, or manufacturers of pharmaceuticals or medical devices. Additionally, Congress has introduced several pieces of legislation aimed at significantly revising or

 

67


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

repealing the ACA. It is unclear whether the ACA will be overturned, repealed, replaced, or further amended. We cannot predict what affect further changes to the ACA would have on our business.

Other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the ACA was enacted. The Budget Control Act of 2011, among other things, created measures for spending reductions by Congress. A Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction, tasked with recommending a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, was unable to reach required goals, thereby triggering the legislation’s automatic reduction to several government programs, including aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year. These reductions went into effect on April 1, 2013 and, due to subsequent legislative amendments to the statute, including the BBA, will remain in effect through 2030, unless additional congressional action is taken. However, these Medicare sequester reductions have been suspended from May 1, 2020 through December 31, 2020 due to the COVID-19 pandemic. The BBA also amended the ACA, effective January 1, 2019, by increasing the point-of-sale discount that is owed by pharmaceutical manufacturers who participate in Medicare Part D and closing the coverage gap in most Medicare drug plans, commonly referred to as the “donut hole”. On January 2, 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 was signed into law, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several types of providers, including hospitals, imaging centers and cancer treatment centers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years.

Moreover, increasing efforts by governmental and third-party payors in the United States and abroad to cap or reduce healthcare costs may cause such organizations to limit both coverage and the level of reimbursement for newly approved products and, as a result, they may not cover or provide adequate payment for our product candidates. There has been increasing legislative and enforcement interest in the United States with respect to specialty drug pricing practices. Specifically, there have been several recent U.S. Congressional inquiries and proposed and enacted federal and state legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to drug pricing, reduce the cost of prescription drugs under Medicare, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for drugs.

At the federal level, the former Trump administration’s budget for fiscal year 2021 includes a $135 billion allowance to support legislative proposals seeking to reduce drug prices, increase competition, lower out-of-pocket drug costs for patients, and increase patient access to lower-cost generic and biosimilar drugs. On March 10, 2020, the former Trump administration sent “principles” for drug pricing to Congress, calling for legislation that would, among other things, cap Medicare Part D beneficiary out-of-pocket pharmacy expenses, provide an option to cap Medicare Part D beneficiary monthly out-of-pocket expenses, and place limits on pharmaceutical price increases. The former Trump administration previously released a “Blueprint” to lower drug prices and reduce out of pocket costs of drugs that contained proposals to increase manufacturer competition, increase the negotiating power of certain federal healthcare programs, incentivize manufacturers to lower the list price of their products and reduce the out of pocket costs of drug products paid by consumers.

On July 24, 2020, the former United States president signed four Executive Orders directing the Secretary of HHS to: (1) eliminate protection under an Anti-Kickback Statute safe harbor for certain retrospective price reductions provided by drug manufacturers to sponsors of Medicare Part D plans or pharmacy benefit managers that are not applied at the point-of-sale; (2) allow the importation of certain drugs from other countries through individual waivers, permit the re-importation of insulin products, and prioritize finalization of FDA’s December 2019 proposed rule to permit the importation of drugs from Canada; (3) ensure that payment by the Medicare program for certain Medicare Part B drugs is not higher than the payment by other comparable countries (depending on whether pharmaceutical manufacturers agree to other measures); and (4) allow certain low-income individuals receiving insulin and epinephrine purchased by a Federally Qualified Health Center, or FQHC, as part of the 340B drug program to purchase those drugs at the discounted price paid by the FQHC. On September 13, 2020, the former U.S. president signed an Executive Order directing HHS to implement a rulemaking plan to test a payment

 

68


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

model, pursuant to which Medicare would pay, for certain high-cost prescription drugs and biological products covered by Medicare Part B, no more than the most-favored-nation price (i.e., the lowest price) after adjustments, for a pharmaceutical product that the drug manufacturer sells in a member country of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development that has a comparable per-capita gross domestic product. On November 20, 2020, CMS and the HHS Office of the Inspector General issued two final rules implementing changes to the Physician Self-Referral Law, or Stark Law, and the Anti-Kickback Statute. These new rules codify new value-based exceptions and safe harbors to the Stark Law and the Anti-Kickback Statute, as well as offer additional clarification in the form of updated definitions. We continue to analyze and monitor the potential impact of these new and amended exceptions and safe harbors.

HHS has solicited feedback on some of these measures and has implemented others under its existing authority. For example, in May 2019, CMS issued a final rule that would allow Medicare Advantage Plans the option of using step therapy, a type of prior authorization, for Part B drugs beginning January 1, 2020. This final rule codified CMS’s policy change that was effective January 1, 2019. Although a number of these and other measures may require additional authorization to become effective, Congress has indicated that it will continue to seek new legislative measures to control drug costs. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare and other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payers. In addition, individual states in the United States have also increasingly passed legislation and implemented regulations designed to control pharmaceutical product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing.

Further, on May 30, 2018, the Right to Try Act was signed into law. The law, among other things, provides a federal framework for certain patients to access certain investigational new drug products that have completed a Phase 1 clinical trial and that are undergoing investigation for FDA approval. Under certain circumstances, eligible patients can seek treatment without enrolling in clinical trials and without obtaining FDA permission under the FDA expanded access program. There is no obligation for a pharmaceutical manufacturer to make its drug products available to eligible patients as a result of the Right to Try Act.

At the state level, legislatures are increasingly passing legislation and implementing regulations designed to control biopharmaceutical and biologic product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing.

These laws, and future state and federal healthcare reform measures may be adopted in the future, any of which may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding and otherwise affect the prices we may obtain for any of our product candidates for which we may obtain regulatory approval or the frequency with which any such product candidate is prescribed or used. Additionally, we expect to experience pricing pressures in connection with the sale of any future approved product candidates due to the trend toward managed healthcare, the increasing influence of health maintenance organizations, cost containment initiatives and additional legislative changes.

Inadequate funding for the FDA, the SEC and other government agencies could hinder their ability to hire and retain key leadership and other personnel, prevent new products and services from being developed or commercialized in a timely manner or otherwise prevent those agencies from performing normal business functions on which the operation of our business may rely, which could negatively impact our business.

The ability of the FDA to review and approve new products can be affected by a variety of factors, including government budget and funding levels, ability to hire and retain key personnel and accept the payment of user fees, and statutory, regulatory, and policy changes. Average review times at the agency

 

69


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

have fluctuated in recent years as a result. In addition, government funding of the SEC and other government agencies on which our operations may rely, including those that fund research and development activities, is subject to the political process, which is inherently fluid and unpredictable.

Disruptions at the FDA and other agencies may also slow the time necessary for new drugs to be reviewed and/or approved by necessary government agencies, which would adversely affect our business. For example, over the last several years, the U.S. government has shut down several times, and certain regulatory agencies, such as the FDA and the SEC, have had to furlough critical employees and stop critical activities. If a prolonged government shutdown occurs, it could significantly impact the ability of the FDA to timely review and process our regulatory submissions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. Further, future government shutdowns could impact our ability to access the public markets and obtain necessary capital in order to properly capitalize and continue our operations.

Separately, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, on March 10, 2020, the FDA announced its intention to temporarily postpone most inspections of foreign manufacturing facilities and products while local, national and international conditions warrant. On March 18, 2020, the FDA announced its intention to temporarily postpone routine surveillance inspections of domestic manufacturing facilities and provided guidance regarding the conduct of clinical trials, which the FDA continues to update. As of June 23, 2020, the FDA noted it was continuing to ensure timely reviews of applications for medical products during the COVID-19 pandemic in line with its user fee performance goals and conducting mission critical domestic and foreign inspections to ensure compliance of manufacturing facilities with FDA quality standards. On July 16, 2020, FDA noted that it is continuing to expedite oncology product development with its staff teleworking full-time. However, the FDA may not be able to continue its current pace and review timelines could be extended. As of July 2020, utilizing a rating system to assist in determining when and where it is safest to conduct such inspections based on data about the virus’ trajectory in a given state and locality and the rules and guidelines that are put in place by state and local governments, the FDA is either continuing to, on a case-by-case basis, conduct only mission critical inspections, or, where possible to do so safely, resuming prioritized domestic inspections, which generally include pre-approval inspections. Foreign pre-approval inspections that are not deemed mission-critical remain postponed, while those deemed mission-critical will be considered for inspection on a case-by-case basis. The FDA will use similar data to inform resumption of prioritized operations abroad as it becomes feasible and advisable to do so. The FDA may not be able to maintain this pace, and delays or setbacks are possible in the future. Should the FDA determine that an inspection is necessary for approval and an inspection cannot be completed during the review cycle due to restrictions on travel, the FDA has stated that it generally intends to issue a complete response letter. Further, if there is inadequate information to make a determination on the acceptability of a facility, the FDA may defer action on the application until an inspection can be completed. Additionally, regulatory authorities outside the United States may adopt similar restrictions or other policy measures in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. If a prolonged government shutdown occurs, or if global health concerns continue to prevent the FDA or other regulatory authorities from conducting their regular inspections, reviews, or other regulatory activities, it could significantly impact the ability of the FDA to timely review and process our regulatory submissions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. Further, upon completion of this offering and in our operations as a public company, future government shutdowns could impact our ability to access the public markets and obtain necessary capital in order to properly capitalize and continue our operations.

We are subject to certain U.S. and foreign anti-corruption, anti-money laundering, export control, sanctions, and other trade laws and regulations. We can face serious consequences for violations.

Among other matters, U.S. and foreign anti-corruption, anti-money laundering, export control, sanctions, and other trade laws and regulations, which are collectively referred to as Trade Laws, prohibit companies and their employees, agents, clinical research organizations, legal counsel, accountants, consultants, contractors, and other partners from authorizing, promising, offering, providing, soliciting, or receiving directly or indirectly, corrupt or improper payments or anything else of value to or from

 

70


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

recipients in the public or private sector. Violations of Trade Laws can result in substantial criminal fines and civil penalties, imprisonment, the loss of trade privileges, debarment, tax reassessments, breach of contract and fraud litigation, reputational harm, and other consequences. We have direct or indirect interactions with officials and employees of government agencies or government-affiliated hospitals, universities, and other organizations. We also expect our non-U.S. activities to increase in time. We plan to engage third parties for clinical trials and/or to obtain necessary permits, licenses, patent registrations, and other regulatory approvals and we can be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of our personnel, agents, or partners, even if we do not explicitly authorize or have prior knowledge of such activities.

If we fail to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, we could become subject to fines or penalties or incur costs that could have a material adverse effect on the success of our business.

Our research and development activities and our third-party manufacturers’ and suppliers’ activities involve the controlled storage, use, and disposal of hazardous materials, including the components of our product candidates and other hazardous compounds. We and our manufacturers and suppliers are subject to laws and regulations governing the use, manufacture, storage, handling, and disposal of these hazardous materials. In some cases, these hazardous materials and various wastes resulting from their use are stored at our and our manufacturers’ facilities pending their use and disposal. We cannot eliminate the risk of contamination, which could cause an interruption of our commercialization efforts, research and development efforts, and business operations, and cause environmental damage resulting in costly clean-up and liabilities under applicable laws and regulations governing the use, storage, handling, and disposal of these materials and specified waste products. Although we believe that the safety procedures utilized by us and our third-party manufacturers for handling and disposing of these materials generally comply with the standards prescribed by these laws and regulations, we cannot guarantee that this is the case or eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or injury from these materials. In such an event, we may be held liable for any resulting damages and such liability could exceed our resources, and state or federal or other applicable authorities may curtail our use of specified materials and/or interrupt our business operations. Furthermore, environmental laws and regulations are complex, change frequently, and have tended to become more stringent. We cannot predict the impact of such changes and cannot be certain of our future compliance. We do not currently carry biological or hazardous waste insurance coverage.

Compliance with governmental regulations regarding the treatment of animals used in research could increase our operating costs, which would adversely affect the commercialization of our products.

The Animal Welfare Act, or AWA, is the federal law that covers the treatment of certain animals used in research. Currently, the AWA imposes a wide variety of specific regulations that govern the humane handling, care, treatment and transportation of certain animals by producers and users of research animals, most notably relating to personnel, facilities, sanitation, cage size, and feeding, watering and shipping conditions. Third parties with whom we contract are subject to registration, inspections and reporting requirements under the AWA. Furthermore, some states have their own regulations, including general anti-cruelty legislation, which establish certain standards in handling animals. Comparable rules, regulations, and or obligations exist in many foreign jurisdictions. If we or our contractors fail to comply with regulations concerning the treatment of animals used in research, we may be subject to fines and penalties and adverse publicity, and our operations could be adversely affected.

Risks Related to Government Regulations Internationally

Even if we obtain FDA approval of any of our product candidates, we may never obtain approval or commercialize such products outside of the United States, which would limit our ability to realize their full market potential.

In order to market any products outside of the United States, we must establish and comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements of other countries regarding safety and efficacy. Clinical

 

71


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

trials conducted in one country may not be accepted by regulatory authorities in other countries, and regulatory approval in one country does not mean that regulatory approval will be obtained in any other country. Approval procedures vary among countries and can involve additional product testing and validation and additional administrative review periods. Seeking foreign regulatory approvals could result in significant delays, difficulties and costs for us and may require additional preclinical studies or clinical trials which would be costly and time consuming. Regulatory requirements can vary widely from country to country and could delay or prevent the introduction of our products in those countries. Satisfying these and other regulatory requirements is costly, time consuming, uncertain and subject to unanticipated delays. In addition, our failure to obtain regulatory approval in any country may delay or have negative effects on the process for regulatory approval in other countries. We do not have any product candidates approved for sale in any jurisdiction, including international markets, and we do not have experience in obtaining regulatory approval in international markets. If we fail to comply with regulatory requirements in international markets or to obtain and maintain required approvals, our ability to realize the full market potential of our products will be harmed.

EU drug marketing and reimbursement regulations may materially affect our ability to market and receive coverage for our products in the European member states.

We intend to seek approval to market our product candidates in both the United States and in selected foreign jurisdictions. If we obtain approval in one or more foreign jurisdictions for our product candidates, we will be subject to rules and regulations in those jurisdictions. In some foreign countries, particularly those in the EU, the pricing of drugs is subject to governmental control and other market regulations which could put pressure on the pricing and usage of our product candidates. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after obtaining marketing approval of a product candidate. In addition, market acceptance and sales of our product candidates will depend significantly on the availability of adequate coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors for our product candidates and may be affected by existing and future health care reform measures.

Much like the federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibition in the United States, the provision of benefits or advantages to physicians to induce or encourage the prescription, recommendation, endorsement, purchase, supply, order or use of medicinal products is also prohibited in the EU. The provision of benefits or advantages to induce or reward improper performance generally is governed by the national anti-bribery laws of EU Member States, and in respect of the U.K. (which is longer a member of the EU), the U.K. Bribery Act 2010. Infringement of these laws could result in substantial fines and imprisonment. EU Directive 2001/83/EC, which is the EU Directive governing medicinal products for human use, provides that, where medicinal products are being promoted to persons qualified to prescribe or supply them, no gifts, pecuniary advantages or benefits in kind may be supplier, offered or promised to such persons unless they are inexpensive and relevant to the practice of medicine or pharmacy. Breach of this provision is an offence under the Human Medicines Regulations 2012, which is the national implementing legislation of Directive 2001/83/EC in the U.K.

Payments made to physicians in certain EU Member States must be publicly disclosed. Moreover, agreements with physicians often must be the subject of prior notification and approval by the physician’s employer, his or her competent professional organization and/or the regulatory authorities of the individual EU Member States. These requirements are provided in the national laws, industry codes or professional codes of conduct, applicable in the EU Member States. Failure to comply with these requirements could result in reputational risk, public reprimands, administrative penalties, fines or imprisonment.

In addition, in most foreign countries, including those in the European Economic Area, or EEA, the proposed pricing for a drug must be approved before it may be lawfully marketed. The requirements governing drug pricing and reimbursement vary widely from country to country. For example, the EU provides options for its member states to restrict the range of medicinal products for which their national

 

72


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

health insurance systems provide reimbursement and to control the prices of medicinal products for human use. Reference pricing used by various EU member states and parallel distribution, or arbitrage between low-priced and high-priced member states, can further reduce prices. A member state may approve a specific price for the medicinal product or it may instead adopt a system of direct or indirect controls on the profitability of the company placing the medicinal product on the market. In some countries, we may be required to conduct a clinical trial or other studies that compare the cost-effectiveness of any of our product candidates to other available therapies in order to obtain or maintain reimbursement or pricing approval. There can be no assurance that any country that has price controls or reimbursement limitations for biopharmaceutical products will allow favorable reimbursement and pricing arrangements for any of our products. Historically, products launched in the EU do not follow price structures of the United States and generally prices tend to be significantly lower. Publication of discounts by third-party payors or authorities may lead to further pressure on the prices or reimbursement levels within the country of publication and other countries. If pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels or if reimbursement of our products is unavailable or limited in scope or amount, our revenues from sales and the potential profitability of any of our product candidates in those countries would be negatively affected.

We may incur substantial costs in our efforts to comply with evolving global data protection laws and regulations, and any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with such laws and regulations may harm our business and operations.

The global data protection landscape is rapidly evolving, and we may be or become subject to or affected by numerous federal, state and foreign laws and regulations, as well as regulatory guidance, governing the collection, use, disclosure, transfer, security and processing of personal data, such as information that we collect about participants and healthcare providers (including information relating to their representatives) in connection with clinical trials. Processing of personal data, including health related information, is increasingly subject to legislation and regulations in numerous jurisdictions around the world, including General Data Protection Regulation, (EU) 2016/679, or GDPR, and each of the California Data Privacy Protection Act of 2018, or CCPA, and the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, or HIPAA, in the United States, among many others. Our regulatory obligations in foreign jurisdictions could harm the use or cost of our solution in international locations as data protection and privacy laws and regulations around the world continue to evolve. Implementation standards and enforcement practices are likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future, which may create uncertainty in our business, affect our or our service providers’ ability to operate in certain jurisdictions or to collect, store, transfer use and share personal data, result in liability or impose additional compliance or other costs on us. Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with federal, state, or foreign laws or self-regulatory standards could result in negative publicity, diversion of management time and effort and proceedings against us by governmental entities or others.

Recently, the CCPA, which went into effect on January 1, 2020 and provides new data privacy rights for consumers and new operational requirements for companies, which may increase our compliance costs and potential liability. The CCPA gives California residents expanded rights to access and delete their personal information, opt out of certain personal information sharing, and receive detailed information about how their personal information is used. The CCPA provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for data breaches that is expected to increase data breach litigation. The CCPA (a) allows enforcement by the California Attorney General, with fines set at $2,500 per violation (i.e., per person) or $7,500 per intentional violation and (b) authorizes private lawsuits to recover statutory damages for certain data breaches. Additionally, on November 3, 2020, California voters approved the California Privacy Rights Act or CPRA ballot initiative. The CPRA, which will come into effect on January 1, 2023, will significantly modify the CCPA and expand the privacy rights of California residents. We cannot yet predict the impact of the CPRA on our business or operations, but it may require us to incur additional costs and expenses. While there is currently an exception for protected health information that is subject to HIPAA and clinical trial regulations, as currently written, the CCPA may impact certain of our business

 

73


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

activities. The new California law may lead to similar laws in other U.S. states or at a national level, which could increase our potential liability and adversely affect our business.

In addition to our operations in the United States, which may be subject to healthcare and other laws relating to the privacy and security of health information and other personal information, may seek to conduct clinical trials in EEA and may become subject to additional European data privacy laws, regulations and guidelines. The GDPR, became effective on May 25, 2018, and deals with the collection, use, storage, disclosure, transfer, or other processing of personal data, including personal health data, regarding individuals in the EEA. The GDPR has extra-territorial application and applies not only to organizations with a presence in the EU or the UK but also to businesses based outside the EU or the UK that carry out processing that is related to (i) an offer of goods or services to individuals in the EU or the UK, or (ii) the monitoring of their behavior so long as this takes place in the EU or the UK, even if the data is stored outside the EU or the UK. Running clinical trials involving participants in the EU or the UK and processing personal data in the context of that activity will trigger the application of the GDPR. The GDPR imposes a broad range of strict requirements on companies subject to the GDPR, including requirements relating to having legal bases for processing personal information relating to identifiable individuals and restrictions on cross-border data transfers unless a legal mechanism as set out in the GDPR can be relied on, such as transferring such information outside the EEA, including to the United States, (as detailed further below) providing details to those individuals regarding the processing of their personal health and other sensitive data, obtaining consent of the individuals to whom the personal data relates, keeping personal information secure, having data processing agreements with third parties who process personal information, responding to individuals’ requests to exercise their rights in respect of their personal information, reporting security breaches involving personal data to the competent national data protection authority and affected individuals, appointing data protection officers, conducting data protection impact assessments, and record-keeping.

The EU and UK may introduce further conditions, including limitations which could limit our ability to collect, use and share personal data (including health and medical information), or could cause our compliance costs to increase. In addition, the GDPR imposes strict rules on the transfer of personal data out of the EU/UK to third countries deemed to lack adequate privacy protections (including the United States), unless an appropriate safeguard specified by the GDPR is implemented, such as the Standard Contractual Clauses, or SCCs, approved by the European Commission, or a derogation applies. The Court of Justice of the European Union, or CJEU, recently deemed that the SCCs are valid. However, the CJEU ruled that transfers made pursuant to the SCCs and other alternative transfer mechanisms need to be analyzed on a case-by-case basis to ensure EU standards of data protection are met in the jurisdiction where the data importer is based, and there continue to be concerns about whether the SCCs and other mechanisms will face additional challenges. European regulators have issued recent guidance following the CJEU ruling that imposes significant new diligence requirements on transferring data outside the EEA, including under an approved transfer mechanism. This guidance requires an “essential equivalency” assessment of the laws of the destination country. If essentially equivalent protections are not available in the destination country, the exporting entity must then assess if supplemental measures can be put in place that, in combination with the chosen transfer mechanism, would address the deficiency in the laws and ensure that essentially equivalent protection can be given to the data. Complying with this guidance will be expensive and time consuming and may ultimately prevent us from transferring personal data outside the EEA, which would cause significant business disruption. Until the legal uncertainties regarding how to legally continue transfers pursuant to the SCCs and other mechanisms are settled, we will continue to face uncertainty as to whether our efforts to comply with our obligations under the GDPR will be sufficient. This and other future developments regarding the flow of data across borders could increase the complexity of transferring personal data across borders in some markets and may lead to governmental enforcement actions, litigation, fines and penalties or adverse publicity, which could have an adverse effect on our reputation and business.

 

74


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In addition, further to the UK’s exit from the European Union, or Brexit, on January 31, 2020, the GDPR will continue to apply in the UK until the end of the transition period on December 31, 2020. As of January 1, 2021, the GDPR will be brought into UK law as the ‘UK GDPR’, but there may be further developments about the regulation of particular issues such as UK-EU data transfers. We may be required to take steps to ensure the lawfulness of our data transfers, particularly if by the end of the transition period there will not be an EU Commission’s adequacy decision regarding the UK.

The GDPR increases substantially the penalties to which we could be subject in the event of any non-compliance, including fines of up to 10,000,000 Euros or up to 2% of our total worldwide annual turnover for certain comparatively minor offenses, or up to 20,000,000 Euros or up to 4% of our total worldwide annual turnover, whichever is greater, for more serious offenses. The GDPR also confers a private right of action on data subjects and consumer associations to lodge complaints with supervisory authorities, seek judicial remedies, and obtain compensation for damages resulting from violations of the GDPR. The GDPR also introduces the right for non-profit organizations to bring claims on behalf of data subjects.

Further, national laws of member states of the EU are in the process of being adapted to the requirements under the GDPR, thereby implementing national laws which may partially deviate from the GDPR and impose different obligations from country to country, so that we do not expect to operate in a uniform legal landscape in the EEA. Also, as it relates to processing and transfer of genetic data, the GDPR specifically allows national laws to impose additional and more specific requirements or restrictions, and European laws have historically differed quite substantially in this field, leading to additional uncertainty. The United Kingdom’s decision to leave the EU, often referred to as Brexit, has created uncertainty with regard to data protection regulation in the United Kingdom. In particular, it is unclear how data transfers to and from the United Kingdom will be regulated now that the United Kingdom has left the EU.

In the event we commence clinical trials in the EEA, the GDPR may increase our responsibility and liability in relation to personal data that we process where such processing is subject to the GDPR, and we may be required to put in place additional mechanisms and safeguards to ensure compliance with the GDPR, including as implemented by individual countries. Compliance with the GDPR will be a rigorous and time-intensive process that may increase our cost of doing business or require us to change our business practices, and despite those efforts, there is a risk that we may be subject to fines and penalties, litigation, and reputational harm in connection with our European activities, as well as materially and adversely affecting our operations and business performance. We expect that we will continue to face uncertainty as to whether our efforts to comply with any obligations under European privacy laws will be sufficient. If we are investigated by a European data protection authority, we may face fines and other penalties. Any such investigation or charges by European data protection authorities could have a negative effect on our existing business and on our ability to attract and retain new clients or biopharmaceutical partners. We may also experience hesitancy, reluctance, or refusal by European or multi-national clients or biopharmaceutical partners to continue to use our products and solutions due to the potential risk exposure as a result of the current (and, in particular, future) data protection obligations imposed on them by certain data protection authorities in interpretation of current law, including the GDPR. Such clients or biopharmaceutical partners may also view any alternative approaches to compliance as being too costly, too burdensome, too legally uncertain, or otherwise objectionable and therefore decide not to do business with us. Any of the forgoing could materially harm our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Additional laws and regulations governing international operations could negatively impact or restrict our operations.

If we expand our operations outside of the United States, we must dedicate additional resources to comply with numerous laws and regulations in each jurisdiction in which we plan to operate. The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or the FCPA, prohibits any U.S. individual or business entity from paying,

 

75


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

offering, authorizing payment or offering of anything of value, directly or indirectly, to any foreign official, political party or candidate for the purpose of influencing any act or decision of the foreign entity in order to assist the individual or business in obtaining or retaining business. The FCPA also obligates companies whose securities are listed in the United States to comply with certain accounting provisions requiring the company to maintain books and records that accurately and fairly reflect all transactions of the corporation, including international subsidiaries, and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls for international operations.

Compliance with the FCPA is expensive and difficult, particularly in countries in which corruption is a recognized problem. In addition, the FCPA presents particular challenges in the biopharmaceutical industry, because, in many countries, hospitals are operated by the government, and doctors and other hospital employees are considered foreign officials. Certain payments to hospitals and healthcare providers in connection with clinical trials and other work have been deemed to be improper payments to government officials and have led to FCPA enforcement actions.

Various laws, regulations and executive orders also restrict the use and dissemination outside of the United States, or the sharing with certain non-U.S. nationals, of information products classified for national security purposes, as well as certain products, technology and technical data relating to those products. If we expand our presence outside of the United States, it will require us to dedicate additional resources to comply with these laws, and these laws may preclude us from developing, manufacturing, or selling certain products and product candidates outside of the United States, which could limit our growth potential and increase our development costs.

The failure to comply with laws governing international business practices may result in substantial civil and criminal penalties and suspension or debarment from government contracting. The Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, also may suspend or bar issuers from trading securities on U.S. exchanges for violations of the FCPA’s accounting provisions.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock and this Offering

There has been no prior public market for our common stock, the stock price of our common stock may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

Prior to this offering there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. You may not be able to sell your shares quickly or at the market price if trading in shares of our common stock is not active. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations with the underwriters, and the negotiated price may not be indicative of the market price of the common stock after the offering. An active or liquid market in our common stock may not develop upon the completion of this offering or, if it does develop, it may not be sustainable. As a result of these and other factors, you may be unable to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the initial public offering price.

Further, an inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares of our common stock and may impair our ability to enter into strategic collaborations or acquire companies or products by using our shares of common stock as consideration.

The price of our stock may be volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

The trading price of our common stock following this offering is likely to be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control, including limited trading volume. In addition to the factors discussed in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this prospectus, these factors include:

 

   

the commencement, enrollment or results of any clinical trials of any of our programs;

 

   

any delay in identifying and advancing a clinical candidate for our other development programs;

 

76


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

any delay in our regulatory filings of our product candidates and any adverse development or perceived adverse development with respect to the applicable regulatory authority’s review of such filings, including without limitation the FDA’s issuance of a “refusal to file” letter or a request for additional information;

 

   

adverse results or delays in our clinical trials;

 

   

our decision to initiate a clinical trial, not to initiate a clinical trial or to terminate an existing clinical trial;

 

   

adverse regulatory decisions, including failure to receive regulatory approval of any product candidate;

 

   

changes in laws or regulations applicable to any product candidate, including but not limited to clinical trial requirements for approvals;

 

   

adverse developments concerning our manufacturers;

 

   

our inability to obtain adequate product supply for any approved product or inability to do so at acceptable prices;

 

   

our inability to establish collaborations, if needed;

 

   

our failure to commercialize our product candidates, if approved;

 

   

additions or departures of key scientific or management personnel;

 

   

unanticipated serious safety concerns related to the use any of our product candidates;

 

   

introduction of new products or services offered by us or our competitors;

 

   

announcements of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments by us or our competitors;

 

   

our ability to effectively manage our growth;

 

   

actual or anticipated variations in quarterly operating results;

 

   

our cash position;

 

   

our failure to meet the estimates and projections of the investment community or that we may otherwise provide to the public;

 

   

publication of research reports about us or our industry, or product candidates in particular, or positive or negative recommendations or withdrawal of research coverage by securities analysts;

 

   

changes in the market valuations of similar companies;

 

   

changes in the structure of the healthcare payment systems;

 

   

overall performance of the equity markets;

 

   

sales of our common stock by us or our stockholders in the future;

 

   

trading volume of our common stock;

 

   

changes in accounting practices;

 

   

ineffectiveness of our internal controls;

 

   

disputes or other developments relating to proprietary rights, including patents, litigation matters and our ability to obtain patent protection for our technologies;

 

   

significant lawsuits, including patent or stockholder litigation;

 

77


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

general political and economic conditions, including any impact of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic; and

 

   

other events or factors, many of which are beyond our control.

In addition, the stock market in general, and the market for biopharmaceutical companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies. Broad market and industry factors, as well as local or global socio-economic and political factors, may negatively affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. If the market price of our common stock after this offering does not exceed the initial public offering price, you may not realize any return on your investment in us and may lose some or all of your investment. In the past, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities. This type of litigation, if instituted, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources.

We will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of Nasdaq rules and the rules of the SEC. As a result, we will qualify for exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements that provide protection to shareholders of other companies.

After completion of this offering, the Principal Shareholder will continue to own a majority of our outstanding ordinary shares. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of Nasdaq. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

 

   

the requirement that a majority of our board of directors consist of “independent directors” as defined under the rules of Nasdaq;

 

   

the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of directors who meet the Nasdaq independence standards for compensation committee members; and

 

   

the requirement that our director nominations be made, or recommended to our full board of directors, by our independent directors or by a nominations committee that consists entirely of independent directors.

Following this offering, we are permitted to utilize certain of these exemptions. If we utilize such exemptions available to controlled companies, we may not have a majority of independent directors, our nominations committee and compensation committee may not consist entirely of independent directors and such committees may not be subject to annual performance evaluations. Accordingly, under these circumstances, you will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of Nasdaq.

We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock so any returns will be limited to the value of our stock.

We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. Furthermore, future debt or other financing arrangements may contain terms prohibiting or limiting the amount of dividends that may be declared or paid on our common stock. Any return to stockholders will therefore be limited to the appreciation of their stock.

Our principal stockholders and management own a significant percentage of our stock and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval.

Based on shares outstanding as of            and immediately following the completion of this offering, our executive officers, directors and their affiliates and our principal stockholders will beneficially hold, in

 

78


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

the aggregate, approximately    % of our outstanding voting stock, excluding any shares purchased in this offering. These stockholders, acting together, would be able to significantly influence all matters requiring stockholder approval. For example, these stockholders would be able to significantly influence elections of directors, amendments of our organizational documents, or approval of any merger, sale of assets, or other major corporate transaction. This may prevent or discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or offers for our common stock that you may feel are in your best interest as one of our stockholders

Risks Related to this Offering

If you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of your shares.

The initial public offering price will be substantially higher than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. Investors purchasing common stock in this offering will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering. As a result, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will incur immediate dilution of $             per share, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, representing the difference between our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering and the assumed initial public offering price. Further, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will contribute approximately    % of the total amount invested by stockholders since our inception, but will own only approximately    % of the shares of common stock outstanding after this offering.

This dilution is due to our investors who purchased shares prior to this offering having paid substantially less when they purchased their shares than the price offered to the public in this offering. To the extent outstanding options are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors. As a result of the dilution to investors purchasing shares in this offering, investors may receive significantly less than the purchase price paid in this offering, if anything, in the event of our liquidation. For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see the section entitled “Dilution.”

Substantial amounts of our outstanding shares may be sold into the market when lock-up or market standoff periods end. If there are substantial sales of shares of our common stock, the price of our common stock could decline.

If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the lock-up and other legal restrictions on resale discussed in this prospectus lapse, the trading price of our common stock could decline. Based on shares of common stock outstanding as of            , upon the completion of this offering we will have outstanding a total of            shares of common stock. Of these shares, only the shares of common stock sold in this offering by us, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, will be freely tradable without restriction in the public market immediately following this offering.

The lock-up agreements pertaining to this offering will expire 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to earlier release of all or a portion of the shares subject to such agreements by the representatives of the underwriters in this offering in their sole discretion. After the lock-up agreements expire, based upon the number of shares of common stock, on an as-converted basis, outstanding as of                , up to an additional            shares of common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market. Approximately     % of these additional shares are beneficially held by directors, executive officers and their affiliates and will be subject to certain limitations of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

In addition, shares of common stock that are either subject to outstanding options or reserved for future issuance under our existing equity compensation plans will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting schedules, the lock-up agreements and

 

79


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act. If these additional shares of common stock are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline. Additionally, stockholders may experience additional dilution, which could cause the price of our common stock to decline, as the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our stock option and incentive plan increases.

After this offering, the holders of            shares of our common stock will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act as provided under the terms of an investors’ rights agreement between us and the holders of our redeemable convertible preferred stock, subject to the 180-day lock-up agreements described above. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares held by affiliates, as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Any sales of securities by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

We have broad discretion in the use of our liquid assets and the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of our liquid investments and the net proceeds from this offering, other than any payments required to be made pursuant to our license agreements with Brown University, Rhode Island Hospital, and Stanford University, including for any of the purposes described in the section entitled “Use of Proceeds,” and you will not have the opportunity as part of your investment decision to assess whether such proceeds are being used appropriately. Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of our existing cash and the net proceeds from this offering, their ultimate use may vary substantially from their currently intended use. Our management might not apply our existing cash and the net proceeds from this offering in ways that ultimately increase the value of your investment. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing securities. These investments may not yield a favorable return to our stockholders. If we do not invest or apply the net proceeds from this offering in ways that enhance stockholder value, we may fail to achieve expected financial results, which could cause our stock price to decline.

Our issuance of additional capital stock in connection with financings, acquisitions, investments, our stock incentive plans or otherwise will dilute all other stockholders.

We expect to issue additional capital stock in the future that will result in dilution to all other stockholders. We expect to grant equity awards to employees, directors, and consultants under our stock incentive plans. We may also raise capital through equity financings in the future. As part of our business strategy, we may acquire or make investments in complementary companies, products, or technologies and issue equity securities to pay for any such acquisition or investment. Any such issuances of additional capital stock may cause stockholders to experience significant dilution of their ownership interests and the per share value of our common stock to decline.

We are an emerging growth company, and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company, or EGC, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act, enacted in April 2012. For as long as we continue to be an EGC, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not EGCs, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this prospectus and our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding nonbinding advisory votes

 

80


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We could be an EGC for up to five years following the year in which we complete this offering, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier. We will remain an EGC until the earlier of (i) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which requires the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates to exceed $700.0 million as of the prior June 30th, and (ii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three year period.

We may choose to take advantage of some, but not all, of the available exemptions. We have taken advantage of reduced reporting burdens in this prospectus. In particular, we have not included all of the executive compensation information that would be required if we were not an EGC. We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive if we rely on certain or all of these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

Under the JOBS Act, EGCs can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies, which may make our financial statements less comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

We are a smaller reporting company and, as a result of the reduced disclosure and governance requirements applicable to such companies, our common stock may be less attractive to investors.

We are a smaller reporting company, (i.e. a company with less than $250 million of public float) and we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies. We have elected to adopt these reduced disclosure requirements. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive as a result of our taking advantage of these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result of our choices, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

We will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. We will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which will require, among other things, that we file with the SEC annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules subsequently adopted by the SEC and the Nasdaq Global Market to implement provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, impose significant requirements on public companies, including requiring establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial reporting controls and changes in corporate governance practices. Further, in July 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, was enacted. There are significant corporate governance and executive compensation related provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act that require the SEC to adopt additional rules and regulations in these areas such as “say on pay” and proxy access. Recent legislation permits EGCs to implement many of these requirements over a longer period and up to five years from the pricing of this offering. Stockholder activism, the current political environment and the current high level of government intervention and regulatory reform may lead to substantial new regulations and disclosure obligations, which may lead to additional compliance costs and impact the manner in which we operate our business in ways we cannot currently anticipate.

We expect the rules and regulations applicable to public companies to substantially increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. If these requirements divert the attention of our management and personnel from other business concerns, they

 

81


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

could have an adverse effect on our business. The increased costs will decrease our net income or increase our net loss, and may require us to reduce costs in other areas of our business or increase the prices of our products or services. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. We cannot predict or estimate the amount or timing of additional costs we may incur to respond to these requirements. The impact of these requirements could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers.

Anti-takeover provisions under our charter documents and Delaware law could delay or prevent a change of control which could limit the market price of our common stock and may prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which are to become effective upon the completion of this offering, contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our board of directors that our stockholders might consider favorable. Some of these provisions include:

 

   

a board of directors divided into three classes serving staggered three-year terms, such that not all members of the board will be elected at one time;

 

   

a prohibition on stockholder action through written consent, which requires that all stockholder actions be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;

 

   

a requirement that special meetings of stockholders be called only by the board of directors acting pursuant to a resolution approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office;

 

   

advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and nominations for election to our board of directors;

 

   

a requirement that no member of our board of directors may be removed from office by our stockholders except for cause and, in addition to any other vote required by law, upon the approval of not less than two-thirds of all outstanding shares of our voting stock then entitled to vote in the election of directors;

 

   

a requirement of approval of not less than two-thirds of all outstanding shares of our voting stock to amend any bylaws by stockholder action or to amend specific provisions of our certificate of incorporation; and

 

   

the authority of the board of directors to issue convertible preferred stock on terms determined by the board of directors without stockholder approval and which convertible preferred stock may include rights superior to the rights of the holders of common stock.

In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, which may prohibit certain business combinations with stockholders owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock. These anti-takeover provisions and other provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws could make it more difficult for stockholders or potential acquirers to obtain control of our board of directors or initiate actions that are opposed by the then-current board of directors and could also delay or impede a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving our company. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing or cause us to take other corporate actions you desire. Any delay or prevention of a change of control transaction or changes in our board of directors could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

 

82


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our amended and restated by-laws will designate certain courts as the exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to litigate disputes with us in a different judicial forum.

Pursuant to our amended and restated by-laws, as will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for any state law claims for: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty or other wrongdoing by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents to us or our stockholders; (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated by-laws; (iv) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our certificate of incorporation or by-laws; or (v) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each case subject to the Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein, or the Delaware forum provision. This exclusive forum provision will not apply to any causes of action arising under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternate forum, the United States District Courts shall be the sole and exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, or the federal forum provision, as our principal office is located in Providence, Rhode Island. In addition, our amended and restated bylaws provide that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our common stock is deemed to have notice of and consented to the Delaware forum provision and the Federal forum provision; provided, however, that stockholders cannot and will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.

The Delaware forum provision and the federal forum provision may impose additional litigation costs on stockholders who assert the provision is not enforceable and may impose more general additional litigation costs in pursuing any such claims, particularly if the stockholders do not reside in or near the State of Delaware or the State of California. In addition, these forum selection clauses in our bylaws may limit our stockholders’ ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that they find favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees even though an action, if successful, might benefit our stockholders. In addition, while the Delaware Supreme Court ruled in March 2020 that federal forum selection provisions purporting to require claims under the Securities Act be brought in federal court were “facially valid” under Delaware law, there is uncertainty as to whether other courts will enforce our Federal forum provision. If the Federal forum provision is found to be unenforceable, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters. The federal forum provision may also impose additional litigation costs on stockholders who assert the provision is not enforceable or invalid. The Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and the United States District Courts may also reach different judgments or results than would other courts, including courts where a stockholder considering an action may be located or would otherwise choose to bring the action, and such judgments may be more or less favorable to us than our stockholders.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on our company. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our stock would likely be negatively impacted. In the event securities or industry analysts initiate coverage, if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price may decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which might cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

 

83


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus, including the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business,” contains forward-looking statements, within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, concerning our business, operations and financial performance and condition, as well as our plans, objectives and expectations for our business operations and financial performance and condition that are based on our management’s belief and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, these statements relate to our strategy, future operations, future financial position, future revenue, projected costs, prospects, plans, objectives of management and expected market growth, and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

   

our estimates regarding expenses, future revenue, capital requirements and needs for additional financing;

 

   

the success, cost and timing of our product development activities and clinical trials of our product candidates, including the progress of, and results from, our planned clinical trials;

 

   

the success, cost and timing of completing IND-enabling studies of our preclinical product candidates, and the timing of our planned Investigational New Drug Application, or IND, submissions for such candidates;

 

   

our plans to initiate, recruit and enroll patients in, and conduct our planned clinical trials at the pace that we project;

 

   

the intended benefits of our business model;

 

   

our ability to acquire licenses or otherwise obtain new product candidates to add to our portfolio for clinical development;

 

   

our plans and strategy to obtain and maintain regulatory approvals of our product candidates;

 

   

our plans and strategy to obtain funding for our operations, including funding necessary to complete further development and, upon successful development, if approved, commercialize any of our product candidates;

 

   

the potential benefit of any future orphan drug designations for our product candidates;

 

   

our ability to compete with companies currently marketing or engaged in the development of treatments for fibrosis;

 

   

our plans and strategy regarding obtaining and maintaining intellectual property protection for our product candidates and the duration of such protection;

 

   

our plans and strategy regarding the manufacture of our product candidates for clinical trials and for commercial use, if approved;

 

   

our plans and strategy regarding the commercialization of any products that are approved for marketing;

 

   

the size and growth potential of the markets for our product candidates, and our ability to serve those markets, either alone or in combination with others;

 

   

our expectations regarding government and third-party payor coverage and reimbursement; and

 

   

our expected use of the proceeds from this offering.

 

84


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” “continue” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. These statements are only predictions. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements because they involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, which are, in some cases, beyond our control and which could materially affect results. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations include, among other things, those listed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. If one or more of these risks or uncertainties occur, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual events or results may vary significantly from those implied or projected by the forward-looking statements. No forward-looking statement is a guarantee of future performance. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from any future results expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements.

The forward-looking statements in this prospectus represent our views as of the date of this prospectus. We anticipate that subsequent events and developments will cause our views to change. However, while we may elect to update these forward-looking statements at some point in the future, we assume no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements except to the extent required by applicable law. You should, therefore, not rely on these forward-looking statements as representing our views as of any date subsequent to the date of this prospectus.

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and you are cautioned not to rely unduly upon these statements.

 

85


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA AND FORECASTS

We obtained the industry, market and competitive position data used throughout this prospectus from our own internal estimates and research, as well as from independent market research, industry and general publications and surveys, governmental agencies and publicly available information in addition to research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. Internal estimates are derived from publicly available information released by industry analysts and third-party sources, our internal research and our industry experience, and are based on assumptions made by us based on such data and our knowledge of our industry and market, which we believe to be reasonable. In some cases, we do not expressly refer to the sources from which this data is derived. In that regard, when we refer to one or more sources of this type of data in any paragraph, you should assume that other data of this type appearing in the same paragraph is derived from the same sources, unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires. In addition, while we believe the industry, market and competitive position data included in this prospectus is reliable and based on reasonable assumptions, such data involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties or by us.

 

86


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from our issuance and sale of shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $         million, or approximately $         million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares we are offering would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price to the public remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We do not expect that a change in the initial price to the public or the number of shares by these amounts would have a material effect on the uses of the proceeds from this offering, although it may accelerate the time at which we will need to seek additional capital.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock and facilitate our future access to capital markets.

We currently expect to use the net proceeds from this offering as follows:

 

   

approximately $         million to $         million to fund the clinical development of             to             ;

 

   

approximately $         million to $         million to fund the preclinical development of             through             ;

 

   

approximately $         million to $         million for the in-licensing or other acquisition of additional product candidates to expand our pipeline, though we have no current agreements, commitments or understandings with respect to any such in-license or acquisition; we intend to evaluate such opportunities and engage in related discussions with third parties from time to time; and

 

   

the remainder, if any, for business development activities, working capital and other general corporate purposes, including early stage research and development activities and $                 toward the payment of certain accrued expenses and contingent payments due, including $                 in contingent salary and bonuses owed to our employees, and IPO costs incurred in 2021 that are agreed to be paid upon the closing of this offering.

Based on our current plans, we believe our existing cash, together with the net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements through            .

The expected use of net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based upon our present plans and business conditions. We cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the closing of this offering. Due to uncertainties inherent in the product development process, it is difficult to estimate the exact amounts of the net proceeds that will be used for any particular purpose. We may use our existing cash and the future payments, if any, generated from any future collaboration agreements to fund our operations, either of which may alter the amount of net proceeds used for a particular purpose. In addition, the amount, allocation and timing of our actual expenditures will depend upon numerous factors, including the results of our research and development efforts, the timing and success of clinical trials and the timing of regulatory submissions. Accordingly, we will have broad discretion in using these proceeds.

 

87


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Pending the uses described above, we plan to invest the net proceeds of this offering in short- and immediate- term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

 

88


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We do not anticipate paying any dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business. Any future determination to declare dividends will be subject to the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on various factors, including applicable laws, our results of operations, financial condition, future prospects and any other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. Investors should not purchase our common stock with the expectation of receiving cash dividends.

 

89


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and our capitalization as of March 31, 2021:

 

   

on an actual basis;

 

   

on a pro forma basis to give effect to the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

   

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to (i) the pro forma adjustments described above, (ii) payment of certain accrued expenses and contingent payments and (iii) the issuance and sale of shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

You should read this information together with our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information set forth in the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

     As of March 31, 2021  
     Actual     Pro
Forma
     Pro Forma
As
Adjusted(1)(2)
 
     (in thousands, except share and per
share data)
 

Cash

   $ 785     $                    $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued liabilities

   $ 3,826       

Stockholders’ deficit

       

Common stock, par value $0.000001 per share; 12,000,000 shares authorized, 7,263,834 shares issued and outstanding, actual;              shares authorized,             shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;              shares authorized,              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

       

Additional paid-in capital

     43,729       

Accumulated deficit

     (45,824     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (2,095     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ (2,095   $        $    
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of each of cash, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares we are offering would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of each of cash, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $         million, based on the assumed initial public offering price per share, the midpoint of the price range as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

(2)

We intend to apply $12.3 million of the net proceeds from the offering toward the payment of certain accrued expenses and contingent payments. This includes $6.2 million of salaries and bonuses contingent upon financing, including $3.7 million of salaries contingent upon the successful completion of the IPO, $2.0 million of bonuses to certain members of senior management contingent upon the successful

 

90


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
  completion of the IPO, and $0.5 million of bonuses contingent upon the completion of our first capital raise equal to at least $50 million. This also includes $2.0 million in contingent vendor payments, $0.3 million in contingent license fees, $3.7 million of accrued expenses to vendors and $0.1 million of accrued expenses due to related parties.

The number of shares of common stock issued and outstanding pro forma and pro forma as adjusted in the table above is based on 7,263,834 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2021, and excludes:

 

   

             shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our Old 2021 Plan;

 

   

             shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Plan, which will become available for issuance upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part; and

 

   

             shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 ESPP, which will become available for issuance upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

91


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book (deficit) value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.

Our historical net tangible book (deficit) value per share as of March 31, 2021 is determined by dividing our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, which are not included within stockholders’ deficit, by the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of such date. Our historical net tangible book value (deficit) was $(3.0) million, or $(0.42) per share as of March 31, 2021.

Our pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) as of March 31, 2021 was $(11.5) million, or $(1.58) per share. Our pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets reduced by the amount of our total liabilities, as well as certain obligations that are contingent upon the closing of this offering, and divided by the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2021.

Our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) represents our pro forma net tangible book (deficit) value, plus the effect of the sale of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after completion of this offering. After giving effect to our sale of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2021 would have been $         million, or $         per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $ per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $         per share to purchasers of common stock in this offering, as illustrated in the following table:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

     $                

Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of March 31, 2021

   $ (0.42  

Pro forma increase in net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of March 31, 2021

     (1.16  
  

 

 

   

Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of March 31, 2021

     (1.58  
  

 

 

   

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors participating in this offering

    
  

 

 

   

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) per share after this offering

    
    

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering

     $    
    

 

 

 

If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from us is exercised in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $         per share, the increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $         per share and the dilution to new investors purchasing shares in this offering would be $         per share.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $         million, or $         per share, and dilution per share to investors in this offering by $         per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and

 

92


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

commissions, and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares we are offering would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $         million, or approximately $         per share and would increase or decrease, as applicable, dilution per share to investors in this offering by approximately $         per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price per share remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions, and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from us is exercised in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $         per share, the increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $         per share and the dilution to new investors purchasing shares in this offering would be $         per share.

The following table shows, as of March 31, 2021, on a pro forma as adjusted basis (but before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us), the differences between the existing stockholders and the purchasers of shares in this offering with respect to the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid, which includes net proceeds received from the issuance of common stock and the average price paid per share (in millions, except share and per share amounts and percentages):

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration
(in millions)
    Weighted-
Average
Price

Per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent  

Existing stockholders before this offering

     7,263,834               $ 0.8               $ 0.11  

New investors participating in this offering

             $    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Totals

        100     $        100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

The foregoing tables and calculations (other than the historical net tangible book value calculations) are based on 7,263,834 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2021, and excludes:

 

   

             shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our Old 2021 Plan;

 

   

             shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2021 Plan, which will become available for issuance upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part; and

 

   

             shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2021 ESPP, which will become available for issuance upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

To the extent that any options are issued under our stock-based compensation plans or we issue additional shares of common stock or convertible debt in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering.

 

93


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus. The information contained in this discussion and other parts of this prospectus include forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties, and assumptions in our business plans, strategy, and related financing. Our actual results could differ materially from the results discussed in or implied by these forward-looking statements. Factors that could contribute or cause such differences include, but are not limited to, the information below and the information discussed in the sections “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-looking Statements.”

Overview

We are a biopharmaceutical company that seeks to bridge the “bench-to-bedside” gap between medical research discoveries and patient solutions. We do this by leveraging our strong relationships with research universities and medical centers to license their inventions and technologies with the goal of developing them into products that address diseases with significant unmet medical needs. We believe that our differentiated business model positions us to capture inventions created at these institutions that might otherwise fail to be commercialized to benefit patients. Our team of accomplished scientists, business professionals and entrepreneurs bring together the interdisciplinary expertise and resources required to develop and commercialize a diverse portfolio of assets. We are organized around a licensing and subsidiary structure that we believe will enable us to create mutual value both for us and potential licensing partners. We believe this structure, combined with the professional networks of our leadership team members, allows us to opportunistically build a continuous pipeline of promising product innovations through our existing and potential future relationships with research institutions. Our goal is to optimize value creation for each of our product candidates, and we intend to continuously assess the best pathway for each as it progresses through the preclinical and clinical development process—including through internal advancement, partnerships with established companies and spin-outs or initial public offerings, or IPOs—in order to benefit patients through the commercialization of these products. Our current active assets are licensed directly or indirectly from Brown University, Stanford University and Rhode Island Hospital. Our scientific co-founders, Dr. Jack A. Elias and Dr. Jonathan Kurtis, are both affiliated with Brown University and with Rhode Island Hospital. Our strategy is to accelerate the flow of the academic discoveries and the required clinical development required for these product candidates and advance them commercially. The number of potential opportunities at research universities and medical centers is large, but only a small fraction of these opportunities is currently tapped in the market. The gap remains wide and we believe this presents an attractive opportunity for us to become an industry leader by addressing a need to accelerate the advancement of therapeutics that can address significant unmet medical needs. The core elements that we believe differentiate our business model include:

 

   

Harnessing inventions and technologies from research universities and medical centers.     We are experienced at identifying and sourcing breakthrough discoveries at academic and research institutions, including our current partnerships with Brown University, Stanford University and Rhode Island Hospital.

 

   

Developing new drug therapies through an operationally efficient, evidence-based and milestone- driven approach.     Once we select an asset for development, we pursue what we believe are appropriate development strategies that we aim to execute efficiently by leveraging contract research and contract manufacturing organizations, or CROs and CMOs, and other drug development experts and consultants.

 

   

Building a diverse portfolio of product candidates.     We are evidence-based and program agnostic, meaning that our resources are driven strictly by program progress and milestone achievements. Our approach is to develop multiple diverse programs in parallel which mitigates business risk.

 

94


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

Providing attractive economic upside to our partners at research universities and medical centers.     We have a structure wherein our parent company houses each program in a subsidiary. We believe this structure is optimal to provide attractive economic incentives to the discovering institution and its researchers.

 

   

Employing a multi-disciplinary approach to drug discovery and development across our programs. Our business model is based on bringing together the appropriate disciplines and expertise needed for each of our programs and leveraging learnings across programs and disease areas.

 

   

Exploiting multiple commercialization options to maximize each program’s value.     Throughout the development of our product candidates, we plan to continually assess that program’s potential paths to market, and we will endeavor to identify and maximize commercial value through various options, including internal advancement, partnerships with established companies, and spin-outs or IPOs.

 

   

Leadership team comprised of academic, scientific and business innovators.     We have assembled an industry-leading, multi-disciplinary team consisting of physicians, scientists and business leaders with significant experience in progressing product candidates from early-stage research through clinical trials, regulatory approval and ultimately to commercialization. Although our company has not yet developed or commercialized any biopharmaceutical products, key members of our management team have experience doing so in previous endeavors.

We believe our differentiated business model will enable us to commercialize our products, if approved, and will allow us to replicate our licensing partnerships through aligned incentive structures with research universities and medical centers.

Our pipeline consists of both preclinical and clinical-stage programs. We anticipate moving certain preclinical product candidates in our oncology, fibrosis and/or infectious disease programs into the clinic in the next 12 to 24 months. We also expect our anti-inflammatory product candidate, OPS-172 targeting angiotensin 1-7, or Ang 1-7, to commence Phase 1/2 clinical trials for the treatment of COVID-19 in the second half of 2021.

On December 31, 2020, we executed a Development and Manufacturing Services Agreement with Lonza AG and affiliate Lonza Sales AG. We engaged Lonza AG (and Lonza affiliates) for the development and manufacture of certain products and services along with assistance in developing the product OCX-253. Under this agreement, Lonza will perform the following key activities in two stages in support of our IND-enabling program plan: first, to perform a manufacturability assessment of the OCX-253 monoclonal antibody drug candidates, generate or arrange to be generated synthetic genes and single gene vectors and vector constructions, and conduct gene vector construct testing; and second, to generate and assess growth and productivity for cell lines to be used for synthesizing OCX-253 drug candidate. The agreement provides that we will pay for all raw materials and related fees. Further, the agreement stipulates immediate 100% payment of invoices for any stage of work worth less than GBP 50,000, and deferral of 50% of payment for any stage of work worth more than GBP 50,000 to the release of applicable batches or completion of applicable services.

In December 2020, the sole stockholder of the Company contributed 100% of his Founders Shares to Poseidon Bio, LLC (“Poseidon”), which became the sole stockholder of the Company. In February 2021, Poseidon transferred 142,157 shares of the Company’s common stock back to the Company’s founder. In February 2021, Poseidon amended and restated its operating agreement to allow additional members into Poseidon by issuing Class A units and Class B units in which the Company’s founder is the sole Class A unit holder who holds 100% of the voting power of Poseidon. In addition, certain executives and employees of the Company were granted Class B unit profit interests in Poseidon. These profit interests grants in the Company’s controlling shareholder were deemed to be transactions incurred by the shareholder and within the scope of FASB ASC 718, Stock Compensation. As a result, the related transactions by the stockholder were pushed down into the Company’s condensed consolidated interim financial statements. As of March 31, 2021, the Company’s founder held 100% of the voting power and 69% of the equity interests in Poseidon.

 

95


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In March 2021, the Company authorized the issuance of 17,519 shares of common stock in the Company to certain persons who were accredited investors (consisting of friends and family of our employees) at an aggregate offering price of $1.0 million. As of March 31, 2021, the Company has issued 13,834 shares of common stock at an aggregate offering price of $0.8 million of the total amounts approved. As of March 31, 2021, a total of 7,263,834 shares of common stock of the Company have been issued and Poseidon held 98% of the voting power of the Company.

Since our inception in 2019, we have devoted substantially all of our efforts to organizing the Company, research and development activities, business planning, building our intellectual property positions and providing general and administrative support for these operations. We have not generated any revenue from product sales.

We have incurred significant operating losses since inception. Our ability to generate product revenues sufficient to achieve profitability will depend heavily upon the successful development and eventual commercialization of one or more of our current products or any future products. Our net operating losses were $12 thousand and $43.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and March 31, 2021, respectively. As of December 31, 2020 and March 31, 2021, we had an accumulated deficit of $1.9 million and $45.8 million, respectively. Our current liabilities are $2.3 million and $3.8 million as of December 31, 2020 and March 31, 2021, respectively. The current liabilities consisted of accrued expenses including IPO costs, accounting and legal fees and accrued research and development costs. We expect that our expense and capital requirements will increase substantially in connection with ongoing activities to commercialize our products in the future. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to pay for accrued expenses and contingent liabilities discussed herein. We believe the anticipated net proceeds from this offering will enable us to fund operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements through. See the section of this prospectus captioned “Use of Proceeds.”

We expect to continue to generate operating losses for the foreseeable future. Our future viability is dependent on the success of our research and development and our ability to access additional capital to fund our operations. There can be no assurance that our current operating plan will be achieved or that additional funding will be available on terms acceptable to us, or at all.

We are subject to risks and uncertainties common to early-stage companies in the biotechnology industry including, but not limited to, new technological innovations, protection of proprietary technology, dependence on key personnel, compliance with government regulations, and the ability to obtain additional capital to fund operations. Our therapeutic products will require significant additional research and development efforts, including preclinical and clinical testing and regulatory approval prior to commercialization. These efforts require additional capital, adequate personnel and extensive compliance- reporting capabilities. There can be no assurance that our research and development will be successfully completed, that adequate protection for our intellectual property will be obtained, that any products developed will obtain necessary government regulatory approval, or that any approved products will be commercially viable.

In January 2019, we formed wholly-owned subsidiaries of Ocean Biomedical, Inc. In February 2021, we formed a new wholly-owned subsidiary. The subsidiaries were formed to organize our therapeutic programs in order to optimize multiple commercialization options and to maximize each program’s value. We anticipate that additional subsidiaries will also be formed in connection with future programs to provide attractive economic upside to our partners at research universities and medical centers. Our license agreements with Brown University, Rhode Island Hospital, and Stanford University are licensed or sublicensed, directly or indirectly, to the following subsidiaries:

 

   

Ocean Chitofibrorx, Inc. (January 15, 2019)—Fibrosis program (one license with Elkurt/Brown University)

 

   

Ocean Chitorx, Inc. (January 15, 2019)—Oncology programs (three licenses with Elkurt/Brown University)

 

96


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

Ocean Sihoma, Inc. (January 15, 2019)—Malaria disease program (one license with Elkurt/Rhode Island Hospital)

 

   

Ocean Promise, Inc. (February 12, 2021)—Inflammation-COVID-19 program (one license with Stanford University)

COVID-19 Pandemic

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the global novel coronavirus disease 2019, or COVID-19, a global pandemic. As of May 2021, the Company’s operations have not been significantly impacted by the COVID-19 outbreak. However, the current outbreak of the novel coronavirus, or COVID-19, could materially and adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. The full extent of the impact due to the COVID-19 pandemic will depend on future developments that are highly uncertain, including as a result of new information that may emerge concerning COVID-19 and actions taken to contain or treat COVID-19, as well as the economic impact. Given the uncertainty around the extent and timing of the potential future spread or mitigation efforts related to the current outbreak of COVID-19, the financial impact cannot be reasonably estimated at this time.

License Agreements

Stanford University Agreement

On June 25, 2020, the Company entered into a Nonexclusive License Agreement for COVID-19 Related Technology, or the Stanford Agreement, with Stanford University, or Stanford. Under the Stanford Agreement, Stanford grants to the Company a nonexclusive license to Stanford’s rights in a licensed patent related to therapeutic applications for COVID-19 to make, have made, use, import, offer to sell, and sell licensed product. Under the Stanford Agreement, the Company is responsible for reimbursement of patent costs. To date, the Company has reimbursed Stanford for patent costs in the amount of $1,280. There are no license or royalty fees under the Stanford Agreement, unless the Company exceeds a gross margin of 40% on the sale of licensed product in one or more Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development, or OECD, countries. At such time as the gross margin on the sale of licensed product in any OECD country exceeds 40% in a single calendar quarter, the parties will meet and determine appropriate additional financial consideration for Stanford, as well as the terms associated with such consideration. The Company may not sublicense under the Stanford Agreement. The contract term is one year from June 25, 2020, with a potential one-year extension with Stanford’s consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, if the Company is meeting its milestone commitments. Milestone commitments include the Company diligently developing, manufacturing, and selling licensed product, diligently developing markets for licensed product, and initiating a Phase 2/3 or Phase 3 clinical trial for angiotensin 1-7 within twelve months after the effective date of the Stanford Agreement. Either party may terminate the Stanford Agreement in certain situations, including Stanford being able to terminate the Stanford Agreement if the Company is not diligently developing and commercializing licensed product or misses a milestone commitment. In addition, in the event of a change of control to that part of the Company’s business that exercises all of the rights granted under the Stanford Agreement, or if the Stanford Agreement is assigned to a third party, the Company will pay Stanford $100,000. On March 3, 2021, the Stanford Agreement was amended and restated so that Company’s subsidiary, Ocean Promise, Inc, is now the party to the license agreement instead of Company, or the Restated Stanford Agreement. Under the Restated Stanford Agreement, the contract term is one year from March 3, 2021.

Elkurt/Brown License Agreements

On July 31, 2020, the Company entered into four separate Exclusive License Agreements, or the Brown License Agreements, with Elkurt Inc., or the Licensor, a licensee of Brown University. On March 21, 2021, the Company and the Licensor amended each of the Brown License Agreements. Elkurt, Inc., is a company formed by the Company’s scientific co-founders Jack A. Elias, M.D., former Dean of Medicine

 

97


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

and current Special Advisor for Health Affairs to Brown University, and Jonathan Kurtis, M.D., PhD, Chair of the Department of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine at Brown. Under the Brown License Agreements, the Licensor grants to the Company exclusive, royalty-bearing licenses to patent rights and nonexclusive, royalty-bearing licenses to know-how, solely to make, have made, market, offer for sale, use, and sell licensed products for use in certain fields.

For each of the Brown License Agreements, the Company is required to pay the Licensor a maintenance fee of $60,000, if paid by June 15, 2021, or $67,000, if paid after June 15, 2021 due in either case within fifteen days of an equity financing of at least $10 million, and an additional $3,000 annual maintenance fee thereafter until January 1, 2028, at which point the annual maintenance fee will become $4,000 per year. Upon successful commercialization, the Company is required to pay the Licensor between 0.5% to 1.5% of net sales based on the terms under the Brown License Agreements. In addition, the Company must pay the Licensor, under each of the Brown License Agreements, 25% of all non-royalty sublicense income prior to the first commercial sale, and 10% of non-royalty sublicense income thereafter, in the event that the Company enters into sublicenses for the subject intellectual property. If net sales or non-royalty sublicense income are generated from know-how products, the amounts otherwise due (royalty or non-royalty sublicense income) shall be reduced by 50%.

The Company will also pay the Licensor developmental and commercialization milestone payments for each of the Brown License Agreements ranging from $50,000 for the filing of an Investigational New Drug Application, or IND, or the equivalent outside of the United States, to $250,000 for enrollment of the first patient in a Phase 3 clinical trial in the United States or the equivalent outside of the United States. The Company is also responsible for reimbursement of patent costs. The Company records reimbursement of patent costs as general and administrative costs in the statements of operations as incurred. To date, the Company has reimbursed patent costs expenses to Brown University in the amount of $101,238.

The contract term for each of the Brown License Agreements continues until the later of the date on which the last valid claim expires or ten years. Either party may terminate each of the Brown License Agreements in certain situations, including the Licensor being able to terminate the Brown License Agreements at any time and for any reason after October 1, 2021 if the Company has not raised at least $10 million in equity financing by then. For the oncology programs, three of the license agreements have been sublicensed to the Company’s subsidiary, Ocean Chitorx, Inc., and for the Fibrosis program, one license agreement has been sublicensed to the Company’s subsidiary, Ocean Chitofibrorx, Inc.

Elkurt/Rhode Island Agreement

On January 25, 2021, the Company entered into an Exclusive License Agreement, or the Rhode Island License Agreement, with Licensor, a licensee of Rhode Island Hospital. In April 1, 2021, the Company and Licensor amended the Rhode Island License Agreement. Under the Rhode Island License Agreement, the Licensor grants to the Company an exclusive, royalty-bearing license to patent rights and a nonexclusive, royalty-bearing license to know-how, solely to make, have made, market, offer for sale, use, and sell licensed products for use in a certain field.

For the Rhode Island License Agreement, the Company is required to pay the Licensor $110,000, due within 45 days of an equity financing of at least $10 million or October 15, 2021, whichever comes first, and an additional $3,000 annual maintenance fee thereafter, until January 1, 2028, at which point the annual maintenance fee will become $4,000 per year. The Company is also required to pay the Licensor 1.5% of net sales under the Rhode Island License Agreement. In addition, the Company must pay the Licensor 25% of all non-royalty sublicense income prior to the first commercial sale, and 10% of non-royalty sublicense income thereafter, in the event that the Company enters into sublicenses for the subject intellectual property. If net sales or non-royalty sublicense income are generated from know-how products, the amounts otherwise due (royalty or non-royalty sublicense income) shall be reduced by 50%.

The Company will also pay the Licensor developmental and commercialization milestone payments under the Rhode Island Agreement, ranging from $50,000 for the filing of an IND, or the equivalent

 

98


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

outside of the United States, to $250,000 for enrollment of the first patient in a Phase 3 clinical trial in the United States or the equivalent outside of the United States.

The contract term for the Rhode Island License Agreement began February 1, 2020 and will continue until the later of the date on which the last valid claim expires or fifteen years. Either party may terminate the License Agreement in certain situations, including the Licensor being able to terminate the license agreement at any time and for any reason by October 1, 2021, if the Company has not raised at least $10 million in equity financing by then. Currently, the Rhode Island License Agreement is still in effect and the license agreement has been sublicensed to the Company’s subsidiary, Ocean Sihoma, Inc.

Teton Therapeutics, Inc.

On April 15, 2020, the Company entered into an Exclusive License Agreement, or the Teton License Agreement, with Teton Therapeutics, Inc., or Teton. We amended and restated this agreement on February 25, 2021 in order to assign the program to our subsidiary in the future. Pursuant to the Teton License Agreement, the Company obtained an exclusive license under certain patent rights, or the Teton Patents, and under certain data, expression and purification methods, information and other know-how, or the Teton Know-How, in each case relating to therapies for neurofibromatosis type 1 and 2 and schwannomatosis. The Company has the right to make, have made, market, offer for sale, use and sell in the field of therapeutics for each of neurofibromatosis type 1 and 2 and schwannomatosis on a worldwide basis any products or services that are either covered by the Teton Patents or incorporates or otherwise utilizes any Teton Know-How, or any materials that are sold in conjunction with any such products or services, in each such case, a Teton Product. Under the license agreement, the Company will form a new subsidiary, Ocean Teton, Inc. and the Teton License Agreement will be assigned to the subsidiary.

Under the Teton License Agreement and after the date Ocean Teton, Inc. is formed and the assignment of the license to Ocean Teton, Inc. is completed, Ocean Teton, Inc. will develop and commercialize Teton Products in accordance with the development and commercialization plan, which will be mutually agreed upon with Teton.

In consideration for the rights under the license agreement and after the assignment date to Ocean Teton, Inc., Ocean Teton, Inc. is obligated to reimburse Teton for all documented, out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Teton before the Teton Assignment Date, which expenses are $42,000 payment of which is contingent on the Company forming the new subsidiary, Ocean Teton, Inc., as described above. In addition, for any sublicense income, the Company will pay Teton sublicense fees that are calculated on a tiered basis as a percentage of sublicense income including royalties and non-cash consideration. The percentage will differ based on whether the sublicense is executed prior to the fifth anniversary, between the fifth and eighth anniversary, or after the eighth anniversary of the effective date of the Teton License, with the percentage in each case in the low-double digits. After its formation, Ocean Teton, Inc. is also required to issue to each of Teton and a certain group of its research personnel a percentage of equity, with the percentage in each case in the low-double digits.

Under the Teton License Agreement, Teton retains control of the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of the Teton Patents. Ocean Teton, Inc. is responsible for reimbursing Teton for all documented, out-of-pocket expenses incurred in performing such patent-related activities after the Teton Assignment Date but during the term of the Teton License Agreement.

Unless earlier terminated, the Teton License Agreement will terminate in its entirety upon the later of (a) the expiration of the last to expire valid claim of the Teton Patents covering any Teton Product, or (b) 20 years. The Company may terminate the Teton License Agreement in its entirety at any time for convenience. Either party may terminate the Teton License Agreement in its entirety for the other party’s uncured material breach after an opportunity for the other party to cure such material breach. Teton may terminate the Teton License Agreement in its entirety immediately upon notice if we or the Ocean Teton Subsidiary notifies Teton that it has not elected to pursue development of the licensed rights or upon 30 days’ notice if the Ocean Teton Subsidiary fails to commence certain studies within a certain number of years after the assignment date to the Ocean Teton Subsidiary. Teton may also terminate the Teton

 

99


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

License Agreement for our or the Ocean Teton Entity’s insolvency. If the Teton License Agreement is terminated by either party for any reason, the Teton Licenses will terminate and the all rights thereunder will revert to Teton.

Components of our Results of Operations

Revenue

To date, we have not generated any revenue from any sources, including from product sales, and we do not expect to generate any revenue from the sale of products in the foreseeable future. If our development efforts for our product candidates are successful and result in regulatory approval, or license agreements with third parties, we may generate revenue in the future from product sales. However, there can be no assurance as to when we will generate such revenue, if at all.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development Expenses

To date, research and development expenses consist, or will consist, primarily of stock-based compensation expense and increased costs incurred for our research activities, including the development of our product candidates. We expense research and development costs as incurred, which we expect will include:

 

   

expenses incurred under our licenses and services agreements; and

 

   

employee related expenses, including salaries, stock-based compensation and benefits for personnel engaged in research and development functions.

We recognize external development costs based on an evaluation of the progress to completion of specific milestones using information provided to us by our service providers. This process involves reviewing open contracts and purchase orders, communicating with our personnel to identify services that have been performed on our behalf and estimating the level of service performed and the associated cost incurred for the service when we have not yet been invoiced or otherwise notified of actual costs. Such amounts are expensed as the related goods are delivered or the related services are performed, or until it is no longer expected that the goods will be delivered or the services rendered.

Our direct external research and development expenses consist (or are expected to consist) primarily of external costs, such as fees paid to outside consultants, CROs, CMOs and research laboratories in connection with our preclinical development, process development, manufacturing and clinical development activities. Our direct research and development expenses also include fees incurred under license agreements. We have not allocated and do not expect to allocate employee costs, costs associated with our discovery efforts, laboratory supplies, and facilities, including depreciation or other indirect costs, to specific programs because these costs are or will be deployed across multiple programs and, as such, are not separately classified. We use internal resources primarily to conduct our research and discovery as well as for managing our preclinical development, process development, manufacturing and clinical development activities. These employees work across multiple programs and, therefore, we do not track their costs by program.

Research and development activities are key to our business model. Product candidates in later stages of clinical development generally have higher development costs than those in earlier stages of clinical development, primarily due to the increased size and duration of later stage clinical trials. As a result, we expect that our research and development expenses will increase substantially over the next several years, which will include:

 

   

expenses incurred under our licenses and services agreements to conduct the necessary preclinical studies and clinical trials required to obtain regulatory approval;

 

100


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

expenses incurred under agreements with contract research organizations, or CROs, that are primarily engaged in the oversight and conduct of our drug discovery efforts and preclinical studies, clinical trials and contract manufacturing organizations, or CMOs, that are primarily engaged to provide preclinical and clinical product for our research and development candidates;

 

   

other costs related to acquiring and manufacturing materials in connection with our drug discovery efforts and preclinical studies and clinical trial materials, including manufacturing validation batches, as well as investigative sites and consultants that conduct our clinical trials, preclinical studies and other scientific development services;

 

   

employee-related expenses, including salaries and benefits, and stock-based compensation expense for employees engaged in research and development functions; and

 

   

costs related to compliance with regulatory requirements.

At this time, we cannot reasonably estimate or know the nature, timing and costs of the efforts that will be necessary to complete the preclinical and clinical development of any of our product candidates or when, if ever, material net cash inflows may commence from any of our product candidates. The successful development and commercialization of our product candidates is highly uncertain. This uncertainty is due to the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with product development and commercialization, including the following:

 

   

scope, progress, outcome and costs of our preclinical development activities, clinical trials and other research and development activities;

 

   

ability to successfully in-license attractive product candidates from our partners;

 

   

establishing an appropriate safety and efficacy profile with Investigational New Drug, or IND, enabling studies;

 

   

successful patient enrollment in and the initiation and completion of clinical trials;

 

   

the timing, receipt and terms of approvals from applicable regulatory authorities including the FDA and other non-U.S. regulators;

 

   

the extent of any required post-marketing approval commitments to applicable regulatory authorities;

 

   

establishing clinical and commercial manufacturing capabilities with third-party manufacturers in order to ensure that we or our third-party manufacturers are able to produce product successfully;

 

   

development and timely delivery of clinical-grade and commercial-grade drug formulations that can be used in our clinical trials and for commercial launch;

 

   

launching commercial sales of our product candidates, if and when approved, whether alone or in collaboration with others;

 

   

maintaining a continued acceptable safety protocol of our product candidates following any approval; and

 

   

significant and potential changing government regulations.

Any changes in the outcome of any of these variables with respect to the development of our product candidates in preclinical and clinical development could mean a significant change in the costs and timing associated with the development of these product candidates, such as the FDA or another regulatory authority were to delay our planned start of clinical trials or require us to conduct other clinical trials or testing beyond those that we currently expect or if significant delays in enrollment in any of our planned clinical trials occurred. Such delays or changes may require us to expend significant additional financial resources and time on the completion of clinical development of that product candidate.

 

 

101


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses consist, or will consist, primarily of salaries and benefits, travel and stock-based compensation expense for personnel in executive, business development, finance, legal, human resources, information technology, pre-commercial and support personnel functions. General and administrative expenses also include direct and allocated facility-related costs as well as insurance costs and professional fees for accounting and audit service, legal, patent, consulting, investor and public relations.

We anticipate that our general and administrative expenses will increase in the future as we increase our headcount to support our continued research activities and development of our product candidates and prepare for potential commercialization activities. We also anticipate that we will incur significantly increased accounting, audit, legal, regulatory, tax, compliance with Nasdaq and SEC requirements, and director and officer insurance costs as well as investor and public relations expenses associated with operating as a public company. If and when we believe a regulatory approval of a product candidate appears likely, we anticipate an increase in payroll and other employee-related expenses as a result of our preparation for commercial operations as it relates to the sales and marketing of that product candidate.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are recorded in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes, or ASC 740, which provides for deferred taxes using an asset and liability approach. We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse, and net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards and research and development tax credit carryforwards. Valuation allowances are provided, if based upon the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. We have recorded a full valuation allowance to reduce our net deferred income tax assets to zero. In the event we were to determine that we would be able to realize some or all of our deferred income tax assets in the future, an adjustment to the deferred income tax asset valuation allowance would increase income in the period such determination was made.

Comparison of the Year ended December 31, 2020 and the Period January 2, 2019 (Date of our Inception) to December 31, 2019

 

(in thousands)

   For the Period
from Inception
January 2,

2019 to Year
Ended
December 31,

2019
     For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2020
     $ Change  

Revenue

   $      $      $  

Operating expenses

        

Research and development

     35        49        14  

General and administrative

     197        1,603        1,406  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     232        1,652        1,420  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (232      (1,652      (1,420

Other (expense)

            (1      (1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (232    $ (1,653    $ (1,421
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

102


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Operating Expenses

Research and development

Research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2020 increased by approximately $14 thousand compared to the prior period, driven primarily by increased costs for outside services relating to the development of certain of our preclinical assets.

General and administrative

General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2020 increased by approximately $1.4 million compared to the prior period, driven primarily by increased professional costs related to our preparation for this offering and accessing the public markets, as well as legal and accounting fees.

Other (Expense)

Other (expense) consists of unrealized foreign currency transaction losses.

Comparison of the Three Months Ended March 31, 2021 and 2020

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,  
(in thousands)    2020     2021     $ Change  

Revenue

   $     $     $  

Operating expenses

      

Research and development

     —         25,413       25,413  

General and administrative

     12       18,526       18,514  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     12       43,939       43,927  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (12     (43,939     (43,927
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (12   $ (43,939   $ (43,927
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Expenses

Research and development

Research and development expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2021, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2020 increased by approximately $25.4 million driven by stock-based compensation expense and increased costs for outside services relating to the development of certain of our preclinical assets.

General and administrative

General and administrative expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2021, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2020 increased by approximately $18.5 million driven by stock-based compensation expense and increased professional costs related to our preparation for this offering and accessing the public markets, as well as legal and accounting fees.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Since our inception, we have incurred significant operating losses. We have not yet commercialized any products and we do not expect to generate revenue from sales of products for several years, if at all. To date, we have funded our operations through self-funding by our Founder and net proceeds of $1 million from issuance of shares of common stock consisting of friends and family of our employees. Based on our current operational plans and assumptions, we expect that the net proceeds from this offering will be sufficient to fund operations through             .

 

103


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We intend to apply $12.3 million of the net proceeds from the offering toward the payment of certain accrued expenses and contingent payments. This includes $6.2 million of salaries and bonuses contingent upon financing, including $3.7 million of salaries contingent upon the successful completion of the IPO, $2.0 million of bonuses to certain members of senior management contingent upon the successful completion of the IPO, and $0.5 million of bonuses contingent upon the completion of our first capital raise equal to at least $50 million. This also includes $2.0 million in contingent vendor payments, $0.3 million in contingent license fees, $3.7 million of accrued expenses to vendors and $0.1 million of accrued expenses due to related parties. We have based these estimates on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could utilize our available capital resources sooner than we expect. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to raise additional capital on reasonable terms or at all.

Funding Requirements

We expect our expenses to increase substantially in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we advance the preclinical activities and clinical trials of our product candidates. In addition, upon the closing of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company, including significant legal, accounting, compliance, investor relations and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. The timing and amount of our operating expenditures will depend on our ability to:

 

   

advance preclinical development of our early-stage programs;

 

   

manufacture, or have manufactured on our behalf, our preclinical and clinical drug material and develop processes for late state and commercial manufacturing;

 

   

regulatory approvals for any product candidates that successfully complete clinical trials;

 

   

establish a sales, marketing and distribution infrastructure to commercialize our product candidates for which we may obtain marketing approval and intend to commercialize on our own;

 

   

hire additional clinical, quality control and scientific personnel;

 

   

expand our operational, financial and management systems and increase personnel, including personnel to support our research and clinical development, manufacturing and commercialization efforts and our operations as a public company; and obtain, maintain, expand and protect our intellectual property portfolio.

We believe that the anticipated net proceeds from this offering will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements through the next three years. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could utilize our available capital resources sooner than we expect. We anticipate that we will require additional capital as we seek regulatory approval of our product candidates and if we choose to pursue in-licenses or acquisitions of other product candidates. If we receive regulatory approval for our product candidates, we expect to incur significant commercialization expenses related to product manufacturing, sales, marketing and distribution, depending on where we choose to commercialize. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with research, development and commercialization of biologic product candidates, we are unable to estimate the exact amount of our working capital.

License Fees

Our contractual obligations are expected to have an effect on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods. Under our license agreements with our academic research institution partners, fixed license maintenance fees of $350,000 are due in October 2021. In addition, under these license agreements, we are also required to make payments upon successful completion and achievement of certain milestones as well as royalty payments upon sales of products covered by such licenses. The payment obligations under the license and collaboration agreements are contingent upon future events such as our achievement of specified development, clinical, regulatory, and commercial milestones. As the timing of these future

 

104


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

milestone payments are not known, we have not included these fees in our condensed consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2020, which has been derived from audited financial statements, and the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2021.

Contingent Compensation

As of March 31, 2021, we have salaries and bonuses that are contingently payable upon financing, collectively called contingent compensation, in the amount of $6.2 million. Of this amount, $3.7 million are salaries contingent upon the successful completion of our IPO, $2.0 million are bonus payments to certain members of senior management contingent upon the successful completion of our IPO, and $0.5 million are bonuses contingent upon the completion of our first capital raise equal to at least $50 million. These amounts will not be paid if the contingencies do not occur. Since the payment of obligations under the employment agreements are contingent upon these future events, which are not considered probable as such future events are deemed outside of our control, we have not included these amounts in our condensed consolidated financial statements.

Other Contractual Obligations

We have entered and anticipate we will continue to enter into contracts in the normal course of business with external organizations such as CMOs, CROs and other third parties for the manufacture of our product candidates and to support clinical trials and preclinical research studies and testing. We expect that these contracts will be generally cancelable by us, and we anticipate that payments due upon cancellation will consist only of payments for services provided or expenses incurred, including noncancelable obligations of our service providers, up to the date of cancellation. We accrued CMO services in the amount of $50 thousand and $395 thousand as of December 31, 2020 and March 31, 2021, respectively, under the Development and Manufacturing Services Agreement with Lonza AG and affiliate Lonza Sales AG in developing the product OCX-253.

Cash Flows

To date, we have not generated any revenue. Cash flows to date have resulted from payments made on behalf of the Company by related parties and net proceeds of $0.9 million from issuance of shares of common stock consisting of friends and family of our employees. As of March 31, 2021, the Company’s cash balance of approximately $0.8 million is held in a standard checking account. The Company does not have any cash equivalents. Accrued expenses of $2.3 million and $3.8 million as of December 31, 2020 and March 31, 2021, respectively, are expected to be paid following the receipt of the proceeds from the IPO.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

To minimize the risk in the future, we intend to maintain our portfolio of cash equivalents in institutional market funds that are composed of U.S. Treasury and U.S. Treasury-backed repurchase agreements or short-term U.S. Treasury securities. We do not believe that inflation, interest rate changes, or exchange rate fluctuations had a significant impact on our results of operations for any periods presented herein.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, costs and expenses. We base our estimates on historical experience, known trends and events, and various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. While our significant

 

105


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

accounting policies are described in more detail in Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements and Note 2 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe that the following accounting policies are those most critical to the judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs, consisting of direct legal fees directly related to the proposed IPO are capitalized. The deferred offering costs will be reclassified to additional paid in capital upon completion of the IPO. The amount is recorded as current assets in the condensed consolidated balance sheets. Additional offering costs will be incurred up to the IPO. Should the planned equity financing be abandoned, the deferred offering costs will be expensed immediately as a charge to operating expenses in the consolidated statement of operations.

Stock-Based Compensation for Profit Interests in Poseidon

We account for all stock-based payments to employees and non-employees, including profit interest grants in Poseidon based on their respective grant date fair values. We estimate the fair value of profit interest grants using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which is affected principally by the estimated fair value of shares of our common stock and requires management to make a number of other assumptions, including the expected life of the profits interest, the volatility of the underlying shares, the risk-free interest rate and expected dividends. Expected volatility is based on the historical share volatility of a set of comparable publicly traded companies over a period of time equal to the expected term of the profits interests. Due to the lack of historical exercise history, the expected term of the profit interests is determined using the “simplified” method. The risk-free interest rate is determined by reference to the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant of the award for time periods approximately equal to the expected term of the award. Expected dividend yield is zero based on the fact that we have never paid cash dividends and do not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The fair value of common stock underlying our profit interests was estimated by our board of directors considering, among other things, contemporaneous valuations of our common stock prepared by unrelated third-party valuation firms. The profit interests are valued based on the fair value of Poseidon units on the date of grant. The Company expenses stock-based compensation related to these profit interests over the requisite service period using the straight-line method such that recognized compensation expense is at least equal to the vested portion of the awards. All stock-based compensation costs are recorded in research and development expense or general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of operations based upon the respective employee’s roles within our company. Forfeitures are recorded as they occur.

Segments

We operate and manage the business as one reportable and operating segment, which is the business of discovering and developing therapeutic products in oncology, fibrosis, infectious diseases and inflammation. Our chief executive officer, who is the chief operating decision maker, or CODM, reviews financial information on an aggregate basis for allocating and evaluating financial performance.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have during the periods presented, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

A description of recently issued accounting pronouncements that may potentially impact our financial position and results of operations is disclosed in Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

106


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Emerging Growth Company and Smaller Reporting Company Status

The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 permits an “emerging growth company” such as us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to not “opt out” of this provision and, as a result, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards at the time private companies adopt the new or revised accounting standard and will do so until such time that we either (i) irrevocably elect to “opt out” of such extended transition period or (ii) no longer qualify as an emerging growth company.

We are also a “smaller reporting company” meaning that the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates plus the proposed aggregate amount of gross proceeds to us as a result of this offering is expected to be less than $700 million and our annual revenue was less than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal year. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company after this offering if either (i) the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250 million or (ii) our annual revenue was less than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700 million. If we are a smaller reporting company at the time that we cease to be an emerging growth company, we may continue to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are available to smaller reporting companies. Specifically, as a smaller reporting company we may choose to present only the two most recent fiscal years of audited financial statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K and, similar to emerging growth companies, smaller reporting companies have reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation.

Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Under standards established by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or PCAOB, a deficiency in internal control over financial reporting exists when the design or operation of a control does not allow management or personnel, in the normal course of performing their assigned functions, to prevent or detect misstatements on a timely basis. The PCAOB defines a material weakness as a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented, or detected and corrected, on a timely basis.

In connection with the preparation and audits of our financial statements as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 included elsewhere in this prospectus, we and our independent registered public accounting firm have identified a material weakness as defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) in our internal control over financial reporting, as follows:

 

   

Management does not have adequate staffing in its accounting department and has not yet designed and implemented the appropriate processes and internal controls to support accurate and timely financial reporting.

We have begun taking measures, and plan to continue to take measures, to remediate any material weakness. These measures include hiring or engaging additional accounting personnel with familiarity with reporting under U.S. GAAP, and implementing and adopting additional controls and procedures. Our recruitment efforts to identify additional accounting personnel and implementation of additional accounting processes and controls are underway. Remediation costs consist primarily of additional personnel expenses, which we do not anticipate will have a material impact to our financial statements. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Shares”. We may identify additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, which may impair our ability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis.

 

107


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

However, the implementation of these measures may not be sufficient to remediate the control deficiencies that may lead to a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting or to prevent or avoid potential future material weaknesses. Moreover, our current controls and any new controls that we develop may become inadequate in the future because of changes in conditions in our business. Furthermore, we may not have identified all material weaknesses and weaknesses in our disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting may be discovered in the future. If we are unable to successfully remediate our existing or any future material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, or if we identify any additional material weaknesses, the accuracy and timing of our financial reporting may be adversely affected, we may be unable to maintain compliance with securities law requirements regarding timely filing of periodic reports in addition to applicable stock exchange listing requirements, investors may lose confidence in our financial reporting, and our share price may decline as a result. We also could become subject to investigations by Nasdaq, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities. Any failure to develop or maintain effective controls or any difficulties encountered in their implementation or improvement could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and may result in a restatement of our financial statements for prior periods, which could cause the price of our common shares to decline.

 

108


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

BUSINESS

Overview

Our Business

We are a biopharmaceutical company founded in 2019 that seeks to bridge the “bench-to-bedside” gap between medical research discoveries and patient solutions. We do this by leveraging our strong relationships with research universities and medical centers to license their inventions and technologies with the goal of developing them into products that address diseases with significant unmet medical needs. We believe that our differentiated business model positions us to capture inventions created at these institutions that might otherwise fail to be commercialized to benefit patients. Our team of accomplished scientists, business professionals and entrepreneurs brings together the interdisciplinary expertise and resources required to develop and commercialize a diverse portfolio of assets. We are organized around a licensing and subsidiary structure that we believe will enable us to create mutual value for us and potential licensing partners. We believe this structure, combined with the networks of our leadership team, allows us to opportunistically build a continuous pipeline of promising product innovations through our existing and potential future relationships with research institutions. Our goal is to optimize value creation for each of our product candidates, and we intend to continuously assess the best pathway for each as it progresses through the preclinical and clinical development process—including through internal advancement, partnerships with established companies and spin-outs or initial public offerings, or IPOs—in order to benefit patients through the commercialization of these products. Our current active assets are licensed directly or indirectly from Brown University, Stanford University and Rhode Island Hospital. Our scientific co-founders, Dr. Jack A. Elias and Dr. Jonathan Kurtis, are both affiliated with Brown University and with Rhode Island Hospital.

Our Pipeline

Our pipeline consists of both preclinical and clinical-stage programs. We anticipate moving certain preclinical product candidates in our oncology, fibrosis and/or infectious disease platforms, all licensed exclusively from Brown and Rhode Island Hospital, into the clinic in the next 12 to 18 months. We also expect that our anti-inflammatory product candidates licensed from Stanford, OPS-172, will commence Phase 1/2 clinical trials for the treatment of symptoms of COVID-19, in the second half of 2021. OPS-172 activates the renin–angiotensin system (RAS) by enhancing levels of angiotensin. 1-7 or Ang 1-7.

Our programs in oncology and fibrosis are based on discoveries of disease pathways and of related drug targets emerging from pioneering work in the field of chitinase biology by our scientific co-founder, Jack A. Elias, M.D., former Dean of Medicine and current Special Advisor for Health Affairs to Brown University.

In oncology, our product candidates are based on Dr. Elias’ findings that a protein called chitinase 3-like-1, or Chi3l1, is a key driver of multiple disease pathways, including those involved in primary and metastatic tumor development. In animal models of both lung cancer and glioblastoma, inhibition of Chi3l1 resulted in significant tumor reduction, and the reduction was even greater when the inhibition of Chi3l1 was combined with immune checkpoint inhibitors, which are used as immuno-therapies to stimulate the body’s immune response against cancer. Neutralizing antibodies against Chi3l1 have been developed that are highly avid, specific, react with mouse, human and monkey Chi3l1 and are effectively expressed and humanized. We are developing a mono-specific and two bi-specific humanized monoclonal antibodies, or mAb, product candidates targeting Chi3l1 for the treatment of non-small cell lung cancer, or NSCLC, which affects approximately 460,000 people in the United States, and of glioblastoma multiforme, or GBM, a usually lethal form of brain cancer that affects approximately 28,000 people in the United States. The median survival rate for individuals diagnosed with GBM is approximately 15 months and the five year survival is just 8% for those aged 45-54 and 5% for those aged 55-64.

Our product candidate in fibrosis is based on a drug target investigated by Dr. Elias and closely related to the Chi3l1 oncology target described above. Dr. Elias found that an enzyme called chitinase 1, or

 

109


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Chit1, is a key driver of fibrosis. Fibrosis is observed in an estimated 50% of all diseases. Fibrosis in the lungs tends to be progressive and can reduce their function. It is observed in an estimated 50% of all diseases. In animal models of idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, or IPF, and Hermansky-Pudlak syndrome, or HPS, inhibition of Chit1 showed statistically significant reduced levels of fibrotic markers. We are developing a small molecule product candidate targeting Chit1 for the treatment of IPF, a debilitating lung disease affecting approximately 160,000 people in the United States, and of HPS, an ultra-rare disease affecting approximately 1,800 in the United States.

In infectious disease we are developing therapeutic and vaccine candidates against malaria, a mosquito-borne disease that kills 500,000 children under the age of five globally each year, that infects 200-300 million people annually worldwide, and for which 3.4 billion people worldwide are at risk. Our product candidates in malaria are based on the discovery by Jonathan Kurtis, M.D., Ph.D., Chair of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine and Director of the M.D./Ph.D. Program at Brown, of two novel malaria antigens, PfSEA-1 and PfGARP (as defined below). In non-human primate models of malaria, vaccination with PfGARP resulted in an 11.5-fold reduction of parasites in blood compared to controls. In in-vitro models, our therapeutic antibody candidate against PfGARP reduced parasite count by 99% compared to controls. We have three product candidates based on these new antigens: (1) a malaria vaccine candidate against PfSEA-1 and/or against PfGARP; (2) a humanized mAb malaria product candidate against PfGARP; and (3) a small molecule malaria product candidate, also against PfGARP.

Importantly, Dr. Kurtis’ antigen discoveries described above were enabled by his development of our Whole Proteome Differential Screening target discovery platform, or the WPDS platform. We believe the WPDS platform may enable us to discover new targets for other infectious diseases in the future. The WPDS platform leverages the fact that the immune system, when exposed to an infectious disease such as malaria, will often naturally produce a wide array of antibodies to try fighting the infection. Only a small subset of these antibodies may prove effective, and the WPDS platform is designed to identify these antibodies and their corresponding antigens. We believe that such antibodies and antigens could inform the development of therapeutic and/or vaccine candidates against the particular infectious disease. Prior to in-licensing our product candidates, the preclinical developments of the oncology, fibrosis and malaria programs described above have, to date, been funded through grants to our licensors totaling $105.6 million.

We have an individual anti-inflammatory product candidate: Ang 1-7 (OPS-172). Our licensor Stanford University has an active investigational new drug, or IND, application with the United States Food and Drug Administration, or FDA for this candidate, and they expect to commence a clinical trial to evaluate its potential in combination with standard of care in addressing inflammation in COVID-19 patients, in the second half of 2021. COVID-19 may be linked to an imbalance in the renin–angiotensin system or RAS, an intricate interlinked system of regulatory mediators involved in the control of blood pressure and hemostasis of several organs. ACE-2 is part of the RAS and SARS-CoV-2 reduces ACE2 expression when entering cells. Ang 1-7, produced by ACE2, has anti-inflammatory activity and acts to decrease the levels of pro-inflammatory cytokines. OPS-172, provides Ang 1-7 to directly increase the anti-inflammatory activity.

 

110


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The table below summarizes our product candidate pipeline, target indications, estimated addressable patient populations, and stage of development.

 

 

LOGO

Our Team

Our scientific co-founders are Dr. Elias and Dr. Kurtis. Our executive chairman and co-founder is Chirinjeev Kathuria, M.D, an investor and entrepreneur who has co-founded and driven the initial public offerings, or IPOs, of companies in various industries including healthcare, most recently as co-founder and executive chairman of UpHealth, Inc. a digital health company that announced a special purpose acquisition company transaction that valued UpHealth, Inc. at $1.35 billion in the fourth quarter of 2020. Our chief executive officer, or CEO, Elizabeth Ng, brings a proven track record of building successful portfolios in biopharma companies including Merck & Co., Gilead Sciences, Inc. and BioMarin Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Our team brings expertise in science, medicine, agile drug development, pharma strategy, and innovation management. Collectively, members of the team have evaluated over 3,500 innovations; been involved in over 350 drug discovery / development programs, 21 clinical development programs, and 9 approved drugs; are listed as inventors in over 70 patents; have secured more than $120 million in venture capital funding; and have been involved in the launch of 6 biotech or life sciences companies and 3 IPOs. In addition, beyond our day-to-day leadership team, our scientific co-founders and members of our scientific advisory board, Dr. Elias and Dr. Kurtis, have authored or co-authored over 350 papers, secured more than $100 million in grant funding, and are listed as inventors in over 50 patents.

Our Strategy and Competitive Strengths

Our goal is to facilitate the flow of academic discoveries from bench-to-bedside by efficiently carrying out the translational and clinical development required to advance them commercially. The number of potential opportunities at research universities and medical centers is large (in 2018 they filed over 26,000 invention disclosures and spent over $71 billion in research) but only a small fraction of these opportunities is currently tapped by venture capitalists or pharmaceutical companies. There is a growing yet still small number of accelerator programs and incubators aiming to bridge the bench-to-bedside gap at specific institutions; however, the gap remains wide and we believe this presents an attractive opportunity for us to become an industry leader by addressing a need to accelerate the advancement of therapeutics that can address significant unmet medical needs.

The core elements that we believe differentiate our business model include:

 

   

Harnessing inventions and technologies from research universities and medical centers.    We search for opportunities wherever they can be found, and we believe “hidden gems” can be

 

111


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

uncovered by our team. We are experienced at identifying and sourcing breakthrough discoveries at academic and research institutions, including our current partnerships with Brown University, Stanford University and Rhode Island Hospital. We know how to assess and test their scientific merits and commercial relevance, and we have extensive experience working with these institutions and licensing their assets. For example, our leadership team has evaluated thousands of innovations, taken multiple products through IND filings and into clinical development, and been involved in the launch of 10 biotech companies.

 

   

Developing new drug therapies through an operationally efficient, evidence-based and milestone-driven approach.    Once we select an asset for development, we pursue what we believe are appropriate development strategies that we aim to execute efficiently by leveraging contract research and contract manufacturing organizations, or CROs and CMOs, respectively, and other drug development experts and consultants. We aim to rapidly and efficiently advance our product candidates to objective critical decision points. We direct resources toward the opportunities that we believe are the most promising, and we discontinue programs that do not meet our performance thresholds. We are skilled at objectively directing internal resources, and at leveraging external resources (such as CROs, and CMOs), in order to progress product candidates in accordance with well-defined criteria for advancement within a lean cost structure.

 

   

Building a diverse portfolio of product candidates.    We are evidence-based and program agnostic, meaning that our resources are driven strictly by program progress and milestone achievements. Our approach is to develop multiple diverse programs in parallel. Our success is not dependent on any one particular program, disease area or indication, which mitigates business risk, and allows us the flexibility to opportunistically develop product candidates, regardless of therapeutic area. We believe that this model ensures that we remain focused on assets with the most promise. The unifying theme in our portfolio is to address significant unmet medical needs by commercializing innovative therapeutic products, if approved.

 

   

Providing attractive economic upside to our partners at research universities and medical centers.    We have a structure wherein our parent company houses each program in a subsidiary. We believe this structure is optimal to provide attractive economic incentives to the discovering institution and its researchers. Our subsidiary structure is intended to enable us to offer equity in future programs to the licensing institution and the researchers who discover our product candidates. We believe this structure will make us a partner of choice for both institutions and researchers and aligns our interests with theirs toward the goal of maximum returns.

 

   

Employing a multi-disciplinary approach to drug discovery and development across our programs.    Our business model is based on bringing together the appropriate disciplines and expertise needed for each of our programs and leveraging learnings across programs and disease areas. Common ties between many diseases are becoming apparent and similar therapeutic strategies are increasingly being applied to different diseases. For example, our oncology and fibrosis programs are both based upon chitinase biology. Another example is the confluence of thinking about immunology and oncology therapeutic approaches which led to the advent of immune checkpoint inhibitors.

 

   

Exploiting multiple commercialization options to maximize each program’s value.    Throughout the development of our product candidates, we continually assess that program’s potential paths to market, and we will endeavor to maximize commercial value through various options, including internal advancement, partnerships with established companies, and spin-outs or IPOs. We believe that our structure and operational strategy enables us to assess and pursue the course that maximizes outcomes for patients and value for our shareholders.

 

   

Leadership team comprised of academic, scientific and business innovators.    We have assembled an industry-leading, multi-disciplinary team consisting of physicians, scientists and business leaders with significant experience in progressing product candidates from early-stage research through clinical trials, regulatory approval and ultimately to commercialization.

 

112


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We believe our differentiated business model enables us to advance the commercialization of our products, if approved, and will allow us to replicate our licensing partnerships through aligned incentive structures with research universities and medical centers.

 

 

LOGO

Feeding our Pipeline: Harnessing Innovations from Research Centers

Our innovative business model is aimed at translating biomedical inventions from research universities and medical centers into products that we believe have the potential to dramatically improve patients’ lives. Unlike many biotech companies, our success is not dependent on any one particular program or disease. Our current pipeline is already well-diversified and our access to innovations from academic and medical institutions allows us the flexibility to opportunistically develop product candidates, regardless of therapeutic area. We believe our sources of medical discoveries include not only research universities and medical centers but also companies with assets that are not core to their business model.

We use highly selective criteria and stringent due diligence for selecting assets for development. Picking the right assets requires unbiased and objective science/technology and market assessments that are not affected by institutional legacies, not blinded by research myopia or academic necessities, and not influenced by “herd mentalities”. We seek to develop technologies that meet our stringent selection criteria and which are amenable to our controlled de-risking process that we believe can lead to clear and timely value inflection points and milestones. We intend to keep our focus on projects and technologies that demonstrate clear progress towards becoming commercially viable products. Our business model aims to diversify our approach away from a single vector of technology research or science, and instead to pursue a variety of promising research avenues simultaneously and cost effectively. As explained previously, we believe that we can address the resourcing challenges inherent in such diversity and that the diversity itself is an advantageous business strategy.

Our model for identifying, structuring and developing assets is based on the following tenets:

 

   

We believe we have a disciplined process for identification, selection and prioritization of programs:    We believe that only well-defined science can be monetized successfully. Independent analyses of pharmaceutical research and development productivity indicate that ill-defined science is a major cause of low success rates and eventual failure of programs. We believe that there is no substitute for a thorough science/technology assessment upfront as it is essential to have a clear understanding of the science and a clear vision of how a technology becomes a product before starting the development effort.

 

113


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

Our approach to selecting programs is opportunistic:    We seek opportunities based on solid science, well-characterized drug mechanisms of action, and targets with true disease-modifying potential that can address significant unmet medical needs. While many such opportunities may be found at leading universities and medical centers, we search for promising technologies wherever they can be found. We believe that such technologies can be located at institutions across the world. We are open to evaluating programs at any stage of development. We are purposely opportunistic and agnostic as to therapeutic area. Our strategy is to bring the appropriate and the most current expertise to bear as needed for each program.

 

   

We aim for efficient therapeutic development operations:    Once we select an asset for development, we leverage our years of experience in drug development to create appropriate development strategies. We aim to execute such strategies efficiently by leveraging CROs and other drug development experts and consultants. The development process is managed by our experienced team with support from leaders and experts in the relevant disease areas. We aim to rapidly and efficiently advance our product candidates to objective critical decision points. We direct resources toward the opportunities that we believe are the most promising, and we discontinue programs that do not meet performance thresholds. Each development program is carried forward with what we believe to be the right balance of effort from our centralized resources and personnel, through which we share certain support functions across various programs, combined with specialist external providers as appropriate. This combination is designed to ensure that each program has the appropriate level and type of resources required to execute its unique development strategy while minimizing fixed costs at the program level.

 

   

We believe our structure supports our strategic aims:    We are structured in a manner where our parent company currently houses each program in a wholly-owned subsidiary. This structure is designed to leverage a main feature of our business model in which each program is derived from our acquisition of a license to assets from a research university or similar institution. This structure is intended to allow us to provide attractive economic incentives to the institution and its relevant investigators. We intend in the future, as new programs are licensed in by us, to grant a certain percentage of the ownership in the new subsidiaries we create for such programs, targeting 20% in aggregate, to the institution and to the researchers. This model is also designed to align our interests with those of our partners and to facilitate our access to the particular program’s scientific expertise and know-how. We believe this approach will make us the partner of choice or licensee of choice for institutions and researchers because we aim to act with greater speed and to provide better potential upside when compared to pharmaceutical companies or venture-backed biotechnology companies with whom the institution might also consider partnering.

 

   

We believe that our diversified pipeline approach provides us with meaningful advantages:    Unlike biotechnology companies that are focused on a narrow set of assets, on a single platform, or on a particular therapeutic area, we are advancing a diverse portfolio of several programs in parallel. In so doing, we aim to avoid the duplication of resources, the extra costs and the lack of valuable cross-pollination that would likely exist if each program were pursued as independent assets. We are evidence-based and program agnostic, where deployment of program resources are driven strictly by program progress and milestone achievements. We believe that our diverse, multi-program business model and our access to a robust pipeline of opportunities helps us to remain focused on the most promising assets. We believe this focus differentiates us advantageously from biotech companies that, by purposely being focused, have bet their fortunes on a limited number of programs.

 

   

We aim to create optionality for maximum impact and value creation in each program:    Throughout the development of any program we continuously assess that program’s potential paths to market and monetization. We anticipate that such paths may include: (a) taking a candidate all the way through to approval and product launch via internal funding; (b) externalizing development with a strategic partner that we believe is better suited to progress a program; and

 

114


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

(c) spinning out or taking a candidate’s subsidiary public. We believe that our structure and operational strategy enables us to objectively assess and choose the option that maximizes potential value for patients and for our shareholders.

Our Structure: Supporting Innovation

We are structured in a manner where our parent company houses each program in a subsidiary. We currently house our programs in four wholly-owned subsidiaries and intend to grant a certain percentage of the ownership in future subsidiaries, typically 20% in aggregate, to the institution and to the relevant researchers. This anticipated organizational structure for future subsidiaries is unique in the market and we believe it will make us the partner of choice for institutions and inventors.

Currently, research universities and medical centers (institutions) have two primary options to commercialize their biomedical innovations and technologies: licensing to pharma, or licensing to startups that are usually founded or co-founded by the researchers (the inventors) behind the innovations. Most commonly, the IP policy of U.S. institutions specifies that economic value received from licenses is split equally among the institution, the individual inventor(s), and their department or school.

Licensing to a large pharmaceutical company is appealing due to the vast resources it may employ to pursue commercial development and the potential for large up-front and milestone payments. However, these companies often only license innovations later in their development. Therefore, licenses to large pharmaceutical companies are relatively rare.

Researchers often choose to license their innovations to startups because (i) they see greater economic upside (as compared to only receiving a fraction of what their institution receives), (ii) they view a startup as a way to retain more control over the development of their innovation and (iii) a startup may be the only option given the challenges of licensing to larger companies. The researcher typically takes a non-operating role as a scientific founder of the startup, and holds between a 10% and 20% equity stake in the enterprise, which will be subject to dilution over time.

We can provide the resources and capital of a pharma licensee while also providing the more compelling economic upsides of a startup. Each patent portfolio that we license in from an institution (capturing the discoveries of one or more researchers) are housed, or in the future will be housed in a separate unit or subsidiary which we title a ‘program’. We can provide the institution and the researchers a share in the potential economic upside of that particular program regardless of how that economic upside comes about. The proposed share we envision is a 20% total in such subsidiaries – with approximately 10% to the institution and approximately 10% to the researchers, a significantly higher stake than they would typically be able to hold in a startup venture.

We believe institutions and their researchers will prefer Ocean to launching a startup because Ocean eliminates the challenge of needing to raise capital and hire a team, and provides a greater share in the upside. Likewise, we believe Ocean will be a preferred choice as opposed to licensing to large pharmaceutical companies because receiving a percentage of any economic value, regardless of how it is derived, is often more attractive than relying on fixed milestone payments or single-digit royalties.

We believe our approach will give us preferred access to innovations at research universities and medical centers, and that this in turn will benefit our shareholders.

Our Pipeline Funnel Process

Our core competencies for acquiring and developing pipeline programs include: (1) identifying, assessing and selecting inventions and technologies (from research universities and medical centers) that we may directly or indirectly license and commercialize; 2) in-licensing selected inventions and technologies; and 3) developing those inventions and technologies into potential therapeutic products aimed at addressing unmet medical needs.

 

115


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Step One: New Program Identification, Assessment and Selection

Our close relationships with research universities and medical centers, along with their individual researchers, technology transfer offices, accelerator programs and entrepreneurship centers, provide us with access to biomedical inventions and technologies that we may directly or indirectly license and commercialize. Our multi-disciplinary Opportunity Assessment Committee, or OAC, is responsible for new program identification, assessment and selection – and for ensuring adherence to our due diligence process. The OAC is expected to be comprised of Dr, Jonathan Kurtis (Scientific Co-founder), Elizabeth Ng (Chief Executive Officer), Daniel Behr (Executive Vice President and Head of External Innovation and Academic Partnerships) , Sharon Talcott (Vice President of Strategic Partnerships), Gurinder Kalra (Chief Financial Officer) and Dr. Jonathan Heller (Chief Science Officer and Head of Research and Development). The OAC applies our disciplined and rigorous due diligence process to identify, assess quantitatively, and select those inventions and technologies based on criteria we believe ensures that each asset selected to enter our pipeline is consistent with our mission and commercialization objectives. Our criteria is listed below, and we score and weigh each criterion through a combination of data analytics, experience and judgment.

 

   

Robust and verifiable science that can lead to predictable outcomes

 

   

Well-characterized mechanisms with potential to be disease modifying

 

   

Development path with timely and achievable milestones / value inflection points

 

   

Solid and dominating intellectual property / patent position

 

   

Knowledge transfer assuredness (inventors available and approachable)

 

   

Potential for multiple products / applications

 

   

Potential to address significant unmet medical needs

 

   

Product advantages that are “must-haves” for patients, practitioners, and payors

 

   

Manufacturing and scale-up feasibility

 

   

Attractive market / competitive dynamics

 

   

Favorable pricing and reimbursement with good gross margin potential

Step Two: Executing License Agreements

After a new program is selected via the process outlined above, or in some cases as part of the selection process, we endeavor to negotiate and execute a license agreement with the relevant university or medical center. Our team has negotiated and executed dozens such license agreements, both as licensee and as licensor.

As mentioned previously, we believe our business model may make us the ‘licensee of choice’ for institutions and researchers because we aim to act with greater speed and to provide better potential upside when compared to the companies or spin-out startups to whom the institution might also consider licensing. In particular, by housing each program in a subsidiary, we can grant a certain percentage of that subsidiary’s ownership (targeting 20% in aggregate) to the institution and to the relevant researchers. We believe that receiving such percentage of economic value, regardless of how it is derived, will be more attractive to the institution than relying on the fixed milestone payments and single-digit royalties that are customary in other license agreements. Additionally, we believe that individual researchers will find it more attractive to have a direct stake in a program’s economic value as opposed to receiving a share (typically one third) of whatever economic value their institution would receive in customary license agreements. Lastly, we believe institutions and their researchers will prefer our approach over launching a startup because we eliminate the challenge of raising venture capital and securing a team, and because the percent equity ownership we can offer is likely to be higher than the single-digit figures that usually result after the typical dilution in startups.

 

116


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

By offering a percentage ownership in a program’s subsidiary in lieu of the alternative license fees, milestone payments and royalties, we believe our license agreements (and the associated negotiation) will be greatly simplified while also being more attractive to our licensors and their individual researchers.

Step Three: Product Development, and Commercialization

We are an asset-focused company with an operating model designed for agile, capital efficient, and scalable therapeutic product development. We have a structure wherein our parent company houses each drug development program or therapeutic platform in a subsidiary. Each of these programs may include multiple product candidates or assets. This structure helps to ensure that we align interests and that we gain access to the particular program’s scientific expertise and know-how. The results and outcomes of one subsidiary do not directly affect others, and because our subsidiaries (or assets) are decoupled, success is not dependent on any one particular asset. We can thereby evaluate each asset’s preclinical, translational and clinical development progress objectively, which we believe enables us to allocate resources and capital throughout our portfolio based on each asset’s evidence-based progress and continued scientific and commercial merits. The continued merits of an asset are periodically assessed using some or all of the criteria outlined above which we use to assess potential new programs. We are agnostic as to which assets deliver success and believe this allows us to maintain focus on those which continue to show most potential.

Our product development and commercialization process reflects the disciplined and objective asset-centric philosophy described above. This process has the following features:

 

   

Evidence-based and science-driven decision making at each stage of translational and clinical development:    For each product candidate, key milestones or decision points are set based on their ability to validate technical and commercial viability, and feasibility, as viewed from industry and regulatory lenses. We support each product candidate with the interdisciplinary expertise and resources to reach these key decision points. We review progress on an on-going basis and constantly re-assess whether the program warrants continued investment – i.e., we recognize the dynamic nature of these product candidates and we re-evaluate them based on development progress, risk factors, and market dynamics.

 

   

Lean and agile translational development operations:    Each program is managed by our centralized team of experienced product development leaders who enlist the support of relevant external resources including CROs, CMOs, domain experts, consultants, etc. We believe this approach is most cost-effective for clinical and commercial development and that it allows us to minimize overhead while giving us the flexibility to tap into the most relevant and current talent for each program without having to rely on large teams of permanent hires.

In addition, our Research Review Committee, or RRC, which is expected to be comprised of Dr. Jack A. Elias (Scientific Co-founder), Jonathan Kurtis (Scientific Co-founder), Elizabeth Ng (Chief Executive Officer), Dr. Inderjote Kathuria ( Treasurer) and Dr. Jonathan Heller (Chief Science Officer and Head of Research and Development) will be responsible for the research, translational and preclinical efforts leading to filing an IND and moving a product candidate into human clinical trials.

Our Development Review Committee, or DRC, which is expected to be comprised of Dr. Jonathan Kurtis (Scientific Co-founder), Elizabeth Ng (Chief Executive Officer), Inderjote Kathuria (Treasurer) and Dr. Jonathan Heller (Chief Science Officer and Head of Research and Development), will be responsible for managing all clinical development efforts, including progress monitoring, allocation of resources, and continuous re-evaluation of a product candidate’s merits.

Both these committees will work in collaboration with our OAC described previously to ensure that each product candidate that enters our pipeline as well as existing ones continue to meet the criteria we have outlined above.

 

117


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our Therapeutic Programs

Oncology Product Candidates for NSCLC and GBM:

 

   

OCX-253 anti-Chi3l1 Single-target mAb (NSCLC)

 

   

OCX-410 anti-Chi3l1/PD-1 Bi-specific mAb (NSCLC)

 

   

OCX-909 anti-Chi3l1/CTLA-4 Bi-specific mAb (GBM)

Our product candidates in our oncology are based on a drug target pioneered by Dr. Elias. His research demonstrated that a protein called chitinase 3-like-1, or Chi3l1, is a key driver of multiple disease pathways in primary and metastatic tumor development. Animal models of lung cancer and glioblastoma, a type of brain cancer, showed that inhibition of Chi3l1 resulted in statistically significant tumor reduction – even more so when combined with immunotherapies to stimulate the body’s own immune response against cancer. Our oncology development pipeline consists of: (a) an antibody therapeutic product candidate inhibiting Chi3l1; (b) a bi-specific antibody product candidate inhibiting Chi3l1 plus PD-1, a checkpoint inhibitor protein; and (c) a bi-specific antibody product candidate inhibiting Chi3l1 plus CTLA-4, another checkpoint inhibitor protein. These product candidates are targeting non-small cell lung cancer, or NSCLC, which accounts for about 85% of all lung cancers globally and affects about 460,000 people in the United States and 595,000 people in Europe, and glioblastoma multiforme, or GBM, a brain cancer that kills approximately 60% of patients within 12 to 18 months from the time of diagnosis and for which new treatment therapies are needed.

NSCLC

Lung cancer is the most common cancer worldwide, accounting for 2.1 million new cases and 1.8 million deaths in 2018. In the United States, lung cancer is the third most common and the deadliest malignancy. Approximately 541,000 people in the United States today have been diagnosed with lung cancer at some point in their lives. It is estimated that 229,000 new cases of lung cancer are diagnosed annually in the United States, representing about 13% of all cancer diagnoses. NSCLC is the most common type of lung cancer, accounting for approximately 85% of new lung cancer cases.

NSCLC continues to rank among the cancers with the lowest five-year survival rates and has one of the largest disease burdens in terms of disability-adjusted life years.

Staging is a way of describing the severity and extent of a cancer’s growth and spread. The stage of NSCLC is based on a combination of several factors, including the size and location of the primary tumor and whether it has spread to the lymph nodes and/or other parts of the body.

There are five stages for NSCLC: stage 0 and stages I through IV. In general, an earlier stage of NSCLC is linked with a better outcome. Unfortunately, a significant proportion of patients, in the order of 40% to 50%, are still diagnosed with hard-to-treat stage IV disease.

There are currently five main ways to treat NSCLC: surgery, radiation therapy, chemotherapy, targeted therapy and immunotherapy. The use of these treatment options for NSCLC is based mainly on the stage of the cancer, but other factors, such as a person’s overall health and lung function, as well as certain traits of the cancer itself, such as its molecular characteristics, are also important.

Treatment decisions often follow either formal or informal guidelines. Treatment options can be ranked or prioritized into lines of therapy: first-line therapy, second-line therapy, third-line therapy, and so on. First-line therapy, sometimes called induction therapy, primary therapy or front-line therapy, is the first therapy that will likely be attempted. If a first-line therapy either fails to produce sufficient antitumor response or produces intolerable side effects, additional therapies may be substituted or added to the treatment regimen, known as second-line or third-line treatments. Often, multiple therapies may be administered simultaneously, known as combination therapy or polytherapy.

Surgery is usually the first choice for early stage disease followed by radiation and chemotherapy. Targeted therapies and immunotherapy are the main options in advanced disease, in stages III and IV.

 

118


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Targeted therapy is a treatment that targets the cancer’s specific genes, proteins or the tissue environment that contributes to cancer growth and survival. This type of treatment blocks the growth and spread of cancer cells and limits damage to healthy cells.

Immunotherapy is designed to boost the body’s natural antitumor immune defenses. Lung cancers often contain genetic mutations that are seen as “non-self” by the host’s immune system because they are not seen in normal cells and tissues. The human immune system is designed to attack and eliminate cells and tissues that it detects as foreign or “non-self”. However, in many patients with cancer these desired antitumor responses are suppressed by the tumor and surrounding cells. This is done by activating one of a number of immune checkpoint inhibitor pathways, or ICPI pathways.

An example of the multiple ICPI pathways that have been discovered that has received significant attention in lung cancer is the programmed death-1/ PD-ligand 1, or PD-1/PD-L1, pathway. In many patients with lung cancer, the immune cells and nearby cells, such as macrophages express, PD-1 and the tumor cells express its binding partner PD-L1. When PD-L1 binds PD-1, it activates pathways that suppress the host’s antitumor immune response. On the other hand, therapeutics (usually antibodies) have been developed that prevent these PD-1/PD-L1 interactions. These therapies boost the host’s antitumor responses which augments its ability to attack the tumor. Because there are multiple ICPI pathways, assays that determine which pathway(s) is activated in a given tumor have been and are being developed. This allows the therapeutic intervention to be directed to the ICPI pathway that is most important in a given individual.

Importantly, immunotherapy has been generally regarded as revolutionizing the treatment of NSCLC, with immunotherapies targeting the PD-1/PD-L1 pathway now emerging as standard-of-care in some settings. However, despite the advent of these new therapies for NSCLC, there continues to be a need for other therapeutic options because only approximately 15% of patients respond to these interventions. In addition, among those that initially improve, the responses are often not durable and diminish over time. In many cases, tumors evolve compensatory mechanisms that circumvent the beneficial effects of an individual immunotherapy. Thus, a significant unmet medical need in NSCLC are treatment options that either restore or complement, the efficacy of anti PD-1 / PD-L1 and other ICPI-based therapies.

A general overview of immunotherapy and antibodies is presented below under “—A primer on antibodies and targeted therapies”.

We believe that OCX-253, our mono-specific mAb against Chi3l1, if approved, will likely be used individually or in combination with immunotherapies, such as anti-PD-1 therapeutics. Our belief is based on the observation that OCX-253 modulates multiple oncogenic pathways, or signaling networks used by cancer cells to control the growth and progression of tumors, in addition to its ability to modulate ICPI pathways. Should OCX-253 become a marketed treatment, we would anticipate it being initially used primarily in later-stage cancers, as with most recently approved oncology therapeutics. OCX-253 may progress towards being used for earlier stage cancers, and/or in combination with other medications, as clinician and regulatory agency experience with the drug grows and as our understanding of the needs of individual patients deepens.

OCX-410, our bi-specific mAb, is designed to combine the mechanism of actions of OCX-253 and anti-PD-1 therapeutics. We believe this is a promising combination because studies by Dr. Elias have demonstrated that this bi-specific antibody recruits immune cells, such as CD8+ cytotoxic T cells that kill tumor cells, and the physical interaction of these activated T cells to tumor cell membranes. If approved, we anticipate that OCX-410 will likely enter the market as a second-line therapy in patients with stage III or IV lung cancer who have failed anti PD-1/PD-L1 immunotherapies. We believe that OCX-410 may eventually be used as a first-line treatment for patients with later stage NSCLC.

GBM

GBM is an aggressive type of cancer that can occur in the brain or spinal cord, the components of the central nervous system, or CNS, and is the most common brain tumor in adults. GBMs are a type of astrocytoma, meaning that they arise from the star-shaped cells, known as astrocytes, in the CNS.

 

119


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Normally, these cells form a key component of the blood brain barrier, or BBB, a network of cells, proteins, and structural components that controls which substances can get into the central nervous system, or CNS, and which cannot. Astrocytes also normally help support nerve cells and carry nutrients to them.

Brain tumors are graded on an I to IV scale based on how fast they grow. Grade I brain tumors are the least aggressive. They grow very slowly and rarely spread into nearby tissues. Grade IV are the most aggressive. GBMs are grade IV astrocytomas. They grow quickly and often spread into nearby brain tissue. They rarely metastasize or spread to other parts of the body.

GBM is a rare disease, with a prevalence of 1-9 out of 100,000 individuals. The prevalence in the United States is estimated to be approximately 28,000 diagnosed individuals, and the annual incidence is estimated to be between 6,000 and 10,000. Primary GBM accounts for 90% of cases, mostly occurring in older individuals, while secondary GBM develops more slowly and occurs in relatively younger patients.

No curative therapies exist for GBM and the treatment landscape has not changed in recent years. A significant proportion, approximately 25%, of the GBM prevalent population is not actively treated due to rapid disease progression and an extremely poor prognosis. Surgery is standard-of-care followed by radiation and follow-up with chemo. If that does not work, then physicians may try a second line approach, such as switching chemo monotherapies. However, these second line therapies are rarely effective.

Our bispecific antibody candidate, OCX-909, is designed to combine the mechanism of actions of OCX-253 with an anti-CTLA-4 component. CTLA-4 is a protein receptor that functions as an immune checkpoint that binds to molecules called B7.1 and B7.2 to suppress antitumor immune responses in a manner similar to PD-1. We believe OCX-909 may produce antitumor response particularly in GBM because CTLA-4 is expressed in an exaggerated manner in many GBM tumors. If approved, we envision OCX-909 being potentially utilized as an alternative to surgery, or in the treatment regimen in both the neoadjuvant (before surgery) and adjuvant (after surgery) settings for patients with GBM.

A Primer on Antibodies, Antigens and Targeted Therapies

One way the body’s immune system attacks foreign substances is by making large numbers of antibodies. An antibody is a protein that binds to a specific antigen. An antigen is a molecule that is foreign to the human body; examples include viruses, bacteria, and tumor cells.

Antibodies have a distinct “Y” shape. Each upper arm of the “Y” is uniquely structured to bind to a specific part of a particular antigen, called an epitope. Once bound to the antigen, an antibody triggers other parts of the immune system to destroy the cells containing the antigen.

Monoclonal antibodies, or mAbs, are antibodies that are designed and made as therapeutics to bind to specific antigen targets such as those present in a particular type of cancer cell, virus, or other pathogen. When mAbs are used in this manner they are referred to as targeted therapies. Therapeutic antibodies can also be engineered to recognize two epitopes simultaneously, making them “bispecific”. mAbs can bind directly to surface antigens to kill the cells containing the antigens and they can also help ramp up the immune system to make it more effective against the those cells.

The Chitinase Biology Behind Our Oncology Project Candidates

Dr. Elias has focused a significant amount of his research over the last decade on a gene family called the 18 glycosyl hydrolases and its chitinase and chitinase-like proteins, or CLP. The chitinases and CLP both bind chitin, a polysaccharide that is a major structural component of the exoskeletons of insects and other arthropods and the cell walls of fungi. The chitinases are true enzymes that cleave chitin into smaller saccharide units. In contrast, the CLPs bind to but do not cleave chitin.

 

120


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Chitin, Chitinases, and Chitinase-Like-Proteins

 

 

LOGO

Chitinase-3-like-1, or Chi3l1, also known as YKL-40, the prototypic CLP, was initially described as a soluble product of an osteosarcoma cell line and has since been found in several different laboratory cell lines and animal tissues. In humans, Chi3l1 is found on the cell surface, inside cells and in the circulation. It plays a major role in tissue injury, inflammation, tissue repair and remodeling responses in healthy individuals. It is produced by a variety of cells including epithelial cells and macrophages in response to cytokines, lipids, oxidant injury and other stimuli. It then feeds back to inhibit tissue injury by inhibiting cell death and apoptosis while stimulating fibroproliferative repair.

The levels of circulating and tissue Chi3l1 are increased in many human visceral cancers and animal tumor models including lung cancer and glioblastoma. In visceral tumors elevated serum levels of Chi3l1 correlate with a poor prognosis and shorter disease-free intervals and survival. Studies in animal models have also demonstrated that the inhibition of Chi3l1 can dramatically reduce tumor burden. Consequently, Chi3l1 is now appreciated to be a sensitive biomarker and an attractive therapeutic target for these malignancies. We intend to take advantage of both of these properties because the inhibition of Chi3l1 is a major focus in OCX-253,—410 and—909, and we intend to use Chi311’s properties as a biomarker to identify relevant populations for clinical trials of these product candidates.

Chi3l1 interacts with several different cell-surface proteins to mediate its cell and tissue responses. Studies by Dr. Elias and others have demonstrated that Chi3l1 binds to and signals via a number of cell surface receptors (proteins that pass signals between the outside and inside of cells) including the interleukin-13 receptor-α 2 and CRTH2. They have also demonstrated that IL-13Rα2 is the alpha subunit of multimeric receptor complexes that can include galectin 3 and CD44 as ß subunits. Chi3l1 can also interact with receptor tyrosine kinases, integrins αVß3 and αVß5 / syndecan 1 complexes, and the receptor for advanced glycation end products. These receptors activate a number of signaling pathways including MAPK kinases, Protein Kinase B/Akt and the Wnt/ß-catenin pathways and induce the production of VEGF intermediaries. As a result of these complex receptor-ligand interactions it is now known that Chi3l1 regulates oncogenesis via a number of mechanisms. Dr. Elias has demonstrated that Chi3l1 stimulates malignant responses by inhibiting tumor cell death, stimulating tumor cell proliferation, stimulating the B-Raf protooncogene, and stimulating the phosphorylation of cofilin. He has demonstrated that Chi3l1 also inhibits key antineoplastic pathways including those mediated by the tumor suppressors phosphatase and tensin homolog, or PTEN, and p53 thereby removing intracellular controls against unregulated cell growth. These molecules taken together form the tumor microenvironment, a localized set of conditions that supports the evolution and growth of tumors.

 

121


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In summary, Chi3l1 contributes to neoplasia, or the uncontrolled and abnormal growth of cells or tissues that is the hallmark of cancer, by regulating various pro- and anti-oncogenic pathways as shown in the illustration below:

Chi3l1 and its Roles in Disease Biology

 

 

LOGO

Dr. Elias and other investigators have also found a direct link between Chit1 and fibrotic diseases, such as IPF and HPS. This finding is the basis for our anti-Chit1 small molecule therapeutic product candidate, OCF-203, detailed later.

OCX-253—Anti-Chi3l1 mAb for Lung Cancer

Recent published studies have demonstrated that the levels of circulating Chi3l1 are elevated in many malignancies including cancers of the prostate, colon, rectum, ovary, kidney, breast, as well as GBM and malignant melanoma. In these diseases, the levels of Chi3l1 frequently correlate directly with disease progression and inversely with disease-free interval and survival. This is particularly striking in lung cancer where preclinical and clinical studies demonstrated that the serum and tissue levels of Chi3l1 are increased and are associated with adverse outcomes, such as poor prognosis and shorter survival. Dr Elias and colleagues have found that Chi3l1 plays a critical role in the pathogenesis of primary and metastatic lung cancer in murine models that have the same genetic mutations that are seen in human disease including activating mutations of the K-Ras oncogene. In murine models primary lung cancer is induced in mice that have activating mutations of Kras (the G12 D mutation) and null mutations of the tumor suppressor p53. Dr Elias and colleagues have additionally demonstrated that Chi3l1 is able to replace null mutations of p53 in the generation of primary lung cancer in murine models that only have activating mutations of the K-Ras oncogene. They also demonstrated that Chi3l1 is induced during pulmonary melanoma and pulmonary breast cancer metastasis in murine models of these diseases and that Chi3l1 induction is required for the generation of a metastasis permissive pulmonary microenvironment. As shown below, both primary tumor growth and metastatic spread were both significantly inhibited via immune inhibition of Chi3l1 using therapeutic antibodies (Fig. 1). These antibody findings are the basis for Ocean’s OCX-253 program in NSCLC. We plan to initially focus on a subset of patients who exhibit elevated levels of circulating Chi3l1 as they are anticipated to be the patient population most likely to respond to this

 

122


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

product candidate. However, the treatable patient population may eventually expand as a consequence of the many critical pathways OCX-253 appears to impact (as described and shown in the figure above) and as our understanding of chitinase biology grows.

 

 

LOGO

Figure 1: In Animal Models, Antibodies Against Chi3l1 Show Reduction in Primary and Metastatic Tumors

OCX-410 and OCX-909—Anti-Chi3l1/PD-1 and Anti-Chi3l1/CTLA-4 Bispecific mAbs for NSCLC and GBM

Novel immunotherapeutic approaches have improved the prognosis for a number of cancers over the past decade. Cancer cells have unstable genomes and as a result accumulate genetic mutations that are not seen in normal cells and tissues. These non-self mutations generate non-self proteins that can be recognized and reacted to by the immune system. Normal white blood cells, particularly T lymphocytes, learn to recognize these novel antigens and kill the cells that express them. Under normal circumstances, immune responses are activated to deal with pathogens and non-self antigens but are then inhibited to prevent overexuberant, injury-inducing, immune responses. This immune inhibition is often mediated by immune checkpoint inhibitor pathways. Unfortunately, some tumors evolve to take advantage of these regulatory pathways to evade endogenous antitumor immune responses. For example, tumor cells may produce the regulatory protein cell death ligand 1, or PD-L1 or cluster of differentiation proteins 80 or 86. These proteins interact with their corresponding receptors on T cells, PD-1 and CTLA-4, respectively, to turn off the immune system response to the cancer. Multiple approved immunotherapies disrupt the connection between PD-1 or CTLA-4 and their ligands to restore immune activity against susceptible cancers.

Dr. Elias has demonstrated in widely accepted mouse models of fibrosis that PD-1 and its ligands, PD-L1 and PD-L2, are induced in melanoma metastases by Chi3l1, and that Chi3l1 can stimulate these checkpoint inhibitors, thereby encouraging tumor growth. Further work by Dr. Elias has demonstrated that bispecific antibodies that bind to both Chi3l1 and PD-1 (or CTLA-4) dramatically improve the responses seen in cocultures of T cells and tumor cells with more tumor cells undergoing cell death when treated with the bispecific antibody than cells treated with mono-specific antibodies against the same targets, either individually or in combination (Fig. 2). These studies also demonstrated that these effects were mediated by an enhanced induction of CD8+ cytotoxic T cells that kill the tumor cells and an enhanced ability of these cytotoxic cells to bind to tumor cell membranes in cultures treated with the bispecific antibody compared to cultures treated with mono-specific antibodies against the same targets, administered either individually or in combination. These observations suggest that the proximity of the Chi3l1 and PD-1 (or CTLA-4) targets in the tumor microenvironment play a role in their vulnerability to this precision

 

123


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

immunotherapy 9 (Fig. 3). Thus, we hypothesize that even patients whose tumors have been resistant to anti-PD-1 or anti-CTLA-4 antibody therapy may benefit from our bi-specific antibody product candidates that are designed to bind both Chi3l1 and immune checkpoint targets simultaneously. These bi-specific antibodies against Chi3l1 and PD-1 or CTLA-4 are the basis for our OCX-410 and OCX-909 programs, respectively.

 

 

LOGO

Figure 2: In vitro Experiments Show Improved Killing of Glioblastoma Tumor Cells with OCX-909 Bi-Specific Anti-Chi3l1 / Anti-CTLA-4 Antibody. **=p<0.01

 

 

LOGO

Figure 3: Mechanism of Action of OCX-410

We are planning to initially target checkpoint inhibitor positive NSCLC with OCX-410 and GBM with OCX-909 due to the previously published importance of these checkpoint inhibitors for these tumor types as well as Dr. Elias’ supporting data in preclinical models of these diseases. We intend to evaluate whether checkpoint inhibitor upregulation is critical for the activity of OCX-410 and OCX-909 in humans, and we intend to evaluate the response seen in checkpoint inhibitor negative patients as well. The outcome of these studies may help us to better identify our potential target patient population.

Oncology Product Candidates Clinical Development Plan

All three therapeutic antibody product candidates, OCX-253, OCX-410, and OCX-909, have been optimized against their respective targets, and we are beginning efforts to develop, through the

 

124


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

establishment of manufacturing and supply relationships with third parties, a production system capable of supporting clinical use. A critical step in production is the creation of a master cell bank, or MCB, a depository where genetically identical antibody-producing cells are stored, by a CMO. The MCB is critical for production of consistent therapeutics through clinical development and, potentially, commercial production. We have collaborated on the first steps of MCB production for OCX-253 with Lonza Group AG, a global contract manufacturing organization and have completed development of 8 research cell lines that produce OCX-253 in February 2021. Initial assessments indicate that any of these cell lines could possibly be used to generate clinical and commercial grade OCX-253. Additional evaluations are under way to determine which of the 8 cell lines is preferred for the generation of the cGMP Master Cell Bank (MCB) and the generation of clinical drug material. We anticipate producing sufficient drug material to begin IND-enabling safety studies in the                . The OCX-410 and OCX-909 programs are expected to begin MCB generation in                . We anticipate filing IND applications with the FDA for all three product candidates in                .

We intend to model our Phase 1/2 clinical trials of OCX-253 and OCX-410 after Merck’s pembrolizumab KEYNOTE-001 trial (NCT01295827). This design is expected to allow for combined initial safety and efficacy endpoints using a single ascending dose, or SAD, strategy followed by a repeat dose regimen to identify tumor responses through generally accepted Response Evaluation Criteria in Solid Tumors, or RECIST, criteria and time to tumor progression. Using RECIST criteria as the primary endpoint of the initial clinical trial will measure whether tumors shrink in response to treatment and allows for a relatively quick determination of whether our product candidates are likely to provide benefit in a larger, more extensive pivotal trial. The time to the tumor progression endpoint will likely be a secondary endpoint in these first trials but is the generally accepted primary endpoint for registrational trials in NSCLC.

GBM

The OCX-909 program for GBM has the additional challenge of successfully delivering the protein therapeutic product candidate to the brain where the BBB has questionable permeability. The BBB is a stretch of less-permeable blood vasculature in the CNS, as compared to the rest of the body. Its purpose is to carefully screen the entry and exit of molecules between the CNS and bloodstream. The BBB is a difficult hurdle to cross using small molecules delivered to the periphery, and consistent peripheral delivery of protein-based therapeutics, such as antibodies, to the brain has so far been elusive. Patients suffering from GBM may have a partially disrupted BBB due to changes in the vasculature associated with the tumors or their recent surgery, but the inconsistency of these disruptions may add considerable challenge to the development of a peripherally delivered medicament.

We plan to bypass the BBB using a number of approaches, alone or in combination. The first approach is intracerebral-ventricular, or ICV, delivery of OCX-909. We intend to make use of a port-reservoir system, such as an Ommaya reservoir, which is a small, plastic, coin-shaped device placed under the scalp and connected to a catheter placed in one of the brain’s ventricles. This would allow direct delivery of OCX-909 into the cerebral spinal fluid, or CSF, pool in the ventricles at the center of the brain. The size of the ICV space changes throughout the day, particularly during sleep, effectively pumping CSF, and the drug it contains, throughout the brain. Though placement of an Ommaya reservoir is somewhat invasive, it is frequently used in patients suffering from brain cancers, and we anticipate many of our patients will likely already have one in place.

We intend to model our Phase 1/2 clinical trial after the Phase 1/2 clinical trial of Johnson and Johnson’s Zarnestra sponsored by M.D. Anderson Cancer Center (NCT00050986). The envisioned clinical trial plan involves a dose escalation SAD/multiple ascending dose, or MAD, strategy followed by continued assessments of safety parameters and efficacy using six-month progression free survival as the primary endpoint. We anticipate also monitoring tumor size during this trial using radiology techniques in the interest of acquiring efficacy data more rapidly than the primary endpoint is likely to provide.

 

125


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our Phase 3 clinical trial for OCX-909 is tentatively planned to follow the example of Merck’s CENTRIC trial of Cilengitide (NCT00689221). The CENTRIC trial used overall survival as the approval endpoint leading to a study duration over five years. We intend to continue to work with the oncology community to develop novel validated biomarkers, which could allow for accelerated trials in GBM. We are optimistic that these novel tools may allow for accelerated trials in the GBM space which could speed the transition of OCX-909 to the market. We intend to seek orphan drug designation for OCX-909 in GBM and may also request priority review.

Fibrosis Product Candidate for IPF and HPS:

 

   

OCF-203 anti-Chit1 Small Molecule

Overview of Fibrotic Diseases

An important protective mechanism for tissue regeneration and wound healing is the formation of extracellular matrix, or ECM, a non-cellular portion of a tissue produced and secreted by cells and functions mainly to provide support for tissues.

Fibrosis is a pathologic condition where an excessive accumulation of ECM leads to organ disfunction and failure. Fibrotic diseases constitute a major health problem worldwide and encompass a wide spectrum of clinical entities including systemic fibrotic diseases such as systemic sclerosis, or SSc, scleroderma and nephrogenic systemic fibrosis, as well as numerous organ-specific disorders including pulmonary, cardiac, liver and kidney fibrosis.

The United States government estimates that 45% of deaths in the United States can be attributed to fibrotic disorders. Fibrosis is a factor in various tissue and organ diseases as shown in the figure below.

 

 

LOGO

Figure 4

IPF

IPF is a chronic, progressive, and fibrotic interstitial lung disease of unknown cause, which occurs primarily in older adults. It results in irreversible loss of lung function with high morbidity and mortality rates. Median survival is three-to-five years following diagnosis.

 

126


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

IPF is a rare disease with an estimated prevalence ranging from 10-to-60 per 100,000 in the United States and 1.3 to 32.5 per 100,000 in Europe depending on country, age, and risk factors. There is an estimated prevalence of approximately 160,000 in the United States, with most cases occurring in individuals over the age of 50 years. The United States incidence rate is approximately 55,000 cases per year, and the incidence is rising due to a growing elderly population and increased disease awareness and detection.

In practice, patients are diagnosed and categorized into three categories, as shown below, based on disease severity: mild, moderate, and severe. Their disease may be characterized based on two lung function measures: FVC, or forced vital capacity, and diffusing capacity of the lung for carbon monoxide, or DLCO,

 

 

LOGO

Figure 5

Current therapeutic standard-of-care utilizes Roche’s Esbriet (pirfenidone) or Boehringer’s Ofev (nintedanib). Pirfenidone and nintedanib slow pulmonary function loss with only modest deceleration of disease progression and no reversal, and their severe side effects (e.g., nausea, vomiting, diarrhea) cause many patients to avoid or discontinue these therapies. These drugs are primarily used in the moderate patient segment—both mild and severe patients view the negative side effect profile as outweighing the benefits. Despite the side effects, it is estimated that approximately 58% of patients diagnosed with IPF take one of these therapeutics and, together, they generated global sales of approximately $3.0 billion in 2019. We believe that a therapy with even a modest improvement in side effect profile would likely see more utilization.

HPS

HPS is a rare, inherited genetic disorder which occurs when a child inherits defective genes from both parents. Although HPS is ultra-rare from a worldwide perspective, it has a much higher prevalence in Puerto Rico – where the prevalence is roughly 1 in 1,800 in the northwest region of the island, or an estimated 1,500 patients, accounting for more than 50% of the worldwide HPS population. HPS effects approximately 1 to 2 million individuals worldwide outside of Puerto Rico. The disease onset occurs as early as age 30, and the lifespan of patients with some of the most severe disease subtypes usually does not exceed 40 to 50 years. HPS is diagnosed through a combination of identifying signs of albinism, evaluation of patient blood, and/or genetic testing; however, early diagnosis of PF in HPS patients presents the same challenges as IPF diagnosis.

There is an unmet need for therapeutics to treat HPS-related pulmonary fibrosis, or HPS-PF, patients. There is no approved drug therapy, and no treatment except potential lung transplantation. The only pharmacological option for patients is off-label use of Esbriet, which may slow disease progression but only in patients who retain significant residual lung function. Published clinical studies of Esbriet and Ofev suggest that bleeding is more likely with Ofev, so its use is generally avoided in the HPS patient population.

We believe that OCF-203, if approved, has potential to address the need for a HPS therapeutic due to its novel therapeutic approach. It is also our belief that developing this product candidate for HPS may

 

127


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

allow us to enter the broader fibrotic disease space in an expedited manner by pursuing an ultra-rare disease indication before potentially broadening to adjacent indications.

The Chitinase Biology Behind Our Fibrosis Product Candidate

Previously, we described Dr. Elias’ research on chitinase enzymes and CLP, and his discovery of the key role that a CLP called Chi3l1 plays in cancer. Dr. Elias also discovered that a chitinase called Chit1, also known as chitotriosidase, plays a central role in inflammation and in fibrotic diseases such as IPF and HPS. Chit1 is expressed in an exaggerated manner in IPF where it correlates inversely with Smad 7. Chit1 is also a critical biomarker and therapeutic target in Scleroderma-associated interstitial lung disease. This finding is the basis for our anti-Chit1 small molecule therapeutic product candidate, OCF-203.

OCF-203—Small Molecule Candidate for IPF and HPS

In animal models, Dr. Elias and his colleagues showed that Chit1 is a master regulator of transforming growth factor beta 1, an extensively-published biochemical pathway relevant to inflammation, tissue modeling, and fibrosis, and that it mediated fibrosis response through various mechanisms described below. Animal models of IPF exhibit similar pathology to that of humans, allowing for relevant testing of molecular mechanisms and potential therapeutics in these models. Transgenic laboratory animals developed in the Elias laboratory to over-express Chit1 were shown to be far more susceptible to lung fibrosis than their wild type counterparts, which further demonstrates the role of Chit1 as a factor in IPF.

Using high throughput screening, Dr. Elias identified a small molecule candidate for the OCF-203 program that prevented and reduced inflammation and fibrosis in the bleomycin mouse model of IPF (Fig. 5). Importantly, the molecular mediators of fibrosis, fibronectin, Col1A1, and Col3A1, were also substantially reduced in the IPF model animals that had received the OCF-203 candidate. Results were similar in a mouse model of HPS (Fig. 6), suggesting that the OCF-203 molecule could benefit this patient population as well. The biochemical pathways known to be impacted by Chit1 inhibition imply that there may be benefit of this product candidate for the potential treatment of other fibrotic diseases such as non-alcoholic-steatohepatitis, or NASH, and lysosomal storage disorders.

 

 

LOGO

Figure 6: OCF-203 Lead Candidate Treatment Reduces Observed Markers of Fibrosis in an Animal Model of IPF

 

128


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 

LOGO

Figure 7: OCF-203 Lead Candidate Treatment of the Bleomycin HPS-1 Mouse Model results in Normalized Levels of Fibrotic Markers

No significant toxicity has been observed at therapeutic doses in the animal studies with the OCF-203 lead to date. This candidate molecule has been previously evaluated (by unrelated parties) in Japan in the mid-1960s for potential use as an antibiotic – though approval was never pursued. While the clinical data from these studies is not suitable for current regulatory filings, we believe it does support the safety observations seen in Dr. Elias’ recent animal studies and also provides invaluable information as to the behavior of this molecule and its derivatives that we can potentially use in the design of future clinical development work. Additionally, we believe OCF-203’s safety observations are further supported by past published literature which estimates that 6% of humans do not produce Chit1 and, though they may be more susceptible to infection by chitin-containing parasites, this deficiency may provide greater longevity and reduced age-related disease burden as compared to people who produce Chit1 normally. Taken together, these findings suggest that therapies that focus on inhibiting Chit1 may be well tolerated in patients. This is of import to IPF and HPS given that there are no currently approved drug therapies for HPS, and the currently approved therapies for IPF, pirfenidone and nintedanib, both carry a significant risk of severe side effects, as described previously.

Fibrosis Programs Clinical Development Plan

We have identified opportunities in the structure of OCF-203 that we believe may be able to improve the expected risk/benefit ratio for patients. We intend to embark on a limited structure-activity-relationship, or SAR, study through 2021 to evaluate these opportunities following which we plan to begin IND enabling studies in                      . We plan to submit our IND application to the FDA in                     .

Clinical Development

Clinical development of OCF-203 is expected to initiate with a single Phase 1/2 clinical trial in IPF that we plan will be followed by later stage clinical development for IPF and HPS in parallel. We intend to conduct a Phase 1/2 SAD/MAD trial in patients with IPF that is modeled after the Phase 2 portion of the Galapagos PINTA trial (NCT03725852). Our Phase 1/2 clinical trial is expected to be designed to provide human proof of concept data demonstrating the cessation of fibrosis progression, which would allow for the initiation of Phase 3 clinical trials in both IPF and HPS. The Phase 3 clinical trial of OCF-203 for the prevention of fibrotic progression in IPF will likely be modeled after the Genentech ASCEND trial (NCT01366209), while the Phase 3 clinical trial of OCF-203 for the prevention of fibrotic progression in

 

129


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HPS will likely be modeled after the National Human Genome Research Institute, or NHGRI, trial in HPS patients (NCT00001596). Both the Genentech and NHGRI trials were evaluating pirfenidone. We intend to seek orphan drug designation for OCF-203 in HPS.

Infectious Disease Product Candidates for Malaria

 

   

ODA-570 Vaccine for the Prevention of P. falciparum Infection

 

   

ODA-611 anti-PfGARP mAb for the Treatment of Symptomatic P. falciparum Infection

 

   

ODA-579 anti-PfGARP Small Molecule for the Treatment of Symptomatic P. falciparum Infection

Infectious diseases, caused by infection with viruses, bacteria, fungi or parasites are the primary cause of more than 12.5% of all deaths worldwide. Efforts to reduce this death toll are hampered by drug resistant pathogens and, for many pathogens, a lack of effective vaccines. As detailed below, our infectious disease program is designed to address this significant unmet medical need and will initially focus on malaria, the greatest single agent killer of children worldwide. Please see Malaria Background following Malaria product candidate descriptions.

ODA-570—malaria vaccine

Using the WPDS platform, Dr. Kurtis has identified PfGARP and PfSEA-1 as parasite antigens that are recognized by antibodies in the plasma of children who are relatively resistant—but not in those who are susceptible—to malaria caused by P. falciparum.

PfSEA-1 is a parasite antigen with a mass of 244 kilodaltons, which has no significant similarity to proteins of known function. PfSEA-1 displays minimal sequence variation in the region we cloned (amino acids 810 to 1083) across hundreds of parasite strains. Antibodies made in mice immunized with recombinant PfSEA-1 have been shown to inhibit parasite growth by 58% to 74% across three parasite strains compared with controls (Fig 8). Similarly, purified human antibodies to PfSEA-1 have also been shown to significantly inhibit parasite growth in laboratory studies. In both cases, anti-PfSEA-1 antibodies trapped parasites within the red cell, preventing their egress, and led to parasite death.

 

 

LOGO

Figure 8. Antibodies to PfSEA-1 kill parasites. Polyclonal anti-PfSEA-1 antibodies in mice inhibit parasite growth by 74 % in vitro. Ring stage 3D7 parasites were cultured in the presence of anti-PfSEA-1 mouse sera at 1:10 dilution. Negative controls included no anti-sera and pre-immune mouse sera. Red blood cells (RBC).

In vaccine challenge experiments in mouse models of malaria infection, immunization with a recombinant protein encoding the P. berghei ANKA (a lethal mouse malaria strain) ortholog of PfSEA-1,

 

130


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

or PbSEA-1, or antibodies to PbSEA-1 conferred marked protection against a lethal P. berghei ANKA challenge as evidenced by up to a 75% reduction in parasitemia seven days after challenge. In all five experiments performed, by day seven to eight after challenge, control mice had high parasitemia with associated morbidity, whereas none of the vaccinated mice had high parasitemia or overt morbidity. In experiments with long-term follow-up, both active immunization with rPbSEA-1 and passive transfer of antibodies to PbSEA-1 significantly reduced parasitemia and delayed mortality.

In human observational studies conducted in Tanzania, individuals with naturally acquired antibodies to PfSEA-1 were associated with significant protection from severe malaria, with no cases occurring while children had detectable antibodies to PfSEA-1 (Fig 9). In a second longitudinal Kenyan cohort, anti–PfSEA-1 antibodies were associated with significant protection against parasitemia in adolescents and young adults. Individuals with detectable IgG anti–rPfSEA-1 antibodies had 50% lower parasite densities over 18 weeks of follow-up compared with individuals with no detectable IgG anti-rPfSEA-1A antibodies.

 

 

LOGO

Figure 9. Antibodies to rPfSEA-1A predict reduced malaria severity and parasitemia. Incidence of severe malaria and death in Tanzanian children aged one and a half to three and a half years during intervals with detectable and undetectable antibodies to PfSEA-1 (1688 and 23,806 weeks, respectively). No cases of severe malaria or death occurred during intervals with detectable antibodies to rPfSEA-1A. Error bars represent 95% CI.

Based on these data, we hypothesize that vaccination of humans with PfSEA-1 could generate antibodies that trap parasites within a red cell and lead to parasite death.

PfGARP is a parasite antigen with a mass of 80 kilodaltons that is expressed on the external surface of erythrocytes (red blood cells) infected by early-to-late-trophozoite-stage parasites.

 

131


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Antibodies against PfGARP kill trophozoite-infected erythrocytes in culture by inducing programmed cell death in the parasites (see Fig 10). Vaccinating non-human primates with PfGARP has been shown to protect against a challenge with P. falciparum (see Fig 11). Furthermore, longitudinal cohort studies have shown that, compared to individuals who had naturally occurring anti-PfGARP antibodies, Tanzanian children without anti-PfGARP antibodies had a 2.5-fold-higher risk of severe malaria, and Kenyan adolescents and adults without these antibodies had a 2-fold-higher parasite density.

 

 

LOGO

Figure 10. Antibodies to PfGARP kill parasites. Polyclonal anti-PfGARP antibodies generated by DNA vaccination in mice (a) inhibit parasite growth by 94-99% in 3 parasite strains in vitro. Ring stage 3D7, Dd2, and D10 strain parasites (representative strains from Africa, Asia, and Papua New Guinea) were cultured in the presence of anti-PfGARP mouse sera at 1:10 dilution. Negative controls included no anti-sera and pre-immune mouse sera.

 

132


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 

LOGO

Figure 11. Vaccination with PfGARP-A protects monkeys from challenge with P. falciparum. A) Animals were vaccinated with PfGARP-A mRNA-LNP (n=5 monkeys) poly(C) RNA-LNP (negative control, n=4 monkeys) and challenged IV with 104 P. falciparum FVO strain infected RBC. Parasitemia was followed daily. Points represent means, error bars represent SEM.) B) Animals were vaccinated with rPfGARP-A protein (n=5 monkeys) or control (n=4 monkeys) and challenged IV with 104 P. falciparum FVO strain infected RBC. Parasitemia was followed daily. Points represent means, error bars represent SEM. * indicates P < 0.05. ** indicates P < 0.01 in two-sided t-Tests.

We hypothesize that killing of trophozoite-infected erythrocytes by targeting PfGARP will kill P. falciparum malaria parasites before they cause disease. We also hypothesize that a vaccine targeting PfGARP could synergize with vaccine antigens, like PfSEA-1, that target parasite egress from erythrocytes.

Importantly, PfGARP and PfSEA-1 are novel targets with no homology, or similarity, to any human proteins and when these genes have been sequenced in thousands of parasite strains, they have minimal sequence variation in the region that is contained in our vaccine formulations. Based on these data, we believe that vaccination with PfGARP and/or PfSEA-1 is unlikely to generate immunologic toxicity in humans and further suggest that the parasite will likely not be able to mutate to escape the killing effect of the vaccine induced antibodies.

It is important to note that, unlike the target of the RTS,S vaccine (circumsporozoite protein), PfSEA-1 and PfGARP antigens are expressed in the host for 8 to 24 hours which allows sufficient time for them to be targeted by vaccine induced antibodies. This is in stark contrast to the circumsporozoite protein, which is only expressed during the sporozoite stage of the P. falciparum lifecycle and thus only available for intervention during the first five minutes of infection. Furthermore, P. falciparum disease progression is dependent upon repeated rounds of schizont formation, merozoite egress, and infection of new erythrocytes (see lifecycle description above), and each time the cycle repeats the parasite again becomes vulnerable to anti-PfSEA-1 or anti-PfGARP antibodies. In contrast, parasites that escape the small window of intervention induced by the RTS,S vaccine are not prevented from further growth and replication. The subsequent unimpeded progression through the parasite lifecycle is likely a primary contributor to the relatively low immunization success rate seen with RTS,S.

We are currently evaluating whether a vaccine targeting PfSEA-1, PfGARP or a combination of the two antigens would present the best opportunity to protect patients from P. falciparum infection.

 

133


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ODA-611—Anti-PfGARP mAbs

We produced a series of mAbs in mice that were immunized with laboratory generated recombinant PfGARP. Of the 16 mAbs that reacted with PfGARP in an enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay, or ELISA, only one mAb killed parasites in culture (see Fig 12). We sequenced and expressed the heavy-chain and light-chain variable regions (the genes that encode the mAb), and the resulting recombinant mAb had a dissociation constant, or Kd, of 2.9 nM, (indicating strong binding of the monoclonal to its target PfGARP) and killed parasites in culture. A monovalent antigen-binding fragment, or Fab, of this antibody also killed parasites in culture. These data confirmed that anti-PfGARP-mediated killing occurs in the absence of complement, cellular effector functions, or antigen cross-linking. We expect that a humanized version of this antibody will form the basis for our ODA-611 program.

 

 

LOGO

Figure 12. Monoclonal anti-PfGARP kill parasites. Anti-PfGARP mAb kills parasites. Ring stage 3D7 parasites were cultured in the presence of media alone, normal mouse IgG (1 mg/ml) or anti-PfGARP mAbs (mAb 7857 or mAb 7899, at 1 mg/ml).

ODA-579—small molecule targeting PfGARP

Our belief that PfGARP is a high value druggable target for anti-malarial drug development is based on PfGARP’s surface expression on infected RBCs, the absence of any significant amino acid homology with human host proteins, and the ability of antibody binding to PfGARP to kill parasites in vitro within 12-24 hours by activating parasite programed cell suicide.

To develop a drug based on PfGARP binding, Dr. Kurtis screened a small molecule library to identify compounds that inhibit the binding of anti-PfGARP antibody to PfGARP protein. Dr. Kurtis reasoned that compounds which bind to the same region of PfGARP that is targeted by the parasite-lethal anti-PfGARP antibodies would be enriched for effective anti-malarials. Dr. Kurtis screened 6,400 compounds using an assay that detects inhibition of binding of anti-PfGARP antibodies to immobilized PfGARP protein. Dr. Kurtis identified one compound as having anti-parasite activity.

Dr. Kurtis then conducted a limited Structure Activity Relationship, or SAR, campaign, evaluating 33 additional compounds with similarity to the structure of the first compound identified. Dr. Kurtis identified one compound with enhanced parasite killing activity compared to the original compound. This

 

134


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

molecule has an IC50 (concentration of drug that results in half of the maximal killing effect) of between 1 and 4.8 uM in wild type parasites (3D7 strain) and no activity in a parasite strain that has had the PfGARP gene deleted (3D7 PfGARP KO) (see Fig 13). This result demonstrates both the specificity of drug activity for PfGARP, as well as the lack of general toxicity to eukaryotic cells. Toxicity assessments show no loss of viability in multiple mammalian cell lines at up to 400 uM, which was the highest concentration tested. These data are consistent with a selectivity index (ratio of IC50 for mammalian cells/IC50 for parasites) greater than 100.

 

 

LOGO

 

 

LOGO

Figure 13. Molecule kills P. falciparum parasites. 3D7 (top) or 3D7 PfGARP KO (bottom) parasites were synchronized to the ring stage and incubated with a dilution series of compounds or media control for 48 hours followed by quantification of parasitemia by pLDH assay. Each dilution was evaluated in quadruplicate and error bars represent SD. The IC50 = 4.8 uM for killing of 3D7 parasites. Results representative of two independent experiments.

Our Whole Proteome Differential Screening Platform for Antigen Discovery

Our infectious disease product candidates are the result of decades of NIH-funded work by our co-founder, Dr. Kurtis and his team. Dr. Kurtis developed the WPDS platform and used this platform to identify our two vaccine candidate antigens for malaria: Plasmodium falciparum Schizont Egress Antigen-1, or PfSEA-1, and Plasmodium falciparum Glutamic Acid Rich Protein, or PfGARP. The WPDS platform was first described by Dr. Kurtis in 2005, and later used to identify PfSEA-1 (published in Science, the peer-reviewed academic journal of the American Association for the Advancement of Science and one of the world’s top academic journals) in 2014. Dr. Kurtis has since perfected the WPDS platform to discover PfGARP as described in his Nature (the world’s leading multidisciplinary science journal), 2020 publication.

The WPDS platform differs markedly from standard vaccine discovery approaches, which rely on the identification of immunodominant antigens (protein targets that generate large quantities of antibody) recognized by antibodies in animal models of human pathogens. Unfortunately, these animal models are often poor models of the complex human host-pathogen relationship and the immunodominant antigens are often decoys deployed by the pathogen to evade protective immune responses. Identifying the critical antigens that are the targets of protective antibodies on the pathogen is further complicated by the fact

 

135


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

that susceptible humans make essentially the same antibody repertoire (i.e., recognize the same pathogen antigens) as resistant humans, thus masking the identity of the key, protective targets.

Dr. Kurtis designed the WPDS platform to specifically identify pathogen antigens that are only recognized by antibodies expressed by resistant, but not by susceptible, humans. The successful implementation of the WPDS platform requires blood samples from well characterized longitudinal cohort studies of individuals exposed to the pathogen, high quality gene libraries from the pathogen, and one-to-three months of experimental effort.

The WPDS platform identifies the pathogen antigens that are recognized by antibodies made by resistant individuals and then, importantly, removes, or excludes as vaccine targets, any antigens that are also recognized by susceptible individuals. This removal phase is essential as any antigen that is recognized by antibodies made by susceptible individuals cannot possibly be involved in providing protection.

We believe that the WPDS platform may be applicable to any human pathogen for which a subset of humans develops antibody-mediated resistance to infection/reinfection while a subset of humans remains susceptible. We believe that the platform may also enable us to identify targets against other infectious diseases.

The WPDS platform led to the discovery of novel targets against malaria, which are the basis for our anti-PfGARP therapeutics programs (ODA-611 and ODA-579) and for our vaccine program targeting PfGARP and PfSEA-1 (ODA-570).

Malaria Background: Epidemiology and Lifecycle

Plasmodium falciparum malaria is a leading cause of morbidity and mortality in developing countries, infecting 200-300 million individuals and killing nearly 500,000 children in sub-Saharan Africa each year. Nearly half of the world’s population, consisting of more than three billion individuals, is at risk of malaria infection. Recent estimates indicate that even these staggering figures significantly underestimate the actual disease burden. In addition, people from the United States and Europe (including military personnel) who travel to malaria endemic regions are also at risk of contracting malaria.

 

136


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Human malaria is caused by infection with one of five species of protozoan parasite of the genus Plasmodium. Infection with just one of these species, P. falciparum, accounts for more than 95% of all malaria-related deaths. Plasmodium parasites have a complex lifecycle (Fig. 14), which begins when humans become infected following the bite of an infected anopheline mosquito. During blood feeding, an infected female mosquito (only female mosquitos feed on blood, which is necessary for egg laying) injects a parasite stage called a sporozoite into the human blood stream. These sporozoites leave the blood stream and rapidly (within 5 minutes) infect liver cells. Within the liver cells, the sporozoites multiply asexually with each sporozoite giving rise to up to 10,000 merozoites. These merozoites rupture out of the liver cell and each merozoite rapidly infects (within 140 microseconds) an individual red blood cell. Within the red blood cell, the merozoite undergoes an approximately 48-hour developmental cycle. Each merozoite sequentially develops into a ring stage parasite, a trophozoite stage parasite, a schizont stage parasite and then the schizont stage parasite segments into approximately 20 daughter merozoites, which rupture from the red blood cell. Each of these twenty daughter merozoites infect new red blood cells. This blood stage infection expands exponentially until the red blood cell loss become sufficient to cause disease. In addition, the trophozoite- and schizont-stage infected red blood cells become very sticky, leading to clogged blood vessels and tissue damage to the infected human. Ultimately, some of the parasites differentiate into sexual stages, which are referred to as gametocytes, which can be taken up by a mosquito during a blood meal. Within the mosquito, these gametocytes develop into sporozoites, which can be injected into a new host when the mosquito takes her next bloodmeal.

 

 

LOGO

Figure 14. Lifecycle of Plasmodium falciparum (source: Clinical Microbiology Reviews, Apr. 2011, p. 379)

Limitations of Current Malaria Control Efforts

There are currently three approaches to control malaria, including insecticides to kill mosquitoes, bed nets to limit human-mosquito contact, and anti-malarial drugs used to treat infected individuals. While

 

137


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

these interventions have some impact, each has significant limitations. Insecticides are expensive, difficult to apply, and harmful to the environment. More concerning is the emergence of widespread resistance of mosquitos to the insecticides which has led to the search for ever more lethal, and ecologically damaging, insecticides. Nevertheless, application of insecticides remains an important component of many national malaria control programs.

Bed nets have seen widespread distribution over the past 15 years based on data demonstrating that sleeping under an insecticide-impregnated bed net results in a low, but still significant, 16% reduction in child mortality. Bed nets suffer from issues of cost, maintenance (they must be repaired and re-dipped in insecticide), and compliance.

Given the low efficacy of bed nets and insecticides, the cornerstone of malaria control programs remains the treatment of symptomatic cases with anti-malarial drugs. Unfortunately, malaria parasites are particularly good at developing resistance to anti-malarial drugs and have done so for every anti-malarial drug ever developed. Currently, the most effective antimalarial drug is artemisinin and its derivatives. The recent development of artemisinin resistance in south east Asia, coupled with its detection in sub-Saharan Africa, threatens to reverse the reductions in malaria-attributed mortality seen in the past decade. Given the socio-ecological context of malaria, delayed access to drug treatment, with its consequent increased mortality, remains a major challenge to control programs.

The world continues to experience a high burden of malaria and we believe this calls for the development of new drugs and vaccines.

Current Landscape of Malaria Vaccines

A broadly effective malaria vaccine represents the holy-grail of malaria control efforts and has been pursued by scientists for decades without success. The most advanced malaria vaccine candidate, RTS,S, has publicly reported relatively low efficacy (17% and 32% protection from severe malaria in infants and young children, respectively). More concerning, RTS,S reports two significant safety signals: a ten-fold increased risk of bacterial meningitis and two-fold increased risk of mortality in girls. These safety signals have resulted in a decision by the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, under recommendation by the World Health Organization, or WHO, to limit release of the RTS,S vaccine to a pilot introduction in three African countries (Kenya, Malawi, and Ghana) with detailed follow-up of safety outcomes that would then be used to decide whether to proceed with broad release.

The RTS,S vaccine seeks to generate antibodies that prevent the sporozoite from entering the liver cell, a process that takes less than five minutes. The high antibody levels necessary to block this rapid event are very difficult to achieve and even harder to maintain. Parasites which escape the RTS,S antibodies and invade a liver cell will give rise to a full-blown malaria infection as the vaccine has no impact on the red blood cell stages of the malaria life cycle. These fundamental properties of the RTS,S vaccine result in the vaccine’s poor efficacy and create a significant unmet medical need that our vaccine will endeavor to address.

Indications and Addressable Market for Malaria Programs

The target indication for our malaria vaccine ODA-570, is malaria in all at risk populations. This includes individuals living in malaria-endemic areas, as well as travelers to these areas. Based on the epidemiology, the addressable market for a malaria vaccine is more than three billion individuals.

Based on the immunology of malaria, we expect that the initial course of vaccination would entail three doses over a three-month period, with subsequent booster doses required every one-to-two years. In the developing world, we expect that our vaccine, if approved for marketing, will likely be included in the WHO-expanded program in immunization, or EPI, which currently achieves greater than 85% coverage for eligible children worldwide.

 

138


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We believe that our malaria antibody, ODA-611, may have both therapeutic and prophylactic applications. The target indication for ODA-611 is the prevention of malaria in short-term travelers to malaria endemic areas, including tourists, government employees and military personnel.

We expect the target indication for our malaria drug, ODA-579, to be the treatment of mild to moderately severe malaria infection. There are 200-300 million malaria infections per year. We estimate the addressable market for our anti-malarial drug to be more than 200 million persons per year.

In addition to this prophylactic indication, we believe that our anti-PfGARP antibody could have therapeutic use in individuals with severe malaria, who are typically unable to take oral medicines. While data on the incidence of severe malaria is difficult to obtain, more than 500,000 people die each year due to malaria, each of which, by definition, represented a severe malaria case. Thus we believe this represents a reasonable estimate of the addressable worldwide market for our anti-PfGARP antibody as a therapeutic for severe malaria.

Infectious Disease Programs Clinical Development Plan

The ODA-570 Plasmodium falciparum vaccine is completing optimization efforts and, when completed, we plan to begin IND-enabling studies with an expected IND filing date in the second half of 2022. Clinical development will likely be modeled after the GlaxoSmithKline, or GSK, trials of their RTS, S vaccine (Mosquirix). We plan to conduct the Phase 1 clinical trial in two stages in a population of healthy volunteer adults, with the Phase 1a goal being to establish the safety of ODA-570 and Phase 1b goals to demonstrate the generation of antibodies following a ODA-570 administration and to find a preferred dosing regimen for the vaccine. The Phase 1a/b design is intended to allow for cost-effective and rapid assessment of ODA-570 on a preliminary basis. We anticipate that our Phase 2 clinical trial would proceed with the GSK RTS, S model (NCT00197041), comparing the efficacy of ODA-570 to standard of care. We expect that our Phase 3 clinical trial of ODA-570 will likely have a similar design to the Phase 2 clinical trial, although in a greater geographic area and with a participation of more volunteers, such as was done by GSK in the development of their RTS, S vaccine (NCT00866619). We expect the ODA-570 program to qualify for priority NDA review based on the neglected tropical diseases qualification and, if approved, may be eligible for a tropical disease priority review voucher.

The ODA-611 and ODA-579 Plasmodium falciparum therapeutic product candidates are also in the optimization stage, with ODA-611 anticipated to begin IND-enabling studies (including antibody humanization) in the second half of 2021. The chemical structure of ODA-579 allows for the possibility of further refinement, so we plan for limited SAR work to be conducted prior to the initiation of IND-enabling studies. However, we believe that the relatively short manufacturing development period for small molecules, such as ODA-579, should allow for IND applications for both ODA-579 and ODA-611 in the second half of 2022. It is our intention that the ODA-611 and ODA-579 Plasmodium falciparum therapeutic product candidates will initially follow the clinical development example of Takeda and AbbVie’s DSM265 (ACTRN12613000522718 and ACTRN12613000527763). The Phase 1a portion of the trial of ODA-611 will likely be a single-ascending dose, or SAD, trial based on the expected long half-life of this antibody, that is aimed at evaluating safety and pharmacokinetics. The Phase 1a portion of ODA-579 will likely begin with a SAD study, and an additional MAD may be added depending on the pharmacokinetics observed. Both drugs are expected to proceed into a Phase 1b trial that will likely consist of a small number of volunteers testing the efficacy of the product candidates following a challenge with P. falciparum. This design is intended to allow us to observe any early signs of efficacy on a preliminary basis that could help guide future development and further refine the dosing strategy. The Phase 2 clinical trials of ODA-611 and ODA-579 are modeled after that of Novartis’ KAE607 (NCT03334747). This trial design allows for assessment of the impact of different dose levels and treatment regimens of the molecules in the treatment of P. falciparum infected patients in a region where malaria is endemic. The registration trials of ODA-611 and ODA-579 are aimed at assessing the safety and efficacy of these treatments in combination with standard of care and are modeled after the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases’, or NIAID, past work exploring combinations with chloroquine (NCT00379821). While the NIAID’s

 

139


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

chloroquine trial was primarily focused on children, we anticipate recruiting both adults and children because we believe this may maximize the treatable population should our therapeutic candidate receive regulatory approval.

Anti-inflammatory Product Candidates for COVID-19

 

   

OPS-172 Angiotensin 1-7

Inflammation is a process by which the body’s immune system starts the healing process; however, too much of a good thing can be painful, damaging, and even deadly. Inflammation is a natural biological response to irritation or injury that promotes healing and repair, but inappropriately triggered or incompletely controlled inflammatory responses are a major cause of disease, impaired quality of life, and morbidity. Such responses are central to a number of human diseases, including atherosclerosis, inflammatory bowel disease, asthma, rheumatoid arthritis and now, it seems, COVID-19.

For decades, doctors relied on steroids to suppress immune response. Although steroids are an important option, they come with many potentially harmful side effects. As science has evolved beyond broad immunosuppression and into more selective agents, we expect that there are opportunities to transform the management of inflammatory diseases with new classes of therapies.

Overview

Our first indication in the anti-inflammatory therapeutic area is focused on addressing the inflammation seen in COVID-19, which is caused by the SARS-CoV-2 virus. COVID-19 has affected over 68 million people worldwide and over 15 million people in the United States as of November 2020, has caused substantial increases in hospitalizations and intensive care unit, or ICU, admissions, and is responsible for over 1.5 million deaths worldwide and about 285,000 deaths in the United States. While the majority of patients with COVID-19 have mild to moderate symptoms, approximately 6% of patients in the United States who are hospitalized die of the disease.

Although there are several COVID-19 vaccines emerging that have demonstrated a high level of effectiveness, three of which have been authorized by the FDA, and several of which could be authorized or approved by the FDA in the near future, the general public in the United States will probably not be vaccinated until mid-late 2021. Even then, many uncertainties remain including the duration of protection afforded by the vaccine, the percentage vaccination that will be achieved (given the need for multiple vaccine doses) and the rate of mutation of the virus. Therefore, we believe it is likely that there will remain a need for effective therapeutics to address the impacts of the virus on the immune system.

In response to an infection caused by a virus, such as SARS-CoV-2, the immune system will normally react with an immediate inflammatory response to limit the infection and help to develop a long-lasting, protective immunity against the virus within 7-10 days following infection. However, if the inflammation is not modulated or resolved after serving its purpose, it turns into hyperinflammation or becomes chronic and results in the inhibition of adaptive immune responses, tissue damage or organ failure, as evidenced in many cases of the novel SARS-CoV-2 coronavirus.

Viral loads are similar in symptomatic and asymptomatic COVID-19 patients, so it appears that a dysregulated immune response is likely the primary cause of death as opposed to viral load. The most serious consequences of COVID-19 are sepsis-like cytokine storm (a severe overreaction of the immune system), blood clots, and respiratory or cardiovascular complications. Therefore, we hypothesize that successfully modulating inflammation could be a promising approach for the management of COVID-19.

Kevin Grimes, M.D., at Stanford has an active IND application with the FDA to initiate a Phase 1/2 clinical trial for the immune modulator Ang1-7 (OPS-172) to reduce the morbidity and mortality associated with COVID-19 (NCT04570501). We licensed (and further sublicensed to our wholly-owned subsidiary Ocean Promise, Inc.) the rights to use Ang1-7 for the treatment of COVID-19 patients, which we intend to develop in this indication upon completion of Stanford’s initial proof of concept trials, if successful.

 

140


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Dr. Grimes has developed the rationale for treating COVID-19 patients with Ang1-7 based on published literature. SARS-CoV-2 enters cells via an interaction of its spike protein and the cell surface receptor, angiotensin converting enzyme 2, or ACE2. ACE2 is naturally present in multiple tissues and has high levels in the lungs, heart, endothelium, intestine, and kidneys. Not unexpectedly, the chief causes of mortality in COVID-19 are acute respiratory distress syndrome, or ARDS, and heart failure, each resulting from inflammation and dysfunction of the lungs and heart, respectively. Our approach targeting this inflammatory pathway is to increase Ang 1-7 directly.

SARS-CoV, which was responsible for the SARS outbreak in 2003, has been shown to decrease ACE2 expression after infection. Upon binding of SARS-CoV to ACE2, the protein’s ectodomain (the part that extends into the space outside a cell) is cleaved and shed. The resulting reduction in ACE2 levels and activity eliminates the protein’s protective functions. Because of the sequence similarity between the spike proteins of SARS-CoV and SARS-CoV-2, we hypothesize that SARS-CoV-2 would also reduce ACE2 levels and activity.

Angiotensin II, a substrate of ACE2, has pro-inflammatory effects and causes vasoconstriction. ACE2 converts angiotensin II into Ang 1-7, which has anti-inflammatory effects and causes mild vasodilation. Ang 1-7 has been shown to bind the Mas receptor on macrophages, causing an anti-inflammatory response. There have been several previous clinical studies, including in breast cancer, with Ang 1-7 that have demonstrated it to be well tolerated by humans.

Planned Development and Upcoming Milestones

Stanford’s Phase 1/2 clinical trials to evaluate Ang 1-7 therapy for the amelioration of symptoms due to COVID-19 are expected to enroll 160 patients in each of the randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled studies using time to recovery up to 29 days as the primary endpoint. Enrollment for the Ang 1-7 trials is expected to begin in the second half of 2021. Although the ever-evolving landscape of the COVID-19 crisis prevents precise determination of the study duration, Stanford estimates both studies will be completed                     . We plan to develop the product candidates following proof-of-concept determination in the Stanford study.

Intellectual Property

We seek to protect the intellectual property (IP) and proprietary technology that we consider important to our business, including by pursuing patent applications that cover our product candidates and methods of using the same, as well as any other relevant inventions and improvements that are considered commercially important to the development of our business. We likewise seek to protect the IP to which we obtain rights through direct and indirect licenses (e.g., from universities and research institutions) and work collaboratively with our licensors to ensure (and if possible be the driver of) patent prosecution and protection. We also rely on trade secrets, know-how and continuing technological innovation to develop and maintain our proprietary and IP positions. Our commercial success depends, in part, on our ability to obtain, maintain, enforce and protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights for the technology, inventions and improvements we consider important to our business, and to defend any patents we may own or in-license in the future, prevent others from infringing any patents we may own or in-license in the future, preserve the confidentiality of our trade secrets, and operate without infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating the valid and enforceable patents and proprietary rights of third parties.

As with other biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies, our ability to maintain and solidify our proprietary and intellectual property position(s) for our product candidates and technologies will depend on our success in obtaining effective patent claims and enforcing those claims if granted. However, our pending provisional and patent cooperation treaty, or PCT, patent applications, and any patent applications that we may in the future file or license from third parties, may not result in the issuance of patents and any issued patents we may obtain do not guarantee us the right to practice our technology in

 

141


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

relation to the commercialization of our products. We also cannot predict the breadth of claims that may be allowed or enforced in any patents we may own or in-license in the future.

Any issued patents that we may own or in-license in the future may be challenged, invalidated, circumvented or have the scope of their claims narrowed. For example, we cannot be certain of the priority of inventions covered by pending third-party patent applications. If third parties prepare and file patent applications in the United States that also claim technology or therapeutics to which we have rights, we may have to participate in interference proceedings in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, to determine priority of invention, which could result in substantial costs to us, even if the eventual outcome is favorable to us, which is highly unpredictable. In addition, because of the extensive time required for clinical development and regulatory review of a product candidate we may develop, it is possible that, before any of our product candidates can be commercialized, any related patent may expire or remain in force for only a short period following commercialization, thereby limiting the protection such patent would afford the respective product and any competitive advantage such patent may provide.

The term of individual patents depends upon the date of filing of the patent application, the date of patent issuance and the legal term of patents in the countries in which they are obtained. In most countries, including the United States, the patent term is 20 years from the earliest filing date of a non-provisional patent application. In the United States, a patent’s term may be lengthened by patent term adjustment, which compensates a patentee for administrative delays by the USPTO in examining and granting a patent, or may be shortened if a patent is terminally disclaimed over an earlier expiring patent.

The term of a patent claiming a new drug product may also be eligible for a limited patent term extension when FDA approval is granted, provided statutory and regulatory requirements are met. The restoration period granted on a patent covering a product is typically one-half the time between the effective date of a clinical investigation involving human beings is begun and the submission date of an application, plus the time between the submission date of an application and the ultimate approval date. The restoration period cannot be longer than five years and the total patent term, including the restoration period, must not exceed 14 years following FDA approval. Only one patent applicable to an approved product is eligible for the extension, and only those claims covering the approved product, a method for using it, or a method for manufacturing it may be extended. Additionally, the application for the extension must be submitted prior to the expiration of the patent in question. A patent that covers multiple products for which approval is sought can only be extended in connection with one of the approvals. The United States Patent and Trademark Office reviews and approves the application for any patent term extension or restoration in consultation with the FDA. In the future, if our product candidates receive approval by the FDA, we expect to apply for patent term extensions on any issued patents covering those products, depending upon the length of the clinical studies for each product and other factors.

There can be no assurance that our pending provisional or PCT patent applications will issue or that we will benefit from any patent term extension or favorable adjustments to the terms of any patents we may own or in-license in the future. In addition, the actual protection afforded by a patent varies on a product-by-product basis, from country-to-country, and depends upon many factors, including the type of patent, the scope of its coverage, the availability of regulatory-related extensions, the availability of legal remedies in a particular country and the validity and enforceability of the patent. Patent term may be inadequate to protect our competitive position on our products for an adequate amount of time.

As of June 1, 2021, we exclusively license 8 issued patents and 19 pending patent applications. The issued patents and pending patent applications have nominal expiration dates ranging from 2032 to 2041, without accounting for any available patent term adjustments or extensions. We have further exclusively sublicensed our rights and obligations under our licenses with Elkurt, Inc. to three subsidiaries that house the applicable program: Ocean Chitorx, Inc. (for oncology), Ocean Sihoma, Inc. (for malaria) and Ocean Chitofibrorx, Inc. (for fibrosis). We have directly licensed from Stanford our Covid program into our subsidiary Ocean Promise, Inc., and in the future plan potentially to create a subsidiary for our license with Teton to house our neurofibromatosis type 1 and 2 and schwannomatosis program.

 

142


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

These issued patents and patent applications include:

 

   

With respect to OCX-253, OCX-410, and OCX-909, our Ocean Chitorx, Inc. subsidiary obtained an exclusive sublicense from Elkurt, Inc., or Elkurt, under Elkurt’s exclusive license from Brown University. Specifically, the Elkurt license includes three issued U.S. methods and compositions utility patents and five pending utility patent applications including applications in the United States, Canada, Europe, and the Patent Cooperation Treaty, or PCT. The issued patents have expected expiration dates in 2038, without accounting for any available patent term adjustments or extensions. Elkurt is a company formed by our scientific co-founders Jack A. Elias, M.D., former Dean of Medicine and current Special Advisor for Health Affairs to Brown University, and Jonathan Kurtis, M.D., Ph.D., Chair of the Department of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine at Brown. For more information regarding this license agreement, see the section titled “Business – Licensing Agreements.”

 

   

With respect to OCF-203, our Ocean Chitofibrorx, Inc. subsidiary obtained an exclusive sublicense from Elkurt under Elkurt’s exclusive license from Brown University. Specifically, this Elkurt license includes one pending utility patent application including applications in the United States, Canada, and Europe. For more information regarding this license agreement, see the section titled “Business – Licensing Agreements.”

 

   

With respect to ODA-570, our Ocean Sihoma, Inc. subsidiary obtained an exclusive sublicense from Elkurt under Elkurt’s exclusive license from Rhode Island Hospital. Specifically, this Elkurt license includes seven issued patents including four U.S. patents, one South African patent, one African Regional Intellectual Property Organization, or ARIPO, patent; one Indian patent; and six pending utility patent applications including applications in the United States, Brazil, Europe, India, AIRPO, and Thailand. The issued patents have expected expiration dates in 2032, without accounting for any available patent term adjustments or extensions. For more information regarding this license agreement, see the section titled “Business—Licensing Agreements.”

 

   

With respect to ODA-611 and ODA-579, our Ocean Sihoma, Inc. subsidiary also obtained an exclusive sublicense Elkurt under Elkurt’s exclusive license from Rhode Island Hospital. Specifically, this Elkurt license includes two pending utility patent applications in the United States and PCT. For more information regarding this license agreement, see the section titled “Business – Licensing Agreements.”

 

   

With respect to OPS-172, we acquired a nonexclusive license from Stanford University, which is now nonexclusively licensed to Ocean Promise, Inc. Specifically, this license includes two provisional U.S. utility patent applications. We are not aware of any other licensee for this program. As a result of the license’s nonexclusive status, we may face competitors who might enter into similar nonexclusive licensing agreements with Stanford. For more information regarding this license agreement, see the section titled “Business—Licensing Agreements.”

Licensing Agreements

Exclusive License Agreement with Elkurt for (FRG) Antibody

On July 31, 2020, we entered into an exclusive license agreement, or the FRG License Agreement, with Elkurt, Inc., or Elkurt, for OCX-253. We further sub-licensed this program to our Ocean Chitorx, Inc. subsidiary on February 25, 2021. We amended the FRG License Agreement on March 21, 2021. Pursuant to the FRG License Agreement, we obtained from Elkurt an exclusive, royalty-bearing license under certain patent rights, or the FRG Patents, and a nonexclusive, royalty-bearing license under certain data, expression and purification methods, information and other know-how, or the FRG Know-How, relating to anti-Chi311 antibodies, or FRG Antibodies. Under such licenses that we obtained from Elkurt, or the FRG Licenses, we have the right to make, have made, market, offer for sale, use and sell in all fields of use on a worldwide basis any products or services that are either covered by the FRG Patents or incorporates or otherwise utilizes any FRG Know-How, or any materials that are sold in conjunction with any such

 

143


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

products or services, in each such case an FRG Product. On January 29, 2020, Elkurt obtained from Brown University, or Brown, the licenses, with the rights to sublicense, under the FRG Patents and the FRG Know-How, to grant us the FRG Licenses as described above, or the Upstream Brown FRG License. Brown and Elkurt, on behalf of Brown, retained the rights to practice the intellectual property rights sublicensed to us for academic research, educational and scholarly purposes, and to publish resulting scientific findings. Elkurt is a company formed by our scientific co-founders Jack A. Elias, M.D., former Dean of Medicine and current Special Advisor for Health Affairs to Brown University, and Jonathan Kurtis, M.D., Ph.D., Chair of the Department of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine at Brown.

The FRG License Agreement requires us to achieve future development milestones by certain dates. Recognizing the unpredictability of clinical development, the agreement allows us to request amendments and/or extensions to these milestones by providing Elkurt with a reasonable explanation for such requests along with plans for achieving the extended and/or amended milestones. Although Elkurt is obliged to reasonably extend or amend those milestones, it may terminate the agreement for failure to achieve development milestones after giving us reasonable opportunity to cure. The FRG License Agreement sets forth the following future development milestones: the filing of an IND within one year after commencing IND-enabling studies; completion of a Phase 1 clinical trial within one year following the filing of an IND; completion of a Phase 2 clinical trial within approximately four years following completion of a Phase 1 clinical trial; and completion of a Phase 3 clinical trial within three and a half years following completion of a Phase 2 clinical trial. Elkurt may also terminate the agreement if we do not complete a $10 million equity financing by October 1, 2021.

In consideration for the rights conveyed by Elkurt under the FRG License Agreement, we are obligated to pay to Elkurt a non-refundable, annual license maintenance fee. For the first year of the term, we are obligated to pay Elkurt a license maintenance fee of $60,000, if paid by June 15, 2021, or $67,000, if paid after June 15, 2021, upon our completion of $10 million equity financing. Thereafter, we are obligated to pay Elkurt an annual license maintenance fee of (a) $3,000 on each anniversary of the effective date of the FRG License Agreement until January 1, 2028, and (b) thereafter, an annual license maintenance fee of $4,000. We are also obligated to pay to Elkurt low, single-digit royalties, on net sales of any FRG Products that are commercialized by us or our sublicensees. If we grant any sublicenses under the FRG Licenses, we are obligated to pay to Elkurt an initial sublicense fee that is either between 5% and 15% or between 20% and 30% depending, respectively, on whether we execute the sublicense after or before the first commercial sale of an FRG Product. We are also required to pay certain milestone payments on an FRG Product-by-FRG Product basis upon the achievement of specified clinical and regulatory milestones, totaling up to $700,000 for each FRG Product. To the extent net sales or non-royalty sublicense income are generated from any FRG Products that are commercialized by us or our sublicensees that incorporates or otherwise utilizes the FRG Know-How but is not covered by any FRG Patents, we may reduce the applicable royalty rates and non-royalty income rates by half. These payment amounts are identical to the amounts owed by Elkurt to Brown under the Upstream Brown FRG License Agreement, except that Elkurt is not obligated to pay any annual maintenance fee amounts to Brown.

Under the FRG License Agreement, Brown retains control of the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of the FRG Patents. We are responsible for reimbursing Elkurt for all documented, out-of-pocket expenses incurred in performing such patent-related activities during the term of the FRG License Agreement. We are also obligated to reimburse Elkurt for all documented, out-of-pocket expenses incurred prior to the effective date of the FRG License Agreement with respect to the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of the FRG Patents.

Unless earlier terminated, the FRG License Agreement, including the royalty bearing license, will terminate in its entirety upon the later of (a) the expiration of the last to expire valid claim of the FRG Patents covering any FRG Product, or (b) ten years. We may terminate the FRG License Agreement in its entirety at any time for convenience. Either party may terminate the FRG License Agreement in its entirety for the other party’s uncured material breach after an opportunity for the other party to cure such material breach. Elkurt may terminate the FRG License Agreement in its entirety immediately

 

144


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

upon notice for failure by us to meet certain milestones or the failure to achieve a certain amount of financing. Elkurt may also terminate the FRG License Agreement for our insolvency. If the FRG License Agreement is terminated by either party for any reason, the FRG Licenses will terminate and all rights thereunder will revert to Elkurt.

Exclusive License Agreement with Elkurt for Bi-Specific Antibody Anti-CTLA4

On July 31, 2020, we entered into an exclusive license agreement, or the Anti-CTLA4 License Agreement, with Elkurt, for OCX-909. We further sub-licensed this program to our Ocean Chitorx, Inc. subsidiary on February 25, 2021. We amended the Anti-CTLA4 License Agreement on March 12, 2021. Pursuant to the Anti-CTLA4 License Agreement, we obtained an exclusive, royalty-bearing license under certain patents rights, or the Anti-CTLA4 Patents, and a nonexclusive, royalty-bearing sublicense under certain data, expression and purification methods, information and other know-how, or the Anti-CTLA4 Know-How, relating to anti-CTLA4 bi-specific antibodies, or Anti-CTLA4 Antibodies. Under such licenses that we obtained from Elkurt, or the Anti-CTLA4 Licenses, we have the right to make, have made, market, offer for sale, use and sell in the field of cancer on a worldwide basis any products or services that are either covered by the Anti-CTLA4 Patents or incorporates or otherwise utilizes any Anti-CTLA4 Know-How, or any materials that are sold in conjunction with any such products, in each such case an Anti-CTLA4 Product. On January 29, 2020, Elkurt obtained from Brown, the licenses, with the rights to sublicense, under the Anti-CTLA4 Patents and the Anti-CTLA4 Know-How, to grant us the Anti-CTLA4 Licenses as described above, or the Upstream Brown Anti-CTLA4 License. Brown and Elkurt, on behalf of Brown, retained the rights to practice the intellectual property rights sublicensed to us for academic research, educational and scholarly purposes, and to publish resulting scientific findings.

The Anti-CTLA4 License Agreement requires us to achieve future development milestones by certain dates. Recognizing the unpredictability of clinical development, the agreement allows us to request amendments and/or extensions to these milestones by providing Elkurt with a reasonable explanation for such requests along with plans for achieving the extended and/or amended milestones. Although Elkurt is obliged to reasonably extend or amend those milestones, it may terminate the agreement for failure to achieve development milestones after giving us reasonable opportunity to cure. The Anti-CTLA4 License Agreement sets forth the following future development milestones: the filing of an IND within two years after commencing IND-enabling studies; the completion of a Phase 1 clinical trial within one year following the filing of an IND; completion of a Phase 2 clinical trial within approximately four years following completion of a Phase 1 clinical trial; and the completion of a Phase 3 clinical trial within approximately three years following the completion of a Phase 2 clinical trial. Elkurt may also terminate the agreement if we do not complete a $10 million equity financing by November 1, 2021.

In consideration for the rights conveyed by Elkurt under the Anti-CTLA4 License Agreement, we are obligated to pay to Elkurt a non-refundable, annual license maintenance fee. For the first year of the term, we are obligated to pay Elkurt a license maintenance fee of $50,000, if paid by June 15, 2021, or $57,000, if paid after June 15, 2021, upon our completion of $10 million equity financing. Thereafter, we are obligated to pay Elkurt an annual license maintenance fee (a) of $3,000 on each anniversary of the effective date of the Anti-CTLA4 License Agreement until July 31, 2027, and (b) thereafter, an annual license maintenance fee of $4,000. We are also obligated to pay to Elkurt low, single-digit royalties, on net sales of any Anti-CTLA4 Products that are commercialized by us or our sublicensees. If we grant any sublicenses under the Anti-CTLA4 License Agreement, we are obligated to pay to Elkurt an initial sublicense fee that is either between 5% and 15% or between 20% and 30% depending, respectively, on whether we execute the sublicense after or before the first commercial sale of an Anti-CTLA4 Product. We are also required to pay certain milestone payments on an Anti-CTLA4 Product-by-Anti-CTLA4 Product basis upon the achievement of specified clinical and regulatory milestones, totaling up to $700,000 for each Anti-CTLA4 Product. To the extent net sales or non-royalty sublicense income are generated from any Anti-CTLA4 Products that are commercialized by us or our sublicensees that incorporate or otherwise utilizes the Anti-CTLA4 Know-How but not covered by any Anti-CTLA4 Patents, we may reduce the applicable royalty rates and non-royalty income rates by half. These payment amounts are identical to the amounts owed by

 

145


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Elkurt to Brown under the Upstream Brown Anti-CTLA4 License Agreement, except that Elkurt is not obligated to pay Brown any annual maintenance fees.

Under the Anti-CTLA4 Agreement, Brown retains control of the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of the Anti-CTLA4 Patents. We are responsible for reimbursing Elkurt for all documented, out-of-pocket expenses during the term of the Anti-CTLA4 License Agreement. We are also obligated to reimburse Elkurt for all documented, out-of-pocket expenses incurred prior to the effective date of the Anti-CTLA4 License Agreement with respect to the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of the Anti-CTLA4 Patents licensed by us.

Unless earlier terminated, the Anti-CTLA4 License Agreement, including the royalty bearing license, will expire upon the later of (a) the expiration of the last to expire valid claim of an Anti-CTLA4 Patents covering any Anti-CTLA4 Products in any country, or (b) ten years. We may terminate the Anti-CTLA4 License Agreement in its entirety at any time for convenience. Either party may terminate the Anti-CTLA4 License Agreement in its entirety for the other party’s uncured material breach after an opportunity by the other party to cure such material breach. Elkurt may terminate the Anti-CTLA4 License Agreement in its entirety immediately upon notice for failure by us to meet certain milestones or the failure to achieve a certain amount of financing. Elkurt may also terminate the Anti-CTLA4 License Agreement for our insolvency. If the License Agreement is terminated by either party for any reason, the Anti-CTLA4 Licenses will terminate and the all rights thereunder will revert to Elkurt.

Exclusive License Agreement with Elkurt for Bispecific (FRG)xAnti-PD-1 (FRGxPD-1)

On July 31, 2020, we entered into an exclusive license agreement, or the FRGxPD-1 License Agreement, with Elkurt, for OCX-410. We further sub-licensed this program to our Ocean Chitorx, Inc. subsidiary on February 25, 2021. We amended the FRGxPD-1 License Agreement on March 21, 2021. Pursuant to the FRGxPD-1 License Agreement, we obtained from Elkurt an exclusive, royalty-bearing license under certain patent rights, or the FRGxPD-1 Patents, and a nonexclusive, royalty-bearing license under certain data, expression and purification methods, information and other know-how, or the FRGxPD-1 Know-How, relating to (FRG)xAnti-PD-1 bispecific antibodies, or FRGxPD-1 Antibodies. Under such licenses that we obtained from Elkurt, or the FRGxPD-1 Licenses, we have the rights to make, have made, market, offer for sale, use and sell in all fields of use worldwide any products or services that are either covered by the FRGxPD-1 Patents or incorporates or otherwise utilizes any FRGxPD-1 Know-How, or any materials that are sold in conjunction with any such products, in each such case an FRGxPD-1 Product. On January 29, 2020, Elkurt obtained from Brown, the licenses, with the rights to sublicense, under the FRGxPD-1 Patents and the FRGxPD-1 Know-How, to grant us the FRGxPD-1Licenses as described above, or the Upstream Brown FRGxPD-1 License. Brown and Elkurt, on behalf of Brown, retained the rights to practice the intellectual property rights sublicensed to us for academic research, educational and scholarly purposes, and to publish resulting scientific findings.

The FRGxPD-1 License Agreement requires us to achieve future development milestones by certain dates. Recognizing the unpredictability of clinical development, the agreement allows us to request amendments and/or extensions to these milestones by providing Elkurt with a reasonable explanation for such requests along with plans for achieving the extended and/or amended milestones. Although Elkurt is obliged to reasonably extend or amend those milestones, it may terminate the agreement for failure to achieve development milestones after giving us reasonable opportunity to cure. The FRGxPD-1 License Agreement sets forth the following future development milestones: the filing of an IND within two years after commencing IND-enabling studies; the completion of a Phase 1 clinical trial within one year following the filing of an IND; completion of a Phase 2 clinical trial within approximately four years following completion of a Phase 1 clinical trial; and the completion of a Phase 3 clinical trial within three years following the completion of a Phase 2 clinical trial. Elkurt may also terminate the agreement if we do not complete a $10 million equity financing by October 1, 2021.

In consideration for the rights conveyed by Elkurt under the FRGxPD-1 License Agreement, we must pay to Elkurt a non-refundable, annual license maintenance fee. For the first year of the term, we are

 

146


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

obligated to pay Elkurt a license maintenance fee of $60,000, if paid by June 15, 2021, or $67,000, if paid after June 15, 2021, upon our completion of a $10 million equity financing. Thereafter, we are obligated to pay Elkurt an annual license maintenance fee (a) of $3,000 on each anniversary of the effective date of the FRGxPD-1 License Agreement, until January 1, 2028, and (b) thereafter, an annual license maintenance fee of $4,000. We are also obligated to pay to Elkurt low, single-digit royalties, on net sales of any FRGxPD-1 Products that are commercialized by us or our sublicensees. If we grant any sublicenses under the FRGxPD-1 Licenses, we are obligated to pay to Elkurt an initial sublicense fee that is either between 5% and 15% or between 20% and 30% depending, respectively, on whether we execute the sublicense after or before the first commercial sale of an FRG Product. We are also required to pay certain milestone payments on an FRGxPD-1 Product-by- FRGxPD-1 Product basis upon the achievement of specified clinical and regulatory milestones, totaling up to $700,000 for each FRGxPD-1 Product. To the extent net sales or non-royalty sublicense income are generated from any FRGxPD-1 Products that are commercialized by us or our sublicensees that incorporate or otherwise utilizes the FRGxPD-1 Know-How but not covered by any FRGxPD-1 Patents, we may reduce the applicable royalty rates and non-royalty income rates by half. These payment amounts are identical to the amounts owed by Elkurt to Brown under the Upstream Brown FRGxPD-1 License Agreement, except that Elkurt is not obligated to pay Brown any annual maintenance fees.

Under the FRGxPD-1 Agreement, Brown retains control of the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of the FRGxPD-1 Patents. We are responsible for reimbursing Elkurt for all documented, out-of-pocket expenses during the term of the FRGxPD-1 License Agreement. We will also reimburse Elkurt for all documented, out-of-pocket expenses incurred prior to the effective date of the FRGxPD-1 License Agreement with respect to the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of the FRGxPD-1 Patents licensed by us.

Unless earlier terminated, the FRGxPD-1 License Agreement, including the royalty bearing license, will expire upon the later of (a) the expiration of the last to expire valid claim of an FRGxPD-1 Patent covering any FRGxPD-1 Products in any country or (b) ten years. We may terminate the FRGxPD-1 License Agreement in its entirety at any time for convenience. Either party may terminate the FRGxPD-1 License Agreement in its entirety for the other party’s uncured material breach after an opportunity by the other party to cure such material breach. Elkurt may terminate the FRGxPD-1 License Agreement in its entirety immediately upon notice for failure by us to meet certain milestones or the failure to achieve a certain amount of financing. Elkurt may also terminate the FRGxPD-1 License Agreement for our insolvency. If the License Agreement is terminated by either party for any reason, the FRGxPD-1 Licenses will terminate and the all rights thereunder will revert to Elkurt.

Exclusive License Agreement with Elkurt for (Chit1) Small Molecule Antifibrotic

On July 31, 2020, we entered into an exclusive license agreement, or the Chit1 License Agreement, with Elkurt, for OCF-203. We further sub-licensed this program to our Ocean Chitofibrorx, Inc. subsidiary on February 25, 2021. We amended the Chit1 License Agreement on March 12, 2021. Pursuant to the Chit1 License Agreement, we obtained from Elkurt an exclusive, royalty-bearing license under certain patent rights, or the Chit1 Patents, and a nonexclusive, royalty-bearing license under certain protocols, data, expression and purification methods, information and other know-how, or the Chit1 Know-How, relating to Chit1 small molecules, or Chit1 Molecules. Under such licenses that we obtained from Elkurt, or the Chit1 Licenses, we have the worldwide rights to make, have made, market, offer for sale, use and sell in the field of pulmonary fibrosis and other fibrotic conditions any products or services that are either covered by the Chit1 Patents or incorporates or otherwise utilizes any Chit1 Know-How, or any materials that are sold in conjunction with any such products or services, in each such case an Chit1 Product. On January 29, 2020, Elkurt obtained from Brown the necessary licenses, with the rights to sublicense, under the Chit1 Patents and the Chit1 Know-How, or the Upstream Brown Chit1 License, to grant us the Chit1 Licenses as described above. Brown and Elkurt, on behalf of Brown, retained the rights to practice the intellectual property rights sublicensed to us for academic research, educational and scholarly purposes, and to publish resulting scientific findings.

 

147


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The Chit1 License Agreement requires us to achieve future development milestones by certain dates. Recognizing the unpredictability of clinical development, the agreement allows us to request amendments and/or extensions to these milestones by providing Elkurt with a reasonable explanation for such requests along with plans for achieving the extended and/or amended milestones. Although Elkurt is obliged to reasonably extend or amend those milestones, it may terminate the agreement for failure to achieve development milestones after giving us reasonable opportunity to cure. The Chit1 License Agreement sets forth the following future development milestones: the filing of an IND within two years after commencing IND-enabling studies; the completion of a Phase 1/2 clinical trial within two years following the filing of an IND; and the completion of a Phase 3 clinical trial within approximately approximately three years following the completion of a Phase 1/2 clinical trial. Elkurt may also terminate the agreement if we do not complete a $10 million equity financing by November 1, 2021.

In consideration for the rights conveyed by Elkurt under the Chit1 License Agreement, we must pay to Elkurt a non-refundable, annual license maintenance fee. For the first year of the term, we are obligated to pay Elkurt a license maintenance fee of $50,000, if paid by June 15, 2021, or $57,000, if paid after June 15, 2021, upon our completion of a $10 million equity financing. Thereafter, we are obligated to pay Elkurt an annual license maintenance fee (a) of $3,000 on each anniversary of the effective date of the Chit1 License Agreement until July 31, 2027, and (b) thereafter, an annual license maintenance fee of $4,000. We are also obligated to pay to Elkurt low, single-digit royalties, on net sales of any Chit1 Products that are commercialized by us or our sublicensees. If we grant any sublicenses under the Chit1 Licenses, we are obligated to pay to Elkurt an initial sublicense fee that is either between 5% and 15% or between 20% and 30% depending, respectively, on whether we execute the sublicense after or before the first commercial sale of a Chit1 Product. We are also required to pay certain milestone payments on a Chit1 Product-by-Chit1 Product basis upon the achievement of specified clinical and regulatory milestones, totaling up to $700,000 for each Chit1 Product. To the extent net sales or non-royalty sublicense income are generated from any Chit1 Products that are commercialized by us or our sublicensees that incorporate or otherwise utilizes the Chit1 Know-How but not covered by any Chit1 Patents, we may reduce the applicable royalty rates and non-royalty income rates by half. These payment amounts are identical to the amounts owed by Elkurt to Brown under the Upstream Brown Chit1 License Agreement, except that Elkurt is not obligated to pay Brown any annual maintenance fees.

Under the Chit1 Agreement, Brown retains control of the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of the Chit1 Patents. We are responsible for reimbursing Elkurt for all documented, out-of-pocket expenses during the term of the Chit1 License Agreement. We will also reimburse Elkurt for all documented, out-of-pocket expenses incurred prior to the effective date of the Chit1 License Agreement with respect to the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of the Chit1 Patents licensed by us under this agreement.

Unless earlier terminated, the Chit1 License Agreement, including the royalty bearing license, will expire upon the later of (a) the expiration of the last to expire valid claim of a Chit1 Patent covering any Chit1 Products in any country or (b) ten years. We may terminate the Chit1 License Agreement in its entirety at any time for convenience. Either party may terminate the Chit1 License Agreement in its entirety for the other party’s uncured material breach after an opportunity to cure such material breach. Elkurt may terminate the Chit1 License Agreement in its entirety immediately upon notice for failure by us to meet certain milestones or the failure to achieve a certain amount of financing. Elkurt may also terminate the Chit1 License Agreement for our insolvency. If the License Agreement is terminated by either party for any reason, the Chit1 Licenses will terminate and the all rights thereunder will revert to Elkurt.

Exclusive License Agreement with Elkurt for Malaria Antibodies

On February 1, 2020, we entered into an exclusive license agreement, or the PfGARP/PfSEA License Agreement, with Elkurt, for ODA-570, ODA-611 and ODA-579. We further sub-licensed this program to our Ocean Sihoma, Inc. subsidiary on February 25, 2021. We amended the PfGARP/PfSEA License Agreement on April 1, 2021. Pursuant to the PfGARP/PfSEA License Agreement, we obtained from

 

148


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Elkurt an exclusive, royalty-bearing license under certain patent rights, or the PfGARP/PfSEA Patents, and a nonexclusive, royalty-bearing license under certain protocols, data, expression and purification methods, information and other know-how, or the Know-How, relating to PfGARP-1 vaccines and antibodies to Pfgarp. Under such licenses that we obtained from Elkurt, or the PfGARP/PfSEA Licenses, we have the worldwide rights to make, have made, market, offer for sale, use and sell in the field of malaria any products or services that are either covered by the PfGARP/PfSEA Patents or incorporates or otherwise utilizes any PfGARP/PfSEA Know-How, or any materials that are sold in conjunction with any such products or services, in each such case a PfGARP/PfSEA Product. On February 1, 2020, Elkurt obtained from Rhode Island Hospital, or RIH, the necessary licenses, with the rights to sublicense, under the PfGARP/PfSEA Patents and the PfGARP/PfSEA Know-How, or the Upstream RIH License, to grant us the PfGARP/PfSEA Licenses as described above. RIH and Elkurt, on behalf of RIH, retained the rights to practice the intellectual property rights sublicensed to us for academic research, educational and scholarly purposes, and to publish resulting scientific findings.

Under the PfGARP/PfSEA License Agreement, we must use commercially reasonable efforts to develop and commercialize products in accordance with the development and commercialization plan, to introduce PfGARP/PfSEA Products into the commercial market and to market PfGARP/PfSEA Products after such introduction in the market, and we must meet certain development and commercialization milestones or else failure to do so will be considered a material breach of the PfGARP/PfSEA License Agreement.

In consideration for the rights conveyed by Elkurt under the PfGARP/PfSEA License Agreement, we must pay to Elkurt a non-refundable, annual license maintenance fee. For the first year of the term, we are obligated to pay Elkurt a license maintenance fee of $110,000 upon the earlier to occur of our completion of a $10 million equity financing, or October 15, 2021. Thereafter, we are obligated to pay Elkurt an annual license maintenance fee (a) of $3,000 on each anniversary of the effective date of the PfGARP/PfSEA License Agreement until January 1, 2028, and (b) thereafter, an annual license maintenance fee of $4,000. We are also obligated to pay to Elkurt low, single-digit royalties, on net sales of any PfGARP/PfSEA Products that are commercialized by us or our sublicensees. If we grant any sublicenses under the PfGARP/PfSEA Licenses, we are obligated to pay to Elkurt an initial sublicense fee that is either between 5% and 15% or between 20% and 30% depending, respectively, on whether we execute the sublicense after or before the first commercial sale of a PfGARP/PfSEA Product. We are also required to pay certain milestone payments on a PfGARP/PfSEA Product-by- PfGARP/PfSEA Product basis upon the achievement of specified clinical and regulatory milestones, totaling up to $700,000 for each PfGARP/PfSEA Product. To the extent net sales or non-royalty sublicense income are generated from any Chit1 Products that are commercialized by us or our sublicensees that incorporate or otherwise utilizes the PfGARP/PfSEA Know-How but not covered by any PfGARP/PfSEA Patents, we may reduce the applicable royalty rates and non-royalty income rates by half. These payment amounts are identical to the amounts owed by Elkurt to RIH under the Upstream RIH PfGARP/PfSEA License Agreement, except that Elkurt is not obligated to pay RIH any annual maintenance fees.

The PfGARP/PfSEA License Agreement requires us to achieve future development milestones by certain dates. Recognizing the unpredictability of clinical development, the agreement allows us to request amendments and/or extensions to these milestones by providing Elkurt with a reasonable explanation for such requests along with plans for achieving the extended and/or amended milestones. Although Elkurt is obliged to reasonably extend or amend those milestones, it may terminate the agreement for failure to achieve development milestones after giving us reasonable opportunity to cure. The PfGARP/PfSEA License Agreement sets forth the following future development milestones for the malaria vaccine program: the filing of an IND within two years after commencing IND-enabling studies; the completion of a Phase 1/2 clinical trial within one and a half years following the filing of an IND; and the completion of a Phase 3 clinical trial within three years following completion of a Phase 1/2 clinical trial. Elkurt may also terminate the agreement if we do not complete a $10 million equity financing by October 1, 2021.

 

149


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Unless earlier terminated, the PfGARP/PfSEA License Agreement, including the royalty bearing license will expire upon the later of (a) the expiration of the last to expire valid claim of a PfGARP/PfSEA Patent covering any PfGARP/PfSEA Products in any country or (b) ten years. We may terminate the PfGARP/PfSEA License Agreement in its entirety at any time for convenience. Either party may terminate the PfGARP/PfSEA License Agreement in its entirety for the other party’s uncured material breach after an opportunity to cure such material breach. Elkurt may terminate the PfGARP/PfSEA License Agreement in its entirety immediately upon notice for failure by us to meet certain milestones or the failure to achieve a certain amount of financing. Elkurt may also terminate the PfGARP/PfSEA License Agreement for our insolvency. If the PfGARP/PfSEA License Agreement is terminated by either party for any reason, the PfGARP/PfSEA Licenses will terminate and the all rights thereunder will revert to Elkurt.

Nonexclusive License Agreement with Stanford University for COVID-19-Related Technology

On June 25, 2020, we entered into a nonexclusive license agreement, or the COVID-19 License Agreement, with Stanford University, or Stanford, for OPS-172. We amended this agreement in order to license the program to our Ocean Promise, Inc. subsidiary on March 3, 2021. Pursuant to the COVID-19 License Agreement, we obtained from Stanford a worldwide, nonexclusive, non-sublicensable license under certain patent rights, or the Stanford Patents, to make, have made, use, import, offer to sell and sell any product, method or service in the field of therapeutic applications for COVID-19, or a COVID-19 Product. Stanford does not have any obligations under this Agreement to furnish to us any technology or technological information or provide us with any assistance. Because the COVID-19 License Agreement is nonexclusive, we may face competitors who might enter into similar nonexclusive licensing agreements with Stanford.

Under the COVID-19 License Agreement, we are required to diligently develop and commercialize COVID-19 Products. In addition, we are obligated to initiate a Phase 2/3 or Phase 3 clinical trial for angiotensin 1-7 by June 25, 2021.

In view of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, Stanford grants to us a royalty-free license and we have no obligation to pay Stanford for any other remuneration under the COVID-19 License Agreement. If our gross margin on any COVID-19 Products in any OECD countries exceed a percentage in the forties we are obligated to discuss with Stanford the possible payment of additional financial consideration to Stanford and any related terms.

Under the COVID-19 License Agreement, Stanford retains control of the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of the Stanford Patents. We are obligated to reimburse Stanford for a pro-rated share of costs and expenses incurred with respect to the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of such Stanford Patents. We also reimbursed Stanford for a pro-rated share of costs and expenses incurred prior to the effective date of the COVID-19 License Agreement with respect to the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of the Stanford Patent Rights.

Unless earlier terminated, the COVID-19 License Agreement will expire upon the first anniversary of the effective date. We have the right to request a renewal of our license by additional one-year terms so long as we meet certain milestones and the COVID-19 pandemic remains active, as determined by the World Health Organization, or WHO. If the WHO determines that the COVID-19 pandemic is no longer active, Stanford will consider in good faith any request for an extension of our license, which may include additional financial and other terms.

We may terminate the COVID-19 License Agreement in its entirety at any time for convenience. Stanford may terminate the COVID-19 License Agreement if we are not diligently developing and commercializing COVID-19 Products, if we fail to achieve a milestone, if we are in breach of the COVID-19 License Agreement or if we provide any false report.

Exclusive License Agreement with Teton for therapies for neurofibromatosis type 1 and 2 and schwannomatosis

On April 15, 2020, the Company entered into an Exclusive License Agreement, or the Teton License Agreement, with Teton Therapeutics, Inc., or Teton. We amended and restated this agreement on

 

150


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

February 25, 2021 in order to assign the program to Ocean Teton, Inc., our Ocean Teton Subsidiary, in the future. Pursuant to the Teton License Agreement, we obtained from Teton an exclusive license under certain patent rights, or the Teton Patents, and under certain data, expression and purification methods, information and other know-how, or the Teton Know-How, in each case relating to therapies for neurofibromatosis type 1 and 2 and schwannomatosis. Under such licenses that we obtained from Teton, or the Teton Licenses, we have the right to make, have made, market, offer for sale, use and sell in the field of therapeutics for each of neurofibromatosis type 1 and 2 and schwannomatosis on a worldwide basis any products or services that are either covered by the Teton Patents or incorporates or otherwise utilizes any Teton Know-How, or any materials that are sold in conjunction with any such products or services, in each such case, a Teton Product. We intend to form a subsidiary that will house this program, or the Ocean Teton Subsidiary. Teton is 100% owned by Jonathan Heller, Ph.D., our Chief Science Officer.

Under the Teton License Agreement, after the date we form the Ocean Teton Subsidiary, or the Ocean Teton Assignment Date, the Ocean Teton Subsidiary will develop and commercialize Teton Products in accordance with the development and commercialization plan, which will be mutually agreed upon with Teton.

In consideration for the rights conveyed by Teton under the Teton License Agreement, after the Ocean Teton Assignment Date, the Ocean Teton Subsidiary is obligated to reimburse Teton for all documented, out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Teton before the Teton Assignment Date, which expenses are $42,000. If we or the Ocean Teton Subsidiary, as applicable, grant any sublicenses under the Teton Licenses, we or the Ocean Teton Subsidiary, as applicable, are obligated to pay to Teton sublicense fees that are calculated on a tiered basis as a percentage of sublicense income including royalties and non-cash consideration, which percentage will differ based on whether the sublicense is executed prior to the fifth anniversary, between the fifth and eighth anniversary, or after the eighth anniversary of the effective date of the Teton License, with the percentage in each case in the low-double digits. The Ocean Teton Subsidiary is also required to issue to each of Teton and a certain group of its research personnel a percentage of its equity prior to the completion of a $10 million equity financing, with the percentage in each case in the low-double digits.

Under the Teton License Agreement, Teton retains control of the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of the Teton Patents. The Ocean Teton Subsidiary is responsible for reimbursing Teton for all documented, out-of-pocket expenses incurred in performing such patent-related activities after the Teton Assignment Date but during the term of the Teton License Agreement.

Unless earlier terminated, the Teton License Agreement will terminate in its entirety upon the later of (a) the expiration of the last to expire valid claim of the Teton Patents covering any Teton Product, or (b) 20 years. We or the Ocean Teton Subsidiary, as applicable, may terminate the Teton License Agreement in its entirety at any time for convenience. Either party may terminate the Teton License Agreement in its entirety for the other party’s uncured material breach after an opportunity for the other party to cure such material breach. Teton may terminate the Teton License Agreement in its entirety immediately upon notice if we or the Ocean Teton Subsidiary notifies Teton that it has not elected to pursue development of the licensed rights or upon 30 days’ notice if the Ocean Teton Subsidiary fails to commence certain studies within a certain number of years after the assignment date to the Ocean Teton Subsidiary. Teton may also terminate the Teton License Agreement for our or the Ocean Teton Entity’s insolvency. If the Teton License Agreement is terminated by either party for any reason, the Teton Licenses will terminate and the all rights thereunder will revert to Teton.

Competition in our Industry

Competition for New Product Candidates

Our industry is intensely competitive and subject to rapid and significant technological change. While we believe that our knowledge, experience, scientific resources and business model provide us with competitive advantages and may make us a partner of choice to research universities and medical centers,

 

151


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

we face substantial competition from pharmaceutical companies as well as established and venture-backed biotechnology companies worldwide. For example, other companies such as BridgeBio similarly target research universities and medical centers to identify and develop therapeutic candidates that may or may not overlap with the inventions or technologies that we may seek to develop. As a result, we may face competition from other companies that are seeking to gain access to the types of institutions that we may seek to partner with. Many of our competitors have significantly greater financial, technical and human resources. Smaller and early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. As a result, our competitors may discover, develop, license or commercialize products before or more successfully than we do.

Competition for Existing Product Candidates

As described under “Our Pipeline”, we face competition with respect to our current product candidates and will face competition with respect to future product candidates, from pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, academic institutions, governmental agencies and public and private research institutions, among others.

If our current product candidates or our future product candidates do not offer sustainable advantages over competing products, we may otherwise not be able to successfully compete against current and future competitors.

Our competitors may obtain regulatory approval of their products more rapidly than we may or may obtain patent protection or other intellectual property rights that limit our ability to develop or commercialize our product candidates. Our competitors may also develop drugs that are more effective, more convenient, more widely used and less costly or have a better safety profile than our products and these competitors may also be more successful than us in manufacturing and marketing their products.

In addition, we may likely need to develop certain of our product candidates in collaboration with diagnostic companies, and we will face competition from other companies in establishing these collaborations. Our competitors will also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific, management and commercial personnel, establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs.

Furthermore, we also face competition more broadly across the market for cost-effective and reimbursable treatments, Some of these competitive drugs are branded and subject to patent protection, and others are available on a generic basis. Insurers and other third-party payors may also encourage the use of generic products or specific branded products. We expect that if our product candidates are approved, they will be priced at a significant premium over competitive generic, including branded generic, products. As a result, obtaining market acceptance of, and gaining significant share of the market for, any of our product candidates that we successfully introduce to the market will pose challenges. In addition, many companies are developing new therapeutics, and we cannot predict what the standard of care will be as our product candidates progress through clinical development.

Oncology

The most common methods of treating patients with cancer are surgery, radiation and drug therapy, including chemotherapy, hormone therapy and targeted drug therapy or a combination of such methods. There are a variety of available drug therapies marketed for cancer. In many cases, these drugs are administered in combination to enhance efficacy. While our product candidates, if any are approved, may compete with these existing drug and other therapies, to the extent they are ultimately used in combination with or as an adjunct to these therapies, our product candidates may not be competitive with them.

In oncology, two of our programs, OCX-253 and OCX-410, are targeting NSCLC as their initial indication. For NSCLC, currently marketed oncology drugs and therapeutics range from traditional cancer therapies, including chemotherapy, to immune checkpoint inhibitors targeting PD-1/PDL-1, such as Bristol Myers Squibb’s, or BMS’, Opdivo, Merck’s Keytruda, Genentech’s Tecentriq, Regeneron’s Libtayo, Astra

 

152


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Zeneca’s Imfinzi, and targeting CTLA- 4, such as BMS’ Yervoy. There are also numerous compounds in clinical development for the potential treatment of NSCLC including Roche’s tiragolumab which targets TIGIT. Our OCX-909 is targeting GBM, for which there are no currently approved therapies that are effective in treating this disease.

Fibrosis

Our program OCF-203 in fibrotic diseases is targeting IPF and HPS. For the treatment of IPF, we are aware of two approved products: Esbriet, marketed by Roche Holding AG, and Ofev, marketed by Boehringer Ingelheim GmbH. Companies currently developing product candidates in IPF in late-stage trials include Fibrogen, Galapagos, and Roche. Companies with IPF candidates in early-stage trials include AbbVie, Galecto Biotech, Indalo Therapeutics, Kadmon, Liminal BioSciences, and Pliant. For HPS, there are no marketed therapeutics and only one investigational program from Roche, which is targeting HPS patients who have an associated interstitial lung disease.

Infectious Disease

The infectious disease programs address both prophylactic and therapeutic treatment of malaria. Our malaria vaccine program, ODA-570, currently has only one marketed competitor, GSK’s Mosquirix. Companies with the next most advanced vaccines are Sanaria with PfSPZ (beginning Phase 3 clinical trials) and VLP therapeutics (Phase 2 clinical trials). Additionally, there are several additional early-stage vaccine candidates in development. One application of our malaria antibody program, ODA-611, targets short-term prophylaxis. Several generic short-term prophylactic treatments are currently available, such as Atovaquone/Proguanil, chloroquine, doxycycline, mefloquine, primaquine, tafenoquine. Additionally, prophylactic anti-malarial therapies in pre-clinical or early stage development are being explored by Medicines for Malaria Venture (MMV), Merck, Lyndra Therapeutics, and Titan Pharmaceuticals. The NIH is currently conducting a Phase 1 clinical trial, mAb CIS43LS, which is the only direct analogous competitor to our program.

Programs ODA-611 and ODA-579 have target indications for the treatment of symptomatic malaria infection. Currently favored treatment classes include quinoline-related compounds, antifolates, artemisinin derivatives, and antimicrobials. There are a variety of treatment options within these classes available and currently marketed by MMV, Novartis, Leadiant Biosciences, GSK, Millennial Hope, Roche, Takeda, and most recently IV Artesunate from Amivas. Additionally, MMV, Merck, J&J, and Eisai have severe malaria therapeutic candidates in early stage clinical trials.

Inflammation

As of January 2021, approved COVID 19 therapies include Eli Lilly’s monoclonal antibody bamlanivimab, Regeneron’s casirivimab plus imdevimab, Gilead’s anti-viral Remdisivir, and dexamethasone. There are no currently available competitors that address the same mechanisms as our anti-inflammatory candidate Ang 1-7 (OPS-172).

Manufacturing

We do not have any manufacturing facilities or personnel at this time. We currently rely, and expect to continue to rely, on CMOs for the manufacture of our product candidates undergoing preclinical testing, as well as for clinical testing and commercial manufacture if our product candidates receive marketing approval.

Our product candidates include small molecules, vaccines, and mAbs. Several contract manufacturing facilities exist that have expertise in each product type and we anticipate that our product candidates can be produced by them at scale and in a cost-effective manner. As needed, we also expect to rely on CMOs for the manufacture of companion diagnostics, which are assays or tests to identify an appropriate patient population. Depending on the technology solutions we choose, we may rely on multiple third parties to manufacture and sell a single test.

 

153


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Commercialization

We will objectively assess and choose each program’s commercialization option that maximizes potential value for patients and for our shareholders. We anticipate optimizing its commercial value through various options, including internal advancement, partnerships with established companies, and spin-outs or IPOs. If we opt to commercialize a particular candidate ourselves, we anticipate assembling a focused sales and marketing organization to sell our products. We will aim for such organization to address the community of relevant medical practitioners who are the key specialists in treating the patient populations for which our product candidates are being developed. We may also enter into distribution and other marketing arrangements with third parties for any of our product candidates that obtain marketing approval.

We also plan to build a marketing and sales management organization to create and implement marketing strategies for any products that we market through our own sales organization and to oversee and support our sales force. The responsibilities of the marketing organization would include developing educational initiatives with respect to approved products and establishing relationships with researchers and practitioners in relevant fields of medicine.

Government Regulation

Government authorities in the United States at the federal, state and local level and in other countries regulate, among other things, the research, development, manufacture, testing, quality control, approval, labeling, packaging, storage, record-keeping, promotion, advertising, distribution, post-approval monitoring and reporting, marketing and export and import of drug and biological products, as well as diagnostics. Generally, before a new drug, biologic or diagnostic can be marketed, considerable data demonstrating its quality, safety and efficacy must be obtained, organized into a format specific for each regulatory authority, submitted for review and approved, authorized, or cleared by the applicable regulatory authority.

United States Government Regulation of Drug and Biological Products

In the United States, the FDA regulates drugs under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FD&C Act, and its implementing regulations and biologics under the FD&C Act and the Public Health Service Act, or PHSA, and their implementing regulations. Both drugs and biologics also are subject to other federal, state and local statutes and regulations, such as those related to competition. The process of obtaining regulatory approvals and the subsequent compliance with appropriate federal, state, and local statutes and regulations requires the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. Failure to comply with the applicable United States requirements at any time during the product development process, approval process or following approval may subject an applicant to administrative actions or judicial sanctions. These actions and sanctions could include, among other actions, the FDA’s refusal to approve pending applications, withdrawal of an approval, license revocation, a clinical hold, untitled or warning letters, voluntary or mandatory product recalls or market withdrawals, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, restitution, disgorgement and civil or criminal fines or penalties. Any agency or judicial enforcement action could have a material adverse effect on our business, the market acceptance of our products and our reputation.

Our product candidates must be approved by the FDA through either an NDA or a BLA before they may be legally marketed in the United States. The process generally involves the following:

 

   

completion of extensive preclinical studies in accordance with applicable regulations, including studies conducted in accordance with GLP requirements;

 

   

submission to the FDA of an IND application, which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin;

 

   

approval by an Institutional Review Board, or IRB, or independent ethics committee at each clinical trial site before each human trial may be initiated;

 

154


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials in accordance with applicable IND regulations, GCP requirements and other clinical trial-related regulations to establish the safety and efficacy of the investigational product for each proposed indication;

 

   

preparation and submission to the FDA of an NDA or BLA;

 

   

a determination by the FDA within 60 days of its receipt of an NDA or BLA to file the application for review;

 

   

satisfactory completion of one or more FDA pre-approval or pre-license inspections of the manufacturing facility or facilities where the drug or biologic will be produced to assess compliance with Current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMP, requirements to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the drug or biologic’s identity, strength, quality and purity;

 

   

potential FDA audit of the clinical trial sites that generated the data in support of the NDA or BLA;

 

   

payment of user fees for FDA review of the NDA or BLA; and

 

   

FDA review and approval of the NDA or BLA, including consideration of the views of any FDA advisory committee, prior to any commercial marketing or sale of the drug or biologic in the United States.

The preclinical and clinical testing and approval process requires substantial time, effort and financial resources, and the regulatory scheme for drugs and biologics is evolving and subject to change at any time. We cannot be certain that any approvals for our product candidates will be granted on a timely basis, or at all.

Preclinical Studies

Before testing any drug or biologic product candidate in humans, the product candidate must undergo rigorous preclinical testing. Preclinical studies include laboratory evaluation of product chemistry, stability and formulation, as well as in vitro and animal studies to assess safety and in some cases to establish a rationale for therapeutic use. The conduct of preclinical studies is subject to federal and state regulations and requirements, including GLP regulations for safety/toxicology studies.

An IND sponsor must submit the results of the preclinical studies, together with manufacturing information, analytical data, any available clinical data or literature and plans for clinical trials, among other things, to the FDA as part of an IND. An IND is a request for authorization from the FDA to administer an investigational product to humans, and must become effective before human clinical trials may begin. Some long-term preclinical testing, such as animal tests of reproductive adverse events and carcinogenicity, may continue after the IND is submitted. An IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless before that time, the FDA raises concerns or questions related to one or more proposed clinical trials and places the trial on clinical hold. In such a case, the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns before the clinical trial can begin. As a result, submission of an IND may not result in the FDA allowing clinical trials to commence. Additionally, the review of information in an IND application may prompt FDA to, among other things, scrutinize existing INDs or marketed products and could generate requests for information or clinical holds on other product candidates or programs.

Clinical Trials

The clinical stage of development involves the administration of the investigational product to healthy volunteers or patients under the supervision of qualified investigators, generally physicians not employed by or under the trial sponsor’s control, in accordance with GCP requirements, which include the requirement that all research subjects provide their informed consent for their participation in any clinical

 

155


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

trial. Clinical trials are conducted under protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the clinical trial, dosing procedures, subject selection and exclusion criteria and the parameters to be used to monitor subject safety and assess efficacy. Each protocol, and any subsequent amendments to the protocol, must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND. Furthermore, each clinical trial must be reviewed and approved by an IRB for each institution at which the clinical trial will be conducted to ensure that the risks to individuals participating in the clinical trials are minimized and are reasonable in relation to anticipated benefits. The IRB also approves the informed consent form that must be provided to each clinical trial subject or his or her legal representative, and must monitor the clinical trial until completed. There also are requirements governing the reporting of ongoing clinical trials and completed clinical trial results to public registries. Information about certain clinical trials, including clinical trial results, must be submitted within specific timeframes for publication on the www.clinicaltrials.gov website.

A sponsor who wishes to conduct a clinical trial outside of the United States may, but need not, obtain FDA authorization to conduct the clinical trial under an IND. If a foreign clinical trial is not conducted under an IND, the sponsor may submit data from the clinical trial to the FDA in support of an NDA or BLA. The FDA will accept a well-designed and well-conducted foreign clinical trial not conducted under an IND if the study was conducted in accordance with GCP requirements, and the FDA is able to validate the data through an onsite inspection if deemed necessary.

Clinical trials generally are conducted in three sequential phases, known as Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3, and may overlap.

 

   

Phase 1 clinical trials generally involve a small number of healthy volunteers or disease-affected patients who are initially exposed to a single dose and then multiple doses of the product candidate. The primary purpose of these clinical trials is to assess the metabolism, pharmacologic action, side effect tolerability and safety of the product candidate.

 

   

Phase 2 clinical trials involve studies in disease-affected patients to evaluate proof of concept and/or determine the dose required to produce the desired benefits. At the same time, safety and further pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic information is collected, possible adverse effects and safety risks are identified and a preliminary evaluation of efficacy is conducted.

 

   

Phase 3 clinical trials generally involve a large number of patients at multiple geographically dispersed clinical trial sites and are designed to provide the data necessary to demonstrate the effectiveness of the product for its intended use, its safety in use and to establish the overall benefit/risk relationship of the product and provide an adequate basis for approval and product labeling.

Post-approval trials, sometimes referred to as Phase 4 clinical trials, may be conducted after initial marketing approval. These trials are used to gain additional experience from the treatment of patients in the intended therapeutic indication and are commonly intended to generate additional safety data regarding use of the product in a clinical setting. In certain instances, the FDA may mandate the performance of Phase 4 clinical trials as a condition of approval of an NDA or BLA. Failure to exhibit due diligence with regard to conducting required Phase 4 clinical trials could result in withdrawal of approval for products.

Progress reports detailing the results of the clinical trials, among other information, must be submitted at least annually to the FDA and written IND safety reports must be submitted to the FDA and the investigators 15 days after the trial sponsor determines the information qualifies for reporting for serious and unexpected suspected adverse events, findings from other studies or animal or in vitro testing that suggest a significant risk for human subjects and any clinically important increase in the rate of a serious suspected adverse reaction over that listed in the protocol or investigator brochure. The sponsor must also notify the FDA of any unexpected fatal or life-threatening suspected adverse reaction as soon as possible but in no case later than seven calendar days after the sponsor’s initial receipt of the information.

Phase 1, Phase 2, Phase 3 and other types of clinical trials may not be completed successfully within any specified period, if at all. The FDA or the sponsor may suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time

 

156


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

on various grounds, including a finding that the research subjects or patients are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Similarly, an IRB can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB’s requirements or if the drug or biologic has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients. Additionally, some clinical trials are overseen by an independent group of qualified experts organized by the clinical trial sponsor, known as a data safety monitoring board or committee. This group provides authorization for whether a trial may move forward at designated check points based on access to certain data from the trial. Concurrent with clinical trials, companies usually complete additional animal studies and also must develop additional information about the chemistry and physical characteristics of the drug or biologic as well as finalize a process for manufacturing the product in commercial quantities in accordance with cGMP requirements. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the product and, among other things, companies must develop methods for testing the identity, strength, quality and purity of the final product. Additionally, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the product candidates do not undergo unacceptable deterioration over their shelf life.

FDA Review Process

Following completion of the clinical trials, data are analyzed to assess whether the investigational product is safe and effective for the proposed indicated use or uses. The results of preclinical studies and clinical trials are then submitted to the FDA as part of an NDA or BLA, along with proposed labeling, chemistry and manufacturing information to ensure product quality and other relevant data. The NDA or BLA is a request for approval to market the drug or biologic for one or more specified indications and must contain proof of safety and efficacy for a drug or safety, purity and potency for a biologic. The application may include both negative and ambiguous results of preclinical studies and clinical trials, as well as positive findings. Data may come from company-sponsored clinical trials intended to test the safety and efficacy of a product’s use or from a number of alternative sources, including studies initiated by investigators. To support marketing approval, the data submitted must be sufficient in quality and quantity to establish the safety and efficacy of the investigational product to the satisfaction of FDA. FDA approval of an NDA or BLA must be obtained before a drug or biologic may be marketed in the United States.

Under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act, or PDUFA, as amended, each NDA or BLA must be accompanied by a user fee. FDA adjusts the PDUFA user fees on an annual basis. Fee waivers or reductions are available in certain circumstances, including a waiver of the application fee for the first application filed by a small business. Additionally, no user fees are assessed on NDAs or BLAs for products designated as orphan drugs, unless the product also includes a non-orphan indication.

The FDA reviews all submitted NDAs and BLAs to ensure they are sufficiently complete to permit substantive review before it accepts them for filing, and may request additional information rather than accepting the NDA or BLA for filing. The FDA must make a decision on accepting an NDA or BLA for filing within 60 days of receipt, and such decision could include a refusal to file by the FDA. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth review of the NDA or BLA. Under the goals and policies agreed to by the FDA under PDUFA, the FDA targets ten months, from the filing date, in which to complete its initial review of a new molecular entity NDA or original BLA and respond to the applicant, and six months from the filing date of a new molecular entity NDA or original BLA designated for priority review. The FDA does not always meet its PDUFA goal dates for standard and priority NDAs or BLAs, and the review process is often extended by FDA requests for additional information or clarification.

Before approving an NDA or BLA, the FDA will conduct a pre-approval inspection of the manufacturing facilities for the new product to determine whether they comply with cGMP requirements. The FDA will not approve the product unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. The FDA also may audit data from clinical trials to ensure compliance with

 

157


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

GCP requirements. Additionally, the FDA may refer applications for novel products or products which present difficult questions of safety or efficacy to an advisory committee, typically a panel that includes clinicians and other experts, for review, evaluation and a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions, if any. The FDA is not bound by recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations when making decisions on approval. The FDA likely will reanalyze the clinical trial data, which could result in extensive discussions between the FDA and the applicant during the review process. After the FDA evaluates an NDA or BLA, it will issue an approval letter or a Complete Response Letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the drug or biologic with specific prescribing information for specific indications. A Complete Response Letter indicates that the review cycle of the application is complete and the application will not be approved in its present form. A Complete Response Letter usually describes all of the specific deficiencies in the NDA or BLA identified by the FDA. The Complete Response Letter may require the applicant to obtain additional clinical data, including the potential requirement to conduct additional pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial(s) and/or to complete other significant and time-consuming requirements related to clinical trials, or to conduct additional preclinical studies or manufacturing activities. If a Complete Response Letter is issued, the applicant may either resubmit the NDA or BLA, addressing all of the deficiencies identified in the letter, or withdraw the application or request an opportunity for a hearing. Even if such data and information are submitted, the FDA may decide that the NDA or BLA does not satisfy the criteria for approval. Data obtained from clinical trials are not always conclusive and the FDA may interpret data differently than we interpret the same data.

Orphan Drug Designation and Exclusivity

Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may grant orphan designation to a drug or biological product intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is generally a disease or condition that affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States, or more than 200,000 individuals in the United States and for which there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and making the product available in the United States for this type of disease or condition will be recovered from sales of the product.

Orphan drug designation must be requested before submitting an NDA or BLA. After the FDA grants orphan drug designation, the identity of the therapeutic agent and its potential orphan use are disclosed publicly by the FDA. Orphan drug designation does not convey any advantage in or shorten the duration of the regulatory review and approval process.

If a product that has orphan drug designation subsequently receives the first FDA approval for the disease or condition for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to orphan drug exclusivity, which means that the FDA may not approve any other applications to market the same drug for the same indication for seven years from the date of such approval, except in limited circumstances, such as a showing of clinical superiority to the product with orphan exclusivity by means of greater effectiveness, greater safety or providing a major contribution to patient care or in instances of drug supply issues. Competitors, however, may receive approval of either a different product for the same indication or the same product for a different indication but that could be used off-label in the orphan indication. Orphan drug exclusivity also could block the approval of one of our products for seven years if a competitor obtains approval before we do for the same product, as defined by the FDA, for the same indication we are seeking approval, or if our product is determined to be contained within the scope of the competitor’s product for the same indication or disease. If we pursue marketing approval for an indication broader than the orphan drug designation we have received, we may not be entitled to orphan drug exclusivity. Orphan drug status in the European Union has similar, but not identical, requirements and benefits.

Tropical Disease Priority Review Voucher Program

The FDA has authority to award priority review vouchers, or PRVs, to sponsors of certain tropical disease product applications. The FDA’s Tropical Disease Priority Review Voucher Program is designed to encourage development of new drug and biological products for the prevention and treatment of certain

 

158


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

tropical diseases affecting millions of people throughout the world. Under this program, a sponsor who receives an approval for a drug or biologic for the prevention or treatment a tropical disease that meets certain criteria may qualify for a PRV that can be redeemed to receive priority review of a subsequent NDA or BLA for a different product. The sponsor of a topical disease drug product receiving a PRV may transfer (including by sale) the voucher to another sponsor of an NDA or BLA. The FD&C Act does not limit the number of times a PRV may be transferred before the voucher is used.

For a product to qualify for a PRV, (i) the sponsor must request approval of the product for the prevention or treatment of a “tropical disease” listed in Section 524 of the FD&C Act, (ii) the product must otherwise qualify for priority review, and (iii) the product must contain no active ingredient (including any salt or ester of an active ingredient) that has been approved by the FDA in any other NDA or BLA. Applications also must contain reports of one or more new clinical investigations (other than bioavailability studies) that were essential to the approval of the application and conducted or sponsored by the sponsor.

Expedited Development and Review Programs

A sponsor may seek to develop and obtain approval of its product candidates under programs designed to accelerate the development, FDA review and approval of new drugs and biologics that meet certain criteria. For example, the FDA has a fast track program that is intended to expedite or facilitate the process for reviewing new drugs and biologics that are intended to treat a serious or life threatening disease or condition and demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs for the condition. Fast track designation applies to both the product and the specific indication for which it is being studied. For a fast track-designated product, the FDA may consider sections of the NDA or BLA for review on a rolling basis before the complete application is submitted, if the sponsor provides a schedule for the submission of the sections of the application, the FDA agrees to accept sections of the application and determines that the schedule is acceptable and the sponsor pays any required user fees upon submission of the first section of the application. The sponsor can request the FDA to designate the product for fast track status any time before receiving NDA or BLA approval, but ideally no later than the pre-NDA or pre-BLA meeting.

A product submitted to the FDA for marketing, including under a fast track program, may be eligible for other types of FDA programs intended to expedite development or review, such as priority review and accelerated approval. Priority review means that, for a new molecular entity or original BLA, the FDA sets a target date for FDA action on the marketing application at six months after accepting the application for filing as opposed to ten months. A product is eligible for priority review if it is designed to treat a serious or life-threatening disease condition and, if approved, would provide a significant improvement in safety and effectiveness compared to available therapies. The FDA will attempt to direct additional resources to the evaluation of an application for a new drug or biologic designated for priority review in an effort to facilitate the review. If criteria are not met for priority review, the application for a new molecular entity or original BLA is subject to the standard FDA review period of ten months after FDA accepts the application for filing. Priority review designation does not change the scientific/medical standard for approval or the quality of evidence necessary to support approval.

A product may also be eligible for accelerated approval if it is designed to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and demonstrates an effect on either a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit or on a clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than irreversible morbidity or mortality, or IMM, that is reasonably likely to predict an effect on IMM or other clinical benefit, taking into account the severity, rarity, or prevalence of the disease or condition and the availability or lack of alternative treatments. As a condition of approval, the FDA requires that a sponsor of a drug or biologic receiving accelerated approval perform adequate and well-controlled post-marketing clinical trials. In addition, the FDA currently requires as a condition for accelerated approval pre-approval of promotional materials, which could adversely impact the timing of the commercial launch of the product. FDA may withdraw approval of a drug or indication approved under accelerated approval if, for example, the confirmatory trial fails to verify the predicted clinical benefit of the product.

 

159


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Additionally, a drug or biologic may be eligible for designation as a breakthrough therapy if the product candidate is intended, alone or in combination with one or more other drugs or biologics, to treat a serious or life-threatening condition and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the product candidate may demonstrate substantial improvement over currently approved therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. If the FDA designates a breakthrough therapy, it may take actions appropriate to expedite the development and review of the application, which may include holding meetings with the sponsor and the review team throughout the development of the therapy; providing timely advice to, and interactive communication with, the sponsor regarding the development of the drug to ensure that the development program to gather the nonclinical and clinical data necessary for approval is as efficient as practicable; involving senior managers and experienced review staff, as appropriate, in a collaborative, cross-disciplinary review; assigning a cross-disciplinary project lead for the FDA review team to facilitate an efficient review of the development program and to serve as a scientific liaison between the review team and the sponsor; and considering alternative clinical trial designs when scientifically appropriate, which may result in smaller trials or more efficient trials that require less time to complete and may minimize the number of patients exposed to a potentially less efficacious treatment. Breakthrough therapy designation comes with all of the benefits of fast track designation, which means that the sponsor may file sections of the BLA for review on a rolling basis if certain conditions are satisfied, including an agreement with the FDA on the proposed schedule for submission of portions of the application and the payment of applicable user fees before the FDA may initiate a review.

Even if a product qualifies for one or more of these programs, the FDA may later decide that the product no longer meets the conditions for qualification or the time period for FDA review or approval may not be shortened. Furthermore, fast track designation, priority review, accelerated approval and breakthrough therapy designation do not change the standards for approval.

Pediatric Information and Pediatric Exclusivity

Under the Pediatric Research Equity Act, or PREA, certain NDAs and BLAs and certain supplements to an NDA or BLA must contain data to assess the safety and efficacy of the drug for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the product is safe and effective. The FDA may grant deferrals for submission of pediatric data or full or partial waivers. The Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act, or FDASIA, amended the FD&C Act to require that a sponsor who is planning to submit a marketing application for a drug that includes a new active ingredient, new indication, new dosage form, new dosing regimen or new route of administration submit an initial Pediatric Study Plan, or PSP, within 60 days of an end-of-Phase 2 meeting or, if there is no such meeting, as early as practicable before the initiation of the Phase 3 or Phase 2/3 clinical trial. The initial PSP must include an outline of the pediatric study or studies that the sponsor plans to conduct, including study objectives and design, age groups, relevant endpoints and statistical approach, or a justification for not including such detailed information, and any request for a deferral of pediatric assessments or a full or partial waiver of the requirement to provide data from pediatric studies along with supporting information. The FDA and the sponsor must reach an agreement on the PSP. A sponsor can submit amendments to an agreed-upon initial PSP at any time if changes to the pediatric plan need to be considered based on data collected from preclinical studies, early phase clinical trials and/or other clinical development programs. Unless otherwise required by regulation, PREA generally does not apply to a drug or biologic for an indication for which orphan designation has been granted.

A drug or biologic product can also obtain pediatric market exclusivity in the United States. Pediatric exclusivity, if granted, adds six months to existing exclusivity periods and patent terms. This six-month exclusivity, which runs from the end of other exclusivity protection or patent term, may be granted based on the voluntary completion of a pediatric study in accordance with an FDA-issued “Written Request” for such a study.

 

160


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Post-Approval Requirements

Following approval of a new product, the manufacturer and the approved product are subject to continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, monitoring and record-keeping activities, reporting of adverse experiences, complying with promotion and advertising requirements, which include limitations on industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities and restrictions on promoting products for unapproved uses or patient populations (known as “off-label use”). Although physicians may in their independent medical judgment prescribe legally available products for off-label uses, manufacturers may not market or promote such uses. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses, and a company that is found to have improperly promoted off-label uses may be subject to significant liability, including investigation by federal and state authorities. Prescription drug promotional materials must be submitted to the FDA in conjunction with their first use or first publication. Further, if there are any modifications to the drug or biologic, including changes in indications, labeling or manufacturing processes or facilities, the applicant may be required to submit and obtain FDA approval of a new NDA/BLA or NDA/BLA supplement, which may require the development of additional data or preclinical studies and clinical trials. The FDA may also place other conditions on approvals including the requirement for a REMS, to assure the safe use of the product. If the FDA concludes a REMS is needed, the sponsor of the NDA or BLA must submit a proposed REMS. The FDA will not approve the NDA or BLA without an approved REMS, if required. A REMS could include medication guides, physician communication plans or elements to assure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and other risk minimization tools. Any of these limitations on approval or marketing could restrict the commercial promotion, distribution, prescription or dispensing of products. Product approvals may be withdrawn for non-compliance with regulatory standards or if problems occur following initial marketing.

FDA regulations require that products be manufactured in specific approved facilities and in accordance with cGMP regulations. We rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties for the production of clinical and commercial quantities of our products in accordance with cGMP regulations. These manufacturers must comply with cGMP regulations that require, among other things, quality control and quality assurance, the maintenance of records and documentation and the obligation to investigate and correct any deviations from cGMP. Manufacturers and other entities involved in the manufacture and distribution of approved drugs or biologics are required to register their establishments with the FDA and certain state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and certain state agencies for compliance with cGMP requirements and other laws. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain cGMP compliance. The discovery of violative conditions, including failure to conform to cGMP regulations, could result in enforcement actions, and the discovery of problems with a product after approval may result in restrictions on a product, manufacturer or holder of an approved NDA or BLA, including recall.

Once an approval is granted, the FDA may issue enforcement letters or withdraw the approval of the product if compliance with regulatory requirements and standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the drug or biologic reaches the market. Corrective action could delay drug or biologic distribution and require significant time and financial expenditures. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a drug or biologic, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety information; imposition of post-market studies or clinical trials to assess new safety risks; or imposition of distribution or other restrictions under a REMS program. Other potential consequences include, among other things:

 

   

restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of the drug or biologic, suspension of the approval, complete withdrawal of the drug from the market or product recalls;

 

   

fines, warning letters, untitled letters or holds on post-approval clinical trials;

 

161


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

refusal of the FDA to approve applications or supplements to approved applications, or suspension or revocation of drug or biologic approvals;

 

   

safety alerts, Dear Healthcare Provider letters, press releases or other communications containing warnings or other safety information about the product;

 

   

mandated modification of promotional materials and labeling and issuance of corrective information;

 

   

drug or biologic seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of products;

 

   

consent decrees, corporate integrity agreements, debarment or exclusion from federal healthcare programs; or

 

   

injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

Regulation of Companion Diagnostics

We believe that the success of certain of our product candidates may depend, in part, on the development and commercialization of a companion diagnostic. Companion diagnostics identify patients who are most likely to benefit from a particular therapeutic product; identify patients likely to be at increased risk for serious side effects as a result of treatment with a particular therapeutic product; or monitor response to treatment with a particular therapeutic product for the purpose of adjusting treatment to achieve improved safety or effectiveness. Companion diagnostics are regulated as medical devices by the FDA. In the United States, the FD&C Act and its implementing regulations, and other federal and state statutes and regulations govern, among other things, medical device design and development, preclinical and clinical testing, premarket clearance or approval, registration and listing, manufacturing, labeling, storage, advertising and promotion, sales and distribution, export and import, and post-market surveillance. Unless an exemption or FDA exercise of enforcement discretion applies, diagnostic tests generally require marketing clearance or approval from the FDA prior to commercialization. The two primary types of FDA marketing authorization applicable to a medical device are premarket notification, also called 510(k) clearance, and approval of a premarket approval application, or PMA.

To obtain 510(k) clearance for a medical device, or for certain modifications to devices that have received 510(k) clearance, a manufacturer must submit a premarket notification demonstrating that the proposed device is substantially equivalent to a previously cleared 510(k) device or to a pre-amendment device that was in commercial distribution before May 28, 1976, or a predicate device, for which the FDA has not yet called for the submission of a PMA. In making a determination that the device is substantially equivalent to a predicate device, the FDA compares the proposed device to the predicate device or predicate devices and assesses whether the subject device is comparable to the predicate device or predicate devices with respect to intended use, technology, design and other features which could affect safety and effectiveness. If the FDA determines that the subject device is substantially equivalent to the predicate device or predicate devices, the subject device may be cleared for marketing. The 510(k) premarket notification pathway generally takes from three to twelve months from the date the application is completed, but can take significantly longer.

A PMA must be supported by valid scientific evidence, which typically requires extensive data, including technical, preclinical, clinical and manufacturing data, to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction the safety and effectiveness of the device. For diagnostic tests, a PMA typically includes data regarding analytical and clinical validation studies. As part of its review of the PMA, the FDA will conduct a pre-approval inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities to ensure compliance with the Quality System Regulation, or QSR, which requires manufacturers to follow design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures. The FDA’s review of an initial PMA application is required by statute to take between six to ten months, although the process typically takes longer, and may require several years to complete. If the FDA evaluations of both the PMA application and the manufacturing facilities are favorable, the FDA will either issue an approval letter or an approvable letter,

 

162


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

which usually contains a number of conditions that must be met in order to secure the final approval of the PMA. If the FDA’s evaluation of the PMA or manufacturing facilities is not favorable, the FDA will deny the approval of the PMA or issue a not approvable letter. A not approvable letter will outline the deficiencies in the application and, where practical, will identify what is necessary to make the PMA approvable. Once granted, PMA approval may be withdrawn by the FDA if compliance with post-approval requirements, conditions of approval or other regulatory standards is not maintained or problems are identified following initial marketing.

In August 2014, the FDA issued a final guidance document addressing the development and approval process for “In Vitro Companion Diagnostic Devices.” According to the guidance document, for novel therapeutic products that depend on the use of a diagnostic test and where the diagnostic device could be essential for the safe and effective use of the corresponding therapeutic product, the premarket application for the companion diagnostic device should be developed and approved or cleared contemporaneously with the therapeutic, although the FDA recognizes that there may be cases when contemporaneous development may not be possible. However, in cases where a drug or biologic cannot be used safely or effectively without the companion diagnostic, the FDA’s guidance indicates it will generally not approve the product without the approval or clearance of the diagnostic device. The FDA also issued a draft guidance in July 2016 setting forth the principles for co-development of an in vitro companion diagnostic device with a therapeutic product. The draft guidance describes principles to guide the development and contemporaneous marketing authorization for the therapeutic product and its corresponding in vitro companion diagnostic.

Once cleared or approved, the companion diagnostic device must adhere to post-marketing requirements including the requirements of FDA’s quality system regulation, adverse event reporting, recalls and corrections along with product marketing requirements and limitations. Like drug and biologic makers, companion diagnostic makers are subject to unannounced FDA inspections at any time during which the FDA will conduct an audit of the product(s) and the company’s facilities for compliance with its authorities.

United States Patent Term Restoration and Marketing Exclusivity

Depending upon the timing, duration and specifics of FDA approval of our future product candidates, some of our United States patents may be eligible for limited patent term extension under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, commonly referred to as the Hatch-Waxman Amendments. The Hatch-Waxman Amendments permit restoration of the patent term of up to five years as compensation for patent term lost during the FDA regulatory review process. Patent-term restoration, however, cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the product’s approval date and only those claims covering such approved drug product, a method for using it or a method for manufacturing it may be extended. The patent-term restoration period is generally one-half the time between the effective date of an IND and the submission date of an NDA or BLA plus the time between the submission date of an NDA or BLA and the approval of that application, except that the review period is reduced by any time during which the applicant failed to exercise due diligence. Only one patent applicable to an approved drug is eligible for the extension and the application for the extension must be submitted prior to the expiration of the patent. The USPTO, in consultation with the FDA, reviews and approves the application for any patent term extension or restoration. In the future, we may apply for restoration of patent term for our currently owned or licensed patents to add patent life beyond its current expiration date, depending on the expected length of the clinical trials and other factors involved in the filing of the relevant NDA or BLA.

Marketing exclusivity provisions under the FD&C Act also can delay the submission or the approval of certain applications. The FD&C Act provides a five-year period of non-patent marketing exclusivity within the United States to the first applicant to gain approval of an NDA for a new chemical entity. A drug is a new chemical entity if the FDA has not previously approved any other new drug containing the same active moiety, which is the molecule or ion responsible for the action of the drug substance. During

 

163


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

the exclusivity period, the FDA may not accept for review an ANDA, or a 505(b)(2) NDA submitted by another company for another version of such drug where the applicant does not own or have a legal right of reference to all the data required for approval. However, an application may be submitted after four years if it contains a certification of patent invalidity or non-infringement. The FD&C Act also provides three years of marketing exclusivity for an NDA, 505(b)(2) NDA or supplement to an existing NDA if new clinical investigations, other than bioavailability studies, that were conducted or sponsored by the applicant are deemed by the FDA to be essential to the approval of the application, for example, new indications, dosages or strengths of an existing drug. This three-year exclusivity covers only the conditions of use associated with the new clinical investigations and does not prohibit the FDA from approving ANDAs for drugs containing the original active agent. Five-year and three-year exclusivity will not delay the submission or approval of a full NDA. However, an applicant submitting a full NDA would be required to conduct or obtain a right of reference to all of the preclinical studies and adequate and well-controlled clinical trials necessary to demonstrate safety and effectiveness.

Biosimilars and Exclusivity

Certain of our product candidates will be regulated as biologics. An abbreviated approval pathway for biological products shown to be similar to, or interchangeable with, an FDA-licensed reference biological product was created by the Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009, or BPCI Act, as part of the Affordable Care Act, or ACA. This amendment to the PHSA, in part, attempts to minimize duplicative testing. Biosimilarity, which requires that the biological product be highly similar to the reference product notwithstanding minor differences in clinically inactive components and that there be no clinically meaningful differences between the product and the reference product in terms of safety, purity and potency, can be shown through analytical studies, animal studies and a clinical trial or trials. Interchangeability requires that a biological product be biosimilar to the reference product and that the product can be expected to produce the same clinical results as the reference product in any given patient and, for products administered multiple times to an individual, that the product and the reference product may be alternated or switched after one has been previously administered without increasing safety risks or risks of diminished efficacy relative to exclusive use of the reference biological product without such alternation or switch. Complexities associated with the larger, and often more complex, structure of biological products as compared to small molecule drugs, as well as the processes by which such products are manufactured, pose significant hurdles to implementation that are still being worked out by the FDA.

A reference biological product is granted four and twelve year exclusivity periods from the time of first licensure of the product. FDA will not accept an application for a biosimilar or interchangeable product based on the reference biological product until four years after the date of first licensure of the reference product, and FDA will not approve an application for a biosimilar or interchangeable product based on the reference biological product until twelve years after the date of first licensure of the reference product. “First licensure” typically means the initial date the particular product at issue was licensed in the United States. Date of first licensure does not include the date of licensure of (and a new period of exclusivity is not available for) a biological product if the licensure is for a supplement for the biological product or for a subsequent application by the same sponsor or manufacturer of the biological product (or licensor, predecessor in interest, or other related entity) for a change (not including a modification to the structure of the biological product) that results in a new indication, route of administration, dosing schedule, dosage form, delivery system, delivery device or strength, or for a modification to the structure of the biological product that does not result in a change in safety, purity, or potency. Therefore, one must determine whether a new product includes a modification to the structure of a previously licensed product that results in a change in safety, purity, or potency to assess whether the licensure of the new product is a first licensure that triggers its own period of exclusivity. Whether a subsequent application, if approved, warrants exclusivity as the “first licensure” of a biological product is determined on a case-by-case basis with data submitted by the sponsor.

 

164


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Other Regulatory Matters

Manufacturing, sales, promotion and other activities following product approval are also subject to regulation by numerous regulatory authorities in the United States in addition to the FDA, including the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, the Office of Inspector General and the Office for Civil Rights, as well as other divisions of the U.S. Department of Health & Human Services, the Department of Justice, the Drug Enforcement Administration, the Consumer Product Safety Commission, the Federal Trade Commission, the Occupational Safety & Health Administration, the Environmental Protection Agency and state and local governments.

Other Healthcare Laws in the United States

Healthcare providers, and third party payors will play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of any products for which we obtain marketing approval. Our current and future arrangements with healthcare providers and physicians and any future arrangements with third party payers, may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations that may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we market, sell and distribute any drugs for which we obtain marketing approval. In the United States, these laws include: the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, the False Claims Act, and the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, or HIPPA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH. The Anti-Kickback Statute makes it illegal for any person or entity, including a prescription drug manufacturer (or a party acting on its behalf), to knowingly and willfully solicit, receive, offer or pay any remuneration (including any kickback, bribe, or rebate), directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, that is intended to induce or reward referrals, including the purchase, recommendation, order or prescription of a particular drug, for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under a federal healthcare program, such as Medicare or Medicaid. Violations of this law are punishable by imprisonment, criminal fines, administrative civil money penalties and exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs. In addition, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it. Moreover, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Healthcare and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, or collectively the ACA provides that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal civil False Claims Act.

Although we would not submit claims directly to payors, drug manufacturers can be held liable under the federal civil False Claims Act, which imposes civil penalties, including through civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, against individuals or entities (including manufacturers) for, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented to federal programs (including Medicare and Medicaid) claims for items or services, including drugs, that are false or fraudulent, claims for items or services not provided as claimed, or claims for medically unnecessary items or services. Penalties for a False Claims Act violation include three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus mandatory civil penalties for each separate false claim, the potential for exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs and, although the federal False Claims Act is a civil statute, conduct that results in a False Claims Act violation may also implicate various federal criminal statutes. The government may deem manufacturers to have “caused” the submission of false or fraudulent claims by, for example, providing inaccurate billing or coding information to customers or promoting a product off-label. Our operations, including the future marketing and activities relating to the reporting of wholesaler or estimated retail prices for our products, if approved, the reporting of prices used to calculate Medicaid rebate information and other information affecting federal, state and third-party reimbursement for our products, and the sale and marketing of our product candidates, are subject to scrutiny under this law.

HIPAA created new federal criminal statutes that prohibit among other things, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud or to obtain, by means of false or fraudulent pretenses, representations or promises, any money or property owned by, or under the control

 

165


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

or custody of, any healthcare benefit program, including private third party payors, knowingly and willfully embezzling or stealing from a healthcare benefit program, willfully obstructing a criminal investigation of a healthcare offense, and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up by trick, scheme or device, a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. Like the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation.

The civil monetary penalties statute imposes penalties against any person or entity that, among other things, is determined to have presented or caused to be presented a claim to a federal health program that the person knows or should know is for an item or service that was not provided as claimed or is false or fraudulent.

We may be subject to data privacy and security regulations by both the federal government and the states in which we conduct our business. HIPAA, as amended by HITECH, and their implementing regulations, mandates, among other things, the adoption of uniform standards for the electronic exchange of information in common healthcare transactions, as well as standards relating to the privacy and security of individually identifiable health information, which require the adoption of administrative, physical and technical safeguards to protect such information. Among other things, HITECH makes HIPAA’s security standards directly applicable to business associates, defined as independent contractors or agents of covered entities, which include certain health care providers, health plans, and healthcare clearinghouses, that create, receive or obtain protected health information in connection with providing a service for or on behalf of a covered entity and their covered subcontractors. HITECH also increased the civil and criminal penalties that may be imposed against covered entities and business associates, and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorney’s fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions. In addition, certain state laws govern the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, some of which are more stringent than HIPAA and many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts. Failure to comply with these laws, where applicable, can result in the imposition of significant civil and criminal penalties.

Additionally, the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act, or the Sunshine Act, within the ACA, and its implementing regulations, require that certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biological and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program (with certain exceptions) report annually to CMS information related to certain payments or other transfers of value made or distributed to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists, and chiropractors) and teaching hospitals, or to entities or individuals at the request of, or designated on behalf of, physicians, and teaching hospitals and to report annually certain ownership and investment interests held by physicians, certain other healthcare professionals, and their immediate family members. Beginning in 2022, applicable manufacturers will also be required to report information regarding payments and other transfers of value provided during the previous year to physician assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical nurse specialists, certified nurse anesthetists, anesthesiologist assistants, and certified nurse-midwives. In addition, many states also govern the reporting of payments or other transfers of value, many of which differ from each other in significant ways, are often not pre-empted, and may have a more prohibitive effect than the Sunshine Act, thus further complicating compliance efforts.

Similar federal, state and foreign fraud and abuse laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services. Such laws are generally broad and are enforced by various state agencies and private actions. Also, many states have similar fraud and abuse statutes or regulations that may be broader in scope and may apply regardless of payor, in addition to items and services reimbursed under Medicaid and other state programs. Some state laws require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant federal government compliance guidance, and require drug manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures.

 

166


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In order to distribute products commercially, we must comply with state laws that require the registration of manufacturers and wholesale distributors of drug and biological products in a state, including, in certain states, manufacturers and distributors who ship products into the state even if such manufacturers or distributors have no place of business within the state. Some states also impose requirements on manufacturers and distributors to establish the pedigree of product in the chain of distribution, including some states that require manufacturers and others to adopt new technology capable of tracking and tracing product as it moves through the distribution chain. Several states have enacted legislation requiring pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies to establish marketing compliance programs, file periodic reports with the state, make periodic public disclosures on sales, marketing, pricing, clinical trials and other activities, and/or register their sales representatives, as well as to prohibit pharmacies and other healthcare entities from providing certain physician prescribing data to pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for use in sales and marketing, and to prohibit certain other sales and marketing practices. All of our activities are potentially subject to federal and state consumer protection and unfair competition laws.

The scope and enforcement of each of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change in the current environment of healthcare reform, especially in light of the lack of applicable precedent and regulations. Federal and state enforcement bodies have recently increased their scrutiny of interactions between healthcare companies and healthcare providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, individual imprisonment, exclusion of drugs from government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results. If any of the physicians or other healthcare providers or entities with whom we expect to do business is found to be not in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government funded healthcare programs. Ensuring business arrangements comply with applicable healthcare laws, as well as responding to possible investigations by government authorities, can be time- and resource-consuming and can divert a company’s attention from the business.

Current and Future Legislation

In the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been, and likely will continue to be, a number of legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system directed at broadening the availability of healthcare, improving the quality of healthcare, and containing or lowering the cost of healthcare.

For example, in March 2010, the ACA was enacted in the United States. The ACA includes measures that have significantly changed, and are expected to continue to significantly change, the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers. Among the provisions of the ACA of greatest importance to the pharmaceutical industry are that the ACA:

 

   

made several changes to the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program, including increasing pharmaceutical manufacturers’ rebate liability by raising the minimum basic Medicaid rebate on most branded prescription drugs to 23.1% of average manufacturer price, or AMP, and adding a new rebate calculation for “line extensions” (i.e., new formulations, such as extended release formulations) of solid oral dosage forms of branded products, as well as potentially impacting their rebate liability by modifying the statutory definition of AMP.

 

   

imposed a requirement on manufacturers of branded drugs to provide a 70% point-of-sale discount off the negotiated price of branded drugs dispensed to Medicare Part D beneficiaries in the

 

167


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

coverage gap (i.e., “donut hole”) as a condition for a manufacturer’s outpatient drugs being covered under Medicare Part D.

 

   

extended a manufacturer’s Medicaid rebate liability to covered drugs dispensed to individuals who are enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations.

 

   

expanded the entities eligible for discounts under the 340B Drug Discount Program.

 

   

established a new methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program are calculated for drugs that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted, or injected.

 

   

imposed an annual, nondeductible fee on any entity that manufactures or imports certain branded prescription drugs, apportioned among these entities according to their market share in certain government healthcare programs.

 

   

established a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in, and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research. The research conducted by the Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute may affect the market for certain pharmaceutical products.

 

   

established the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation within CMS to test innovative payment and service delivery models to lower Medicare and Medicaid spending, potentially including prescription drug spending.

While Congress has not passed comprehensive repeal legislation, several bills affecting the implementation of certain taxes under the ACA have been signed into law. For example, the Tax Act includes a provision repealing, effective January 1, 2019, the tax-based shared responsibility payment imposed by the ACA on certain individuals who fail to maintain qualifying health coverage for all or part of a year that is commonly referred to as the “individual mandate.” Additionally, the 2020 federal spending package permanently eliminated, effective January 1, 2020, the ACA-mandated “Cadillac” tax on high-cost employer-sponsored health coverage and medical device tax and, effective January 1, 2021, also eliminated the health insurer tax. Further, the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018, or the BBA, among other things, amends the ACA, effective January 1, 2019, to reduce the coverage gap in most Medicare drug plans, commonly referred to as the “donut hole.” On December 14, 2018, a United States District Court Judge in the Northern District of Texas, or the Texas District Court Judge, ruled that the individual mandate is a critical and inseverable feature of the ACA, and therefore, because it was repealed as part of the Tax Act, the remaining provisions of the ACA are invalid as well. Additionally, on December 18, 2019, the United States Court of Appeals for the 5th Circuit upheld the District Court ruling that the individual mandate was unconstitutional and remanded the case back to the District Court to determine whether the remaining provisions of the ACA are invalid as well. The United States Supreme Court is currently reviewing the case, although it is unknown when a decision will be made. Further, although the United States Supreme Court has not yet ruled on the constitutionality of the ACA, on January 28, 2021, President Biden issued an executive order to initiate a special enrollment period from February 15, 2021 through May 15, 2021 for purposes of obtaining health insurance coverage through the ACA marketplace. The executive order also instructs certain governmental agencies to review and reconsider their existing policies and rules that limit access to healthcare, including among others, reexamining Medicaid demonstration projects and waiver programs that include work requirements, and policies that create unnecessary barriers to obtaining access to health insurance coverage through Medicaid or the ACA. It is unclear how the Supreme Court ruling, other such litigation, and the healthcare reform measures of the Biden administration will impact the ACA.

Other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the ACA was enacted. In August 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011, among other things, created measures for spending reductions by Congress. The Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction, tasked with recommending a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, was unable to reach required goals, thereby triggering the legislation’s automatic reduction to several

 

168


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

government programs. This includes aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers up to 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect in April 2013, following passage of the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2013, and will remain in effect through 2030, with the exception of a temporary suspension from May 1, 2020 through March 31, 2021 due to the COVID-19 pandemic, unless additional congressional action is taken. Further, in January 2013, former President Obama signed into law the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals, imaging centers and cancer treatment centers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors, which may adversely affect our future profitability. Additionally, there has been increasing legislative and enforcement interest in the United States with respect to specialty drug pricing practices.

Specifically, there have been several recent United States Congressional inquiries and proposed bills designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to drug pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for drugs. At the federal level, the Trump administration used several means to propose or implement drug pricing reform, including through federal budget proposals, executive orders and policy initiatives. For example, on July 24, 2020 and September 13, 2020, the Trump administration announced several executive orders related to prescription drug pricing that seek to implement several of the administration’s proposals. As a result, the FDA released a final rule on September 24, 2020, effective November 30, 2020, providing guidance for states to build and submit importation plans for drugs from Canada. Further, on November 20, 2020, HHS finalized a regulation removing safe harbor protection for price reductions from pharmaceutical manufacturers to plan sponsors under Medicare Part D, either directly or through pharmacy benefit managers, unless the price reduction is required by law. The implementation of the rule has been delayed by the Biden administration from January 1, 2022 to January 1, 2023 in response to ongoing litigation. The rule also creates a new safe harbor for price reductions reflected at the point-of-sale, as well as a new safe harbor for certain fixed fee arrangements between pharmacy benefit managers and manufacturers, the implementation of which have also been delayed pending review by the Biden administration until March 22, 2021. On November 20, 2020, CMS issued an interim final rule implementing the Trump administration’s Most Favored Nation executive order, which would tie Medicare Part B payments for certain physician-administered drugs to the lowest price paid in other economically advanced countries, effective January 1, 2021. On December 28, 2020, the United States District Court in Northern California issued a nationwide preliminary injunction against implementation of the interim final rule. It is unclear whether the Biden administration will work to reverse these measures or pursue similar policy initiatives. It is also possible that additional governmental action is taken in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. At the state level, legislatures have increasingly passed legislation and implemented regulations designed to control pharmaceutical and biological product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing. Further, it is possible that additional governmental action is taken in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

Packaging and Distribution in the United States

If our products are made available to authorized users of the Federal Supply Schedule of the General Services Administration, additional laws and requirements apply. Further, products must meet applicable child-resistant packaging requirements under the United States Poison Prevention Packaging Act. Manufacturing, sales, promotion and other activities also are potentially subject to federal and state consumer protection and unfair competition laws.

The distribution of pharmaceutical products is subject to additional requirements and regulations, including extensive record-keeping, licensing, storage and security requirements intended to prevent the unauthorized sale of pharmaceutical products.

 

169


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The failure to comply with any of these laws or regulatory requirements subjects firms to possible legal or regulatory action. Depending on the circumstances, failure to meet applicable regulatory requirements can result in significant penalties, including criminal prosecution, fines, injunctions, exclusion from federal healthcare programs, requests for recall, seizure of products, total or partial suspension of production, denial or withdrawal of product approvals, or refusal to allow a firm to enter into supply contracts, including government contracts. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business. Prohibitions or restrictions on sales or withdrawal of future products marketed by us could materially affect our business in an adverse way.

Changes in regulations, statutes or the interpretation of existing regulations could impact our business in the future by requiring, for example: (i) changes to our manufacturing arrangements; (ii) additions or modifications to product labeling; (iii) the recall or discontinuation of our products; or (iv) additional record-keeping requirements. If any such changes were to be imposed, they could adversely affect the operation of our business.

Other United States Environmental, Health and Safety Laws and Regulations

We may be subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures and the handling, use, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. From time to time and in the future, our operations may involve the use of hazardous and flammable materials, including chemicals and biological materials, and may also produce hazardous waste products. Even if we contract with third parties for the disposal of these materials and waste products, we cannot completely eliminate the risk of contamination or injury resulting from these materials. In the event of contamination or injury resulting from the use or disposal of our hazardous materials, we could be held liable for any resulting damages, and any liability could exceed our resources. We also could incur significant costs associated with civil or criminal fines and penalties for failure to comply with such laws and regulations.

We maintain workers’ compensation insurance to cover us for costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees, but this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. However, we do not maintain insurance for environmental liability or toxic tort claims that may be asserted against us.

In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. Current or future environmental laws and regulations may impair our research, development or production efforts. In addition, failure to comply with these laws and regulations may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions.

European Drug Development

In the European Union, our future products also may be subject to extensive regulatory requirements. As in the United States, medicinal products can be marketed only if a marketing authorization from the competent regulatory agencies has been obtained.

Similar to the United States, the various phases of preclinical and clinical research in the European Union are subject to significant regulatory controls. Although the EU Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC has sought to harmonize the EU clinical trials regulatory framework, setting out common rules for the control and authorization of clinical trials in the European Union, the EU Member States have transposed and applied the provisions of the Directive differently. This has led to significant variations in the Member State regimes. Under the current regime, before a clinical trial can be initiated it must be approved in each of the EU countries where the trial is to be conducted by two distinct bodies: the National Competent Authority, or NCA, and one or more Ethics Committees, or ECs. Under the current regime all suspected unexpected serious adverse reactions to the investigated drug that occur during the clinical trial have to be reported to the NCA and ECs of the Member State where they occurred.

 

170


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The EU clinical trials legislation currently is undergoing a transition process mainly aimed at harmonizing and streamlining clinical-trial authorization, simplifying adverse-event reporting procedures, improving the supervision of clinical trials and increasing their transparency. In April 2014, the EU adopted a new Clinical Trials Regulation (EU) No 536/2014, which is set to replace the current Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC. It is expected that the new Clinical Trials Regulation (EU) No 536/2014 will apply following confirmation of full functionality of the Clinical Trials Information System (CTIS), the centralized EU portal and database for clinical trials foreseen by the Regulation, through an independent audit, currently expected to occur in December 2021. The new Regulation will be directly applicable in all Member States (and so does not require national implementing legislation in each Member State), and aims at simplifying and streamlining the approval of clinical studies in the EU, for instance by providing for a streamlined application procedure via a single point and strictly defined deadlines for the assessment of clinical trial applications.

European Drug Marketing

Much like the Anti-Kickback Statue prohibition in the United States, the provision of benefits or advantages to physicians to induce or encourage the prescription, recommendation, endorsement, purchase, supply, order or use of medicinal products is also prohibited in the European Union. The provision of benefits or advantages to induce or reward improper performance generally is usually governed by the national anti-bribery laws of European Union Member States, and the Bribery Act 2010 in the UK. Infringement of these laws could result in substantial fines and imprisonment. EU Directive 2001/83/EC, which is the EU Directive governing medicinal products for human use, further provides that, where medicinal products are being promoted to persons qualified to prescribe or supply them, no gifts, pecuniary advantages or benefits in kind may be supplied, offered or promised to such persons unless they are inexpensive and relevant to the practice of medicine or pharmacy. This provision has been transposed into the Human Medicines Regulations 2012 and so remains applicable in the UK despite its departure from the EU.

Payments made to physicians in certain European Union Member States must be publicly disclosed. Moreover, agreements with physicians often must be the subject of prior notification and approval by the physician’s employer, his or her competent professional organization and/or the regulatory authorities of the individual EU Member States. These requirements are provided in the national laws, industry codes or professional codes of conduct, applicable in the EU Member States. Failure to comply with these requirements could result in reputational risk, public reprimands, administrative penalties, fines or imprisonment.

European Drug Review and Approval

In the European Economic Area, or EEA, which is comprised of the Member States of the European Union plus Norway , Iceland and Liechtenstein, medicinal products can only be commercialized after obtaining a marketing authorization, or MA. There are two main types of marketing authorizations.

 

   

The centralized MA is issued by the European Commission through the centralized procedure, based on the opinion of the Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use, or CHMP, of the EMA, and is valid throughout the entire territory of the EEA. The centralized procedure is mandatory for certain types of products, such as biotechnology medicinal products, orphan medicinal products, advanced-therapy medicinal products (gene-therapy, somatic cell-therapy or tissue-engineered medicines) and medicinal products containing a new active substance indicated for the treatment of HIV, AIDS, cancer, neurodegenerative disorders, diabetes, auto-immune and other immune dysfunctions and viral diseases. The centralized procedure is optional for products containing a new active substance not yet authorized in the EEA, or for products that constitute a significant therapeutic, scientific or technical innovation or which are in the interest of public health in the European Union. Under the centralized procedure the maximum timeframe for the evaluation of a MA application by the EMA is 210 days, excluding clock stops, when additional

 

171


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

written or oral information is to be provided by the applicant in response to questions asked by the CHMP. Clock stops may extend the timeframe of evaluation of a MA application considerably beyond 210 days. Where the CHMP gives a positive opinion, the EMA provides the opinion together with supporting documentation to the European Commission, who make the final decision to grant a marketing authorization, which is issued within 67 days of receipt of the EMA’s recommendation. Accelerated assessment might be granted by the CHMP in exceptional cases, when a medicinal product is expected to be of a major public health interest, particularly from the point of view of therapeutic innovation. The timeframe for the evaluation of a MA application under the accelerated assessment procedure is of 150 days, excluding stop-clocks, but it is possible that the CHMP may revert to the standard time limit for the centralized procedure if it determines that the application is no longer appropriate to conduct an accelerated assessment.

 

   

National MAs, which are issued by the competent authorities of the Member States of the EEA and only cover their respective territory, are available for products not falling within the mandatory scope of the centralized procedure. Where a product has already been authorized for marketing in a Member State of the EEA, this national MA can be recognized in other Member States through the mutual recognition procedure. If the product has not received a national MA in any Member State at the time of application, it can be approved simultaneously in various Member States through the decentralized procedure. Under the decentralized procedure an identical dossier is submitted to the competent authorities of each of the Member States in which the MA is sought, one of which is selected by the applicant as the Reference Member State, or RMS. The competent authority of the RMS prepares a draft assessment report, a draft summary of the product characteristics, or SmPC, and a draft of the labeling and package leaflet, which are sent to the other Member States (referred to as the Concerned Member States, or CMSs) for their approval. If the CMSs raise no objections, based on a potential serious risk to public health, to the assessment, SmPC, labeling, or packaging proposed by the RMS, the product is subsequently granted a national MA in all the Member States (i.e., in the RMS and the CMSs).

Under the above described procedures, before granting the MA, the EMA or the competent authorities of the Member States of the EEA make an assessment of the risk-benefit balance of the product on the basis of scientific criteria concerning its quality, safety and efficacy.

Now that the UK (which comprises Great Britain and Northern Ireland) has left the EU, Great Britain will no longer be covered by centralized MAs (under the Northern Irish Protocol, centralized MAs will continue to be recognized in Northern Ireland). All medicinal products with a current centralized MA were automatically converted to Great Britain MAs on January 1, 2021. For a period of two years from January 1, 2021, the Medicines and Healthcare products Regulatory Agency, or MHRA, the UK medicines regulator, may rely on a decision taken by the European Commission on the approval of a new marketing authorization in the centralized procedure, in order to more quickly grant a new Great Britain MA. A separate application will, however, still be required.

European Data and Marketing Exclusivity

In the EEA, innovative medicinal products qualify for eight years of data exclusivity upon marketing authorization and an additional two years of market exclusivity. The data exclusivity, if granted, prevents generic or biosimilar applicants from referencing the innovator’s pre-clinical and clinical trial data contained in the dossier of the reference product when applying for a generic or biosimilar marketing authorization, for a period of eight years from the date on which the reference product was first authorized in the EEA. During the additional two-year period of market exclusivity, a generic or biosimilar marketing authorization can be submitted, and the innovator’s data may be referenced, but no generic or biosimilar product can be marketed until the expiration of the market exclusivity period. The overall ten-year period will be extended to a maximum of 11 years if, during the first eight years of those ten years, the marketing authorization holder obtains an authorization for one or more new therapeutic indications which, during the scientific evaluation prior to their authorization, are determined to bring a significant clinical benefit in

 

172


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

comparison with currently approved therapies. Even if an innovative medicinal product gains the prescribed period of data exclusivity, another company may market another version of the product if such company obtained a marketing authorization based on an application with a complete and independent data package of pharmaceutical tests, preclinical tests and clinical trials.

European Orphan Designation and Exclusivity

In the EEA, the EMA’s Committee for Orphan Medicinal Products grants orphan drug designation to promote the development of products that are intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of life-threatening or chronically debilitating conditions which either affect not more than 5 in 10,000 persons in the European Union, or where it is unlikely that the marketing of the medicine would generate sufficient return to justify the necessary investment in its development. In each case, no satisfactory method of diagnosis, prevention or treatment must have been authorized (or, if such a method exists, the product in question would be of significant benefit to those affected by the condition).

In the EEA, orphan drug designation entitles a party to financial incentives such as reduction of fees or fee waivers and ten years of market exclusivity is granted following marketing approval for the orphan product. This period may be reduced to six years if the orphan drug designation criteria are no longer met, including where it is shown that the product is sufficiently profitable not to justify maintenance of market exclusivity. During the period of market exclusivity, marketing authorization may only be granted to a “similar medicinal product” for the same therapeutic indication if: (i) a second applicant can establish that its product, although similar to the authorized product, is safer, more effective or otherwise clinically superior; (ii) the marketing authorization holder for the authorized product consents to a second orphan medicinal product application; or (iii) the marketing authorization holder for the authorized product cannot supply enough orphan medicinal product. A “similar medicinal product” is defined as a medicinal product containing a similar active substance or substances as contained in an authorized orphan medicinal product, and which is intended for the same therapeutic indication. Orphan drug designation must be requested before submitting an application for marketing approval. Orphan drug designation does not convey any advantage in, or shorten the duration of, the regulatory review and approval process.

European Pediatric Investigation Plan

In the EEA, companies developing a new medicinal product must agree upon a pediatric investigation plan, or PIP, with the EMA’s Pediatric Committee, or PDCO, and must conduct pediatric clinical trials in accordance with that PIP, unless a waiver applies. The PIP sets out the timing and measures proposed to generate data to support a pediatric indication of the drug for which marketing authorization is being sought. The PDCO can grant a deferral of the obligation to implement some or all of the measures of the PIP until there are sufficient data to demonstrate the efficacy and safety of the product in adults. Further, the obligation to provide pediatric clinical trial data can be waived by the PDCO when this data is not needed or appropriate because the product is likely to be ineffective or unsafe in children, the disease or condition for which the product is intended occurs only in adult populations, or when the product does not represent a significant therapeutic benefit over existing treatments for pediatric patients. Products that are granted a marketing authorization with the results of the pediatric clinical trials conducted in accordance with the PIP (even where such results are negative) are eligible for six months’ supplementary protection certificate extension (if any is in effect at the time of approval). In the case of orphan medicinal products, a two year extension of the orphan market exclusivity may be available. This pediatric reward is subject to specific conditions and is not automatically available when data in compliance with the PIP are developed and submitted.

Brexit and the Regulatory Framework in the United Kingdom

In June 2016, the electorate in the UK voted in favor of leaving the EU (commonly referred to as Brexit). Thereafter, in March 2017, the country formally notified the EU of its intention to withdraw pursuant to Article 50 of the Lisbon Treaty and the UK formally left the EU on January 31, 2020. A

 

173


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

transition period began on February 1, 2020, during which EU pharmaceutical law remained applicable to the UK, which ended on December 31, 2020. Since the regulatory framework in the UK covering the quality, safety and efficacy of medicinal products, clinical trials, marketing authorization, commercial sales and distribution of medicinal products is derived from EU Directives and Regulations, Brexit could materially impact the future regulatory regime which applies to products and the approval of product candidates in the UK, as UK legislation now has the potential to diverge from EU legislation. It remains to be seen how Brexit will impact regulatory requirements for product candidates and products in the UK in the long-term. The MHRA, the UK medicines and medical devices regulator, has recently published detailed guidance for industry and organizations to follow from January 1, 2021 now the transition period is over, which will be updated as the UK’s regulatory position on medicinal products evolves over time.

European Data Collection

The collection and use of personal health data in the European Economic Area, or the EEA, is governed by the GDPR, which became effective May 25, 2018. The GDPR applies to any company established in the EEA and to companies established outside the EEA that process personal data in connection with the offering of goods or services to data subjects in the EU or the monitoring of the behavior of data subjects in the European Union. The GDPR enhances data protection obligations for data controllers of personal data, including stringent requirements relating to the consent of data subjects, expanded disclosures about how personal data is used, requirements to conduct privacy impact assessments for “high risk” processing, limitations on retention of personal data, mandatory data breach notification and “privacy by design” requirements, and creates direct obligations on service providers acting as data processors. The GDPR also imposes strict rules on the transfer of personal data outside of the EEA to countries that do not ensure an adequate level of protection, like the United States. Failure to comply with the requirements of the GDPR and the related national data protection laws of the EEA Member States may result in fines up to 20 million Euros or 4% of a company’s global annual revenues for the preceding financial year, whichever is higher. Moreover, the GDPR grants data subjects the right to claim material and non material damages resulting from infringement of the GDPR. Given the breadth and depth of changes in data protection obligations, maintaining compliance with the GDPR, will require significant time, resources and expense, and we may be required to put in place additional mechanisms ensuring compliance with the new data protection rules. This may be onerous and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Rest of the World Regulation

For other countries outside of the European Union and the United States, such as countries in Eastern Europe, Latin America or Asia, the requirements governing the conduct of clinical trials, product licensing, pricing and reimbursement vary from country to country. Additionally, the clinical trials must be conducted in accordance with GCP requirements and the applicable regulatory requirements and the ethical principles that have their origin in the Declaration of Helsinki.

If we fail to comply with applicable foreign regulatory requirements, we may be subject to, among other things, fines, suspension or withdrawal of regulatory approvals, product recalls, seizure of products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecution.

Additional Laws and Regulations Governing International Operations

If we further expand our operations outside of the United States, we must dedicate additional resources to comply with numerous laws and regulations in each jurisdiction in which we plan to operate. The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, prohibits any United States individual or business from paying, offering, authorizing payment or offering of anything of value, directly or indirectly, to any foreign official, political party or candidate for the purpose of influencing any act or decision of the foreign entity in order to assist the individual or business in obtaining or retaining business. The FCPA also obligates companies whose securities are listed in the United States to comply with certain accounting provisions

 

174


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

requiring the company to maintain books and records that accurately and fairly reflect all transactions of the corporation, including international subsidiaries, and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls for international operations.

Compliance with the FCPA is expensive and difficult, particularly in countries in which corruption is a recognized problem. In addition, the FCPA presents particular challenges in the pharmaceutical industry, because, in many countries, hospitals are operated by the government, and doctors and other hospital employees are considered foreign officials. Certain payments to hospitals in connection with clinical trials and other work have been deemed to be improper payments to government officials and have led to FCPA enforcement actions.

Various laws, regulations and executive orders also restrict the use and dissemination outside of the United States, or the sharing with certain non-United States nationals, of information classified for national security purposes, as well as certain products and technical data relating to those products. If we expand our presence outside of the United States, it will require us to dedicate additional resources to comply with these laws, and these laws may preclude us from developing, manufacturing, or selling certain products and product candidates outside of the United States, which could limit our growth potential and increase our development costs.

The failure to comply with laws governing international business practices may result in substantial civil and criminal penalties and suspension or debarment from government contracting. The SEC also may suspend or bar issuers from trading securities on United States exchanges for violations of the FCPA’s accounting provisions.

Coverage and Reimbursement

Successful commercialization of new drug products depends in part on the extent to which reimbursement for those drug products will be available from government health administration authorities, private health insurers, and other organizations. Government authorities and third-party payors, such as private health insurers and health maintenance organizations, decide which drug products they will pay for and establish reimbursement levels. The availability and extent of reimbursement by governmental and private payors is essential for most patients to be able to afford a drug product. Sales of drug products depend substantially, both domestically and abroad, on the extent to which the costs of drugs products are paid for by health maintenance, managed care, pharmacy benefit and similar healthcare management organizations, or reimbursed by government health administration authorities, private health coverage insurers and other third-party payors.

A primary trend in the United States healthcare industry and elsewhere is cost containment. Government authorities and third-party payors have attempted to control costs by limiting coverage and the amount of reimbursement for particular drug products. In many countries, the prices of drug products are subject to varying price control mechanisms as part of national health systems. In general, the prices of drug products under such systems are substantially lower than in the United States. Other countries allow companies to fix their own prices for drug products, but monitor and control company profits. Accordingly, in markets outside the United States, the reimbursement for drug products may be reduced compared with the United States.

In the United States, the principal decisions about reimbursement for new drug products are typically made by CMS, an agency within the HHS. CMS decides whether and to what extent a new drug product will be covered and reimbursed under Medicare, and private payors tend to follow CMS to a substantial degree. However, no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for drug products exists among third-party payors and coverage and reimbursement levels for drug products can differ significantly from payor to payor. As a result, the coverage determination process is often a time-consuming and costly process that will require us to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of our product candidates to each payor separately, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be applied consistently or obtained in the first instance.

 

175


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003, or the MMA, established the Medicare Part D program to provide a voluntary prescription drug benefit to Medicare beneficiaries. Under Part D, Medicare beneficiaries may enroll in prescription drug plans offered by private entities that provide coverage of outpatient prescription drugs. Unlike Medicare Parts A and B, Part D coverage is not standardized. Part D prescription drug plan sponsors are not required to pay for all covered Part D drugs, and each drug plan can develop its own drug formulary that identifies which drugs it will cover and at what tier or level. While all Medicare drug plans must give at least a standard level of coverage set by Medicare, Part D prescription drug plan sponsors are not required to pay for all covered Part D drugs, and each drug plan can develop its own drug formulary that identifies which drugs it will cover and at what tier or level. However, Part D prescription drug formularies must include drugs within each therapeutic category and class of covered Part D drugs, though not necessarily all the drugs in each category or class. Any formulary used by a Part D prescription drug plan must be developed and reviewed by a pharmacy and therapeutic committee. Government payment for some of the costs of prescription drugs may increase demand for drugs for which we obtain marketing approval. Any negotiated prices for any of our products covered by a Part D prescription drug plan will likely be lower than the prices we might otherwise obtain. Moreover, while the MMA applies only to drug benefits for Medicare beneficiaries, private payors often follow Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own payment rates. Any reduction in payment that results from the MMA may result in a similar reduction in payments from non-governmental payors.

For a drug product to receive federal reimbursement under the Medicaid or Medicare Part B programs or to be sold directly to United States government agencies, the manufacturer must extend discounts to entities eligible to participate in the 340B drug pricing program. The required 340B discount on a given product is calculated based on the average manufacturer price, or AMP, and Medicaid rebate amounts reported by the manufacturer. As of 2010, the ACA expanded the types of entities eligible to receive discounted 340B pricing, although under the current state of the law these newly eligible entities (with the exception of children’s hospitals) will not be eligible to receive discounted 340B pricing on orphan drugs. As 340B drug pricing is determined based on AMP and Medicaid rebate data, the revisions to the Medicaid rebate formula and AMP definition described above could cause the required 340B discount to increase. The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 provides funding for the federal government to compare the effectiveness of different treatments for the same illness. The plan for the research was published in 2012 by HHS, the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality and the National Institutes for Health, and periodic reports on the status of the research and related expenditures are made to Congress. Although the results of the comparative effectiveness studies are not intended to mandate coverage policies for public or private payors, it is not clear what effect, if any, the research will have on the sales of our drug candidates, if any such drug or the condition that they are intended to treat are the subject of a trial. It is also possible that comparative effectiveness research demonstrating benefits in a competitor’s drug could adversely affect the sales of our drug candidate. If third-party payors do not consider our drugs to be cost-effective compared to other available therapies, they may not cover our drugs after approval as a benefit under their plans or, if they do, the level of payment may not be sufficient to allow us to sell our drugs on a profitable basis.

These laws, and future state and federal healthcare reform measures may be adopted in the future, any of which may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding and otherwise affect the prices we may obtain for any product candidates for which we may obtain regulatory approval or the frequency with which any such product candidate is prescribed or used.

Outside of the United States, the pricing of pharmaceutical products and medical devices is subject to governmental control in many countries. For example, in the European Union, pricing and reimbursement schemes vary widely from country to country. Some countries provide that products may be marketed only after a reimbursement price has been agreed. Some countries may require the completion of additional studies that compare the cost effectiveness of a particular therapy to currently available therapies or so-called health technology assessments, in order to obtain reimbursement or pricing approval. Other

 

176


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

countries may allow companies to fix their own prices for products, but monitor and control product volumes and issue guidance to physicians to limit prescriptions. Efforts to control prices and utilization of pharmaceutical products and medical devices will likely continue as countries attempt to manage healthcare expenditures.

Employees and Human Capital

As of March 31, 2021, we had nine full-time employees, including three with Ph.D. or M.D. degrees and two who are engaged in research and development activities. None of our employees are represented by labor unions or covered by collective bargaining agreements. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good. Our human capital resources objectives include, as applicable, identifying, recruiting, retaining, incentivizing and integrating our existing and new employees, advisors and consultants.

Facilities

Our research and development efforts have taken place in state-of-the-art facilities at our academic partners, principally at Brown University, which are being used under the Sponsored Research Agreements. Consistent with our lean and agile operating philosophy, we anticipate relying on these facilities going forward through sponsored research arrangements with Brown and with other university partners such as Stanford University. In addition, we expect to access laboratory facilities and resources through various CRO partners such as Lonza with whom we are currently engaged.

We believe that our access to preclinical and clinical research facilities are adequate for our current needs and that suitable facilities at commercially reasonable terms will be available as needed to accommodate any future expansion of our operations.

Legal proceedings

From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. As of the date of this prospectus, we were not a party to any material legal matters or claims. In the future, we may become party to legal matters and claims in the ordinary course of business, the resolution of which we do not anticipate would have a material adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

177


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth certain information about our executive officers and directors, including their ages as of June 9, 2021.

 

Name

   Age     

Position(s)

Executive Officers:

     

Dr. Chirinjeev Kathuria, M.D.

     56      Founder, Executive Chairman, Director

Elizabeth Ng

     64      Chief Executive Officer and Director

Jonathan Heller, Ph.D.

     46      Chief Science Officer and Head of Research and Development

Gurinder Kalra

Inderjote Kathuria, M.D.

    

55

54

 

 

  

Chief Financial Officer

Treasurer

Daniel Behr

     63      Executive Vice President and Head of External Innovation and Academic Partnerships

Non-Employee Directors:

     

Jonathan Kurtis, M.D., Ph.D.

     53      Director

Martin D. Angle(1)(2)

     71      Director

Michelle Berrey, M.D., MPH(1)(2)(3)

     54      Director

William Owens(1)(3)

     70      Director

Jerome Ringo(2)(3)

     66      Director

 

(1)

Member of the Audit Committee.

 

(2)

Member of the Compensation Committee.

 

(3)

Member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

Executive Officers

Dr. Chirinjeev Kathuria, M.D., M.B.A has served as our Executive Chairman and as a member of the Company’s board of directors since the Company’s inception. Dr. Kathuria is an Indian-American investor, businessperson, and philanthropist. Dr. Kathuria is co-founder and serves as Chairman of UpHealth Holdings, Inc. a digital health company that announced a special purpose acquisition company transaction worth $1.35 billion in the fourth quarter of 2020. Dr. Kathuria also cofounded AIRO Group in March 2020 and serves as the Chairman of its Board of Directors, a position he has held since inception. AIRO Group offers an end-to-end solution for the next generation of avionics, manned and unmanned mobility, and multi-modal transportation for defense and commercial markets. In addition, Dr. Kathuria co-founded New Generation Power in February 2009 and American Teleradiology NightHawks, Inc. in March 2003. American Teleradiology NightHawks, Inc. merged with NightHawk Radiology Holdings, Inc. and the combined company went public on Nasdaq in October 2006. Dr. Kathuria served as a director of The X-Stream Networks Inc. from March 1998 to March 2000, an internet service provider which was sold to Liberty Surf Group S.A. and subsequently went public on the Paris Stock Exchange. Dr. Kathuria has also been involved in space exploration, and was the Founding Director of MirCorp in January 1999, the first commercial company to privately launch and fund manned space programs. Dr. Kathuria ran for U.S. Senate in Illinois, becoming the first Indian-American to run for the US Senate in US history, in a race that included eventual winner, former President Barack Obama. Dr. Kathuria received a Bachelor of Science degree and Doctor of Medicine degree from Brown University and a Master of Business Administration degree from Stanford University. We believe that Dr. Kathuria is qualified to serve as the Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors based on his historic knowledge of Ocean Biomedical, Inc. vision for company growth and his leadership and managerial experience.

Elizabeth Ng, MBA, has served as our Chief Executive Officer and as a member of the Company’s board of directors since the Company’s inception. Ms. Ng. served as Vice President/Head of Strategy and

 

178


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Business Development at Bioelectric Devices Inc. starting in 2018. Previously, she served as Senior Director of Portfolio Strategy at BioMarin Pharmaceutical Inc. from 2010 to 2017 and prior to that, as Director Strategy Development Group at Merck & Co. Inc., and Director of Commercial/Portfolio Strategy at Gilead Sciences. Ms. Ng holds a B.S. in Physics from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and an M.B.A. from Stanford University. We believe Ms. Ng is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of her executive experience with our company and her industry experience.

Gurinder Kalra, MBA as served as our Chief Financial Officer since January 2021. Mr. Kalra has more than 25 years of investment and investment research experience. Prior to joining Ocean, he was a Senior Managing Director at Bear Stearns (now part of J.P. Morgan) from 2000 to 2008. He was also a Partner at Crosslink LLC, an investment and consulting company he founded, from 2014 to 2020. Previously, Mr. Kalra was at Morgan Stanley from 1996 to 2000, rising to Executive Director. He initially got his start in investment research at CS First Boston (now part of Credit Suisse) from 1993 to 1996. He has been recognized in the All-America Institutional Investor Research Team, and multiple times in the All-Asia Institutional Investor Research Team as well as a number of other polls for investment research. Mr. Kalra holds a B.S. in Engineering and a B.A. in Business Economics from Brown University and an MBA from the Harvard Business School. 

Jonathan Heller, Ph.D. has served as our Chief Science Officer and Head of Research and Development since 2019. Dr. Heller previously served as founder and Chief Executive Officer of Teton Therapeutics Inc. from 2017 to 2019. Before that, he was Executive Director and Global Head of External R&D Innovation for Rare Diseases at Pfizer from 2015 to 2017, Head of Research at Synageva BioPharma from 2013 to 2015, Director of Early Stage Programs at BioMarin Pharmaceutical from 2008 to 2013, and VP of Research Operations at Erimos Pharmaceuticals. Dr. Heller holds a B.A. from Reed College in biochemistry and molecular biology, a Ph.D. from The Johns Hopkins University, and an M.B.A. from The University of California at Berkeley.

Inderjote Kathuria, M.D., MBA has served as our Treasurer since 2021. Prior to that he was our interim Chief Financial Officer. He is an entrepreneur and licensed physician and was the Treasurer at New Generation Power International. He has also been a Guest Lecturer for strategy, marketing & entrepreneurial courses at the University of Chicago. Dr. Kathuria holds a B.A. and M.D. from the University of Illinois and an M.B.A from the University of Chicago.

Daniel Behr, MBA has served as EVP and Head of External Innovation and Academic Partnerships since August 2019. Mr. Behr previously served as Executive Director of the Brown University Office of Industry Engagement and Commercial Venturing from July 2017 to July 2019. Mr. Behr served as the Chief Executive Officer of SLIPS Technologies, Inc. (now Adaptive Surface Technologies, Inc.) from April 2014 to April 2017. Prior to that Mr. Behr served as Executive Vice President at Access BridgeGap Ventures and as Director of Business Development at Harvard University’s Office of Technology Development. He was also a co-founder of Arradiance, Inc., Compact Instruments, Inc. (acquired by MKS Instruments), and IN USA, Inc. (acquired by Teledyne). Mr. Behr holds a B.S. in Engineering from Georgia Institute of Technology and an M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School.

Non-Employee Directors

Jonathan Kurtis, M.D., Ph.D. has served on our board of directors since March 2021 and serves as a member of our scientific advisory board. Dr. Kurtis is currently Chair, Department of Pathology & Lab Medicine, Brown University Medical School and Director, MD/PhD Program, Brown University. Dr. Kurtis has served as a member of the board of directors of Elkurt Pharmaceuticals since March 2020. Dr. Kurtis holds a B.A., Ph.D. and M.D. from Brown University and is board certified in pathology and clinical pathology. We believe Dr. Kurtis’s experience in the biotechnology industry provides him with the qualification and skills to serve on our Board of Directors.

Martin D. Angle has served on our board of directors since March 2021. Since March 2019, Mr. Angle has served as Deputy Chairman and Senior Independent Director of Spire Healthcare Group, one of the

 

179


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

UK’s largest private hospital providers with 39 hospitals and 8 clinics across England, Wales and Scotland. At Spire, Mr. Angle is also chair of the Nomination Committee and a member of the Audit and Risk Committee and Remuneration Committee. Mr. Angle has also served as Deputy Chairman and Senior Independent Director of Gulf Keystone Petroleum plc since July 2018. Mr. Angle has also served as a named advisor to Agile Defence LLC since July 2018. Mr. Angle has previously served on the boards of Pennon Group plc from December 2008 to December 2018, Savills Plc from January 2007 to May 2016, National Exhibition Group from December 2006 to December 2015, Severstal from January 2007 to May 2015, Dubai International Capital from November 2006 to November 2009, and Shuaa Capital from August 2009 to May 2016. He previously served as Group Finance Director of TI Group, a FTSE 100 company with worldwide engineering activities from February 1997 to December 2000. In his earlier executive career, Mr. Angle held a number of senior positions in investment banking with S.G. Warburg & Co, Morgan Stanley (where he headed UK M&A), and Kleinwort Benson. Mr. Angle has also served as Operating Managing Director at Terra Firma Capital Partners from March 2001 to January 2006, where he held a number of senior roles in its portfolio companies including Le Meridien Hotel Group (Executive Deputy Chairman and acting Chairman) and the Waste Recycling Group (Executive Chairman), then one of the leading UK waste management businesses. Mr. Angle is a chartered accountant and he holds a B.S. in Physics from University of Warwick.

Michelle Berrey, M.D., MPH has served on our board of directors since March 2021. Dr. Berrey served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Chimerix from April 2014 to February 2019, after joining Chimerix as Chief Medical Officer in November 2012. Dr. Berrey served as Chief Medical Officer for Pharmasset, Inc. from January 2007 to January 2012 when it was acquired by Gilead. Prior to that, Dr. Berrey led the clinical development of antiviral products at GlaxoSmithKline from August 1999 to January 2007. She was a Senior Fellow in Infectious Disease Medicine at the University of Washington and completed her internship and residency in internal medicine at University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill. Dr. Berrey currently serves on the Board and Executive Committee for the North Carolina Biotechnology Center and is on the Scientific Advisory Board for ViiV/GSK. Dr. Berrey holds an M.D. from the Medical College of Georgia and an M.P.H. from the Emory University Rollins School of Public Health.

Former Governor William Owens, has served on our board of directors since March 2021. Mr. Owens is a Senior Director at Greenberg Traurig, LLP, a US-based international law firm with 40 offices worldwide. Since April 2011, he has served on the board of Federal Signal Corporation where he is Chairman of the Corporate Governance Committee. He previously served on the boards of HighPoint Resources Corporation, Key Energy Services, and Cloud Peak Energy, as well as on the boards of a number of private companies. Mr. Owens was elected to two terms as Governor of Colorado, from 1999 to 2007, and was re-elected by the largest margin in Colorado history. He was called “The Best Governor in America” in a cover story in National Review and was elected by his colleagues to serve as Chair of both the Western Governors Association and the Republican Governors Association. Mr. Owens was a regular participant in the national policy debate, appearing frequently on the Today Show, Good Morning America, CBS Morning News, and the Wall Street Journal Report. Prior to his election as Governor, he served as State Treasurer of Colorado for four years where he was responsible for the management of a $4 billion portfolio. He also served for four years on the board of Federal Signal Colorado’s $25 billion pension fund – the Public Employees Retirement Association (PERA). Since April 2013, Mr. Owens has served as Chairman of the Board and Chair of the Governance/Compensation Committee of the Credit Bank of Moscow, a $50 billion (assets) bank which is Russia’s sixth largest bank overall and its second largest investor-owned bank. Mr. Owens graduated from Stephen F. Austin State University with a B.S. in Political Science and earned a Master’s Degree in Public Affairs from the University of Texas, where he was awarded a two-year fellowship.

Jerome Ringo has served on our board of directors since March 2021. Mr. Ringo is an internationally recognized thought leader on climate change issues and has led two of the largest environmental organizations in the world, the 5-million-member National Wildlife Federation and the Apollo Alliance, a

 

180


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

19-million-member organization which was the largest coalition on green jobs in history. Since November 2021, Mr. Ringo has served as Founder and Chairman of Zoetic Global, a company focused on delivering breakthrough technologies in energy efficiency and generation for developing nations in Africa. Since July 2017, he has served as Goodwill Ambassador, Trade and Investment, for the Pan-African Parliament. Mr. Ringo served on the Environmental Defense Fund’s board of directors from February 2018 to February 2020, and he has served as executive and board member at various renewable energy companies. He holds an Honorary Doctorate from the Lord’s Place School of Theology.

Scientific Advisory Board (SAB) Members

In addition to Dr. Kurtis and Dr. Elias, we anticipate the following individuals will join on our scientific advisory board, or SAB, prior to the completion of this transaction:

Roy Herbst, M.D., Ph.D. is the Ensign Professor of Medicine (Medical Oncology) and Professor of Pharmacology at the Yale School of Medicine. He is also Chief of Medical Oncology at the Yale Cancer Center and Smilow Cancer Hospital, and serves as Associate Cancer Center Director for Translational Science. Dr. Herbst is nationally recognized for his leadership and expertise in lung cancer treatment and research. He is best known for his work in developmental therapeutics and the personalized therapy of non-small cell lung cancer, in particular the process of linking genetic abnormalities of cancer cells to novel therapies. Prior to his appointment at Yale, Dr. Herbst was the Barnhart Distinguished Professor and Chief of the Section of Thoracic Medical Oncology in the Department of Thoracic/Head and Neck Medical Oncology, at The University of Texas M.D. Anderson Cancer Center (UT-MDACC) in Houston, Texas. He also served as Professor in the Department of Cancer Biology and Co-Director of the Phase 1 Clinical Trials Program. His work has led to the approval of several therapies (such as gefitinib, cetuximab, bevacizumab, axitinib), which have revolutionized the field and greatly enhanced patient survival. He and his Yale colleagues were among the first to describe the PD-1/PD-L1 adaptive immune response in early phase trials and to offer trials of PD-L1 inhibitors atezolizumab and pembrolizumab to lung cancer patients. Dr. Herbst earned his M.D. at Cornell University Medical College and his Ph.D. in molecular cell biology at The Rockefeller University. His postgraduate training included an internship and residency in medicine at Brigham and Women’s Hospital in Boston, Massachusetts. His clinical fellowships in medicine and hematology were completed at the Dana-Farber Cancer Institute and Brigham and Women’s Hospital, respectively. Subsequently, Dr. Herbst completed a M.S. degree in clinical translational research at Harvard University in Cambridge, Massachusetts. He has authored or co-authored more than 350 publications, including peer-reviewed journal articles, abstracts, and book chapters. Dr. Herbst is a Fellow of the American Society of Clinical Oncology and a member of the American Association of Cancer Research (AACR), where he serves as an elected member of its board of directors and chairs the Tobacco Task Force. In 2019 he was elected to the International Association for the Study of Lung Cancer (IASLC) board of directors. He is a fellow of the American College of Physicians and an elected member of the Association of American Physicians.

William H. Koster, Ph.D. has held various leadership roles at Bristol Myers Squibb from 1991-2001 including Sr. Vice President for Drug Discovery in 8 therapeutic areas (cardiovascular, metabolic diseases, oncology, infectious diseases, neuroscience, immunology & inflammation, pain management and dermatology). Prior to that Dr. Koster contributed to the discovery of the antibiotic Azactam at The Squibb Institute for Medical Research, for which he received the Thomas Alva Edison Award from the R&D Council of New Jersey. From 2001-2008 Dr. Koster served as President and Chief Executive Officer for Neurogen Corporation where he led the pre-clinical and clinical development of a portfolio of therapeutic products for various neurological conditions including schizophrenia, pain, and Parkinson’s Disease. Dr. Koster has served on the board of directors for Neurogen Corporation, Cadus Pharmaceutical Corporation, Mnemosyne Pharmaceuticals, Cadent Therapeutics and Vedantra Pharmaceuticals (Chairman). He is currently serving as Chairman of the Board for eXIthera Pharmaceuticals and for OcuTerra Therapeutics (formerly SciFluor Life Sciences). Dr. Koster completed his Ph.D. in organic chemistry at Tufts University.

 

181


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Wafik El-Deiry, M.D., Ph.D., FACP is the Mencoff Family University Professor of Medical Science at Brown University. He is the Associate Dean for Oncologic Sciences at Brown’s Warren Alpert Medical School, Director of the Cancer Center at Brown University, and Director of the Joint Program in Cancer Biology at Brown University and affiliated hospitals. Dr. El-Deiry also a licensed practicing physician-scientist and Medical Oncologist with clinical privileges at The Rhode Island Hospital and The Miriam Hospital in Providence, Rhode Island. Until December, 2018, Dr. El-Deiry served as the Deputy Cancer Center Director for Translational Research, co-Leader of the Molecular Therapeutics Program, Professor of Oncology, and the William Wikoff Smith Endowed Chair in Cancer Research at Fox Chase Cancer Center in Philadelphia. From March 1, 2010 through September 30, 2014 Dr. El-Deiry was the Rose Dunlap Professor of Medicine and Chief of Hematology-Oncology at Penn State University. In 2009, Dr. El-Deiry became one of 40 active American Cancer Society Research Professors and continues to serve the ACS whenever possible. Dr. El-Deiry elucidated the genomic DNA-binding consensus sequence for the p53 tumor suppressor protein. He went on to discover cyclin-dependent kinase (CDK) inhibitor p21(WAF1) as a p53 target gene and cell cycle inhibitor that explained the mammalian cell stress response. This work led to discovery and development of a new class of now FDA approved CDK inhibitor drugs. Dr. El-Deiry discovered and brought first-in-class TRAIL-pathway activating small-molecule ONC201/TIC10 into clinical trials for patients with cancer. ONC201 entered clinical trials by 2014 and has been found to have anti-tumor activity in patients with GBM (DIPG with H3K27M mutations), prostate cancer, endometrial cancer and other tumor types. Dr. El-Deiry earned MD and PhD degrees from University of Miami School of Medicine and completed internal medicine residency and medical oncology fellowship at the Johns Hopkins Hospital and the Johns Hopkins Oncology Center in Baltimore, Maryland. He has over 400 peer-reviewed publications and 5 edited books.

Erol Fikrig, M.D. is the Waldemar Von Zedtwitz Professor of Medicine (Infectious Diseases) and Professor of Epidemiology (Microbial Diseases) and of Microbial Pathogenesis at the Yale University School of Medicine, where he also serves as Section Chief for Infectious Diseases. Dr. Fikrig is most well-known for the development of the first vaccine against Lyme disease. Dr. Fikrig’s lab investigates vector-borne diseases such as Lyme disease, human granulocytic ehrlichiosis, and West Nile virus. From 2008-2020 Dr. Fikrig was a Howard Hughes Medical Institute (HHMI) investigator at Yale. He completed his M.D. degree at Cornell University.

Family Relationships

Dr. Chirinjeev Kathuria, our Executive Chairman, and Dr. Inderjote Kathuria, our Treasurer, are brothers.

Composition of Our Board of Directors

Our board of directors consists of seven members, each of whom are members pursuant to the board composition provisions of our certificate of incorporation. Our nominating and corporate governance committee and our board of directors may consider a broad range of factors relating to the qualifications and background of nominees. Our nominating and corporate governance committee’s and our board of directors’ priority in selecting board members is to identify persons who will further the interests of our stockholders through his or her established record of professional accomplishments, the ability to contribute positively to the collaborative culture among board members, knowledge of our business, understanding of the competitive landscape, and professional and personal experiences and expertise relevant to our growth strategy. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until the earlier of their resignation or removal. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws that will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering also provide that our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an annual election of directors, and that any vacancy on our board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of our directors then in office.

 

182


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Director Independence

In connection with this offering, we intend to apply for the listing of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market. Nasdaq’s rules applicable to newly public companies listing on Nasdaq require a majority of a listed company’s board of directors to be comprised of independent directors within one year of listing. In addition, such rules require that (i) on the date of the initial listing, at least one member of each of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent, (ii) within 90 days of the date of the initial listing, a majority of the members of such committees be independent and (iii) within one year of the date of the initial listing, all the members of such committees be independent. Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Under applicable Nasdaq rules, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of the listed company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee, accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries or otherwise be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

Upon consummation of this offering, we expect our independent directors, as such term is defined by the applicable rules and regulations of Nasdaq, will be Dr. Jonathan Kurtis, Martin Angle, Dr. Michelle Berrey, William Owens and Jerome Ringo.

Our board of directors has determined that all members of the board of directors, except Dr. Chirinjeev Kathuria, and Elizabeth Ng are independent directors, including for purposes of the rules of Nasdaq and the SEC. In making such independence determination, our board of directors considered the relationships that each non-employee director has with us and all other facts and circumstances that our board of directors deemed relevant in determining his or her independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director. In considering the independence of the directors listed above, our board of directors considered the association of our directors with the holders of more than 5% of our common stock. Upon the completion of this offering, we expect that the composition and functioning of our board of directors and each of our committees will comply with all applicable requirements of Nasdaq and the rules and regulations of the SEC. Dr. Chirinjeev Kathuria and Elizabeth Ng are not independent directors under these rules because they are currently employed as the executive chairman and chief executive officer, respectively, of our company.

Staggered Board

In accordance with the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws that will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three staggered classes of directors and each will be assigned to one of the three classes. At each annual meeting of the stockholders, a class of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the directors of the same class whose terms are then expiring. The terms of the directors will expire upon the election and qualification of successor directors at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held during the years 2022 for Class I directors, 2023 for Class II directors and 2024 for Class III directors.

 

   

Our Class I directors will be , , and .

 

   

Our Class II directors will be , , and .

 

   

Our Class III directors will be and .

 

183


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws that will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering will provide that the number of directors shall be fixed from time to time by a resolution of the majority of our board of directors.

The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent stockholder efforts to effect a change of our board of directors or a change in control.

Board Leadership Structure and Board’s Role in Risk Oversight

Dr. Chirinjeev Kathuria is our executive chairman and Elizabeth Ng is our current chief executive officer, hence the roles of lead director or chairman and the chief executive officer and president are separated. We plan to keep these roles separated following the completion of this offering. We believe that separating these positions allows our chief executive officer to focus on setting the overall strategic direction of the company, expanding the organization to deliver on our strategy and overseeing our day-to-day business, while allowing a lead director of the board to lead the board of directors in its fundamental role of providing strategic advice. Our board of directors recognizes the time, effort and energy that the chief executive officer is required to devote to his position in the current business environment, as well as the commitment required to serve as our lead director, particularly as the board of directors’ oversight responsibilities continue to grow. While our amended and restated by-laws and corporate governance guidelines do not require that our lead director and chief executive officer positions be separate, our board of directors believes that having separate positions is the appropriate leadership structure for us at this time and demonstrates our commitment to good corporate governance.

Risk is inherent with every business, and how well a business manages risk can ultimately determine its success. We face a number of risks, including risks relating to our financial condition, development and commercialization activities, operations, strategic direction and intellectual property as more fully discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Management is responsible for the day-to-day management of risks we face, while our board of directors, as a whole and through its committees, has responsibility for the oversight of risk management. In its risk oversight role, our board of directors has the responsibility to satisfy itself that the risk management processes designed and implemented by management are adequate and functioning as designed.

The role of the board of directors in overseeing the management of our risks is conducted primarily through committees of the board of directors, as disclosed in the descriptions of each of the committees below and in the charters of each of the committees. The full board of directors (or the appropriate board committee in the case of risks that are under the purview of a particular committee) discusses with management our major risk exposures, their potential impact on us, and the steps we take to manage them. When a board committee is responsible for evaluating and overseeing the management of a particular risk or risks, the chairperson of the relevant committee reports on the discussion to the full board of directors during the committee reports portion of the next board meeting. This enables the board of directors and its committees to coordinate the risk oversight role, particularly with respect to risk interrelationships.

Committees of Our Board of Directors

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which will operate pursuant to a charter adopted by our board of directors and will be effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, the composition and functioning of all of our committees will comply with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and with Nasdaq and SEC rules and regulations.

Upon the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will consist of seven members. We intend to avail ourselves of the “controlled company” exception under the Nasdaq rules, which eliminates the requirements that we have a majority of independent directors on our board of directors and that we

 

184


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

have a compensation committee and a nominating/corporate governance committee composed entirely of independent directors. We will be required, however, to have an audit committee with one independent director during the 90-day period beginning on the date of effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. After such 90-day period and until one year from the date of effectiveness of the registration statement, we will be required to have a majority of independent directors on our audit committee. Thereafter, we will be required to have an audit committee comprised entirely of independent directors.

Audit Committee

Effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, Martin D. Angle, Michelle Berrey and William Owens will serve on the audit committee, which will be chaired by Martin D. Angle. Our board of directors has determined that each of are “independent” for audit committee purposes as that term is defined in the rules of the SEC and the applicable Nasdaq rules, and each has sufficient knowledge in financial and auditing matters to serve on the audit committee. Our board of directors has designated Martin D. Angle as an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined under the applicable Nasdaq rules. The audit committee’s responsibilities include:

 

   

appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

pre-approving auditing and permissible non-audit services, and the terms of such services, to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

reviewing the overall audit plan with our independent registered public accounting firm and members of management responsible for preparing our financial statements;

 

   

reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures as well as critical accounting policies and practices used by us;

 

   

coordinating the oversight and reviewing the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

   

establishing policies and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting-related complaints and concerns;

 

   

recommending based upon the audit committee’s review and discussions with management and our independent registered public accounting firm whether our audited financial statements shall be included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K;

 

   

monitoring the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to our financial statements and accounting matters;

 

   

preparing the audit committee report required by SEC rules to be included in our annual proxy statement;

 

   

reviewing all related person transactions for potential conflict of interest situations and approving all such transactions; and

 

   

reviewing quarterly earnings releases.

Compensation Committee

Effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, Martin D. Angle Michelle Berrey and Jerome Ringo will serve on the compensation committee, which will be chaired by Jerome Ringo. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the compensation

 

185


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

committee is “independent” as defined in the applicable Nasdaq rules. The compensation committee’s responsibilities include:

 

   

annually reviewing and recommending to the board of directors the corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our principal executive officer;

 

   

evaluating the performance of our principal executive officer in light of such corporate goals and objectives and based on such evaluation: (i) determining cash compensation of our principal executive officer; and (ii) reviewing and approving grants and awards to our principal executive officer under equity-based plans;

 

   

reviewing and approving or recommending to the board of directors the compensation of our other executive officers;

 

   

reviewing and establishing our overall management compensation, philosophy and policy;

 

   

overseeing and administering our compensation and similar plans;

 

   

evaluating and assessing potential and current compensation advisors in accordance with the independence standards identified in the applicable Nasdaq rules;

 

   

reviewing and approving our policies and procedures for the grant of equity-based awards;

 

   

reviewing and recommending to the board of directors the compensation of our directors;

 

   

preparing the compensation committee report required by SEC rules, if and when required, to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

 

   

reviewing and approving the retention, termination or compensation of any consulting firm or outside advisor to assist in the evaluation of compensation matters.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, William Owens, Michelle Berrey and Jerome Ringo will serve on the nominating and corporate governance committee, which will be chaired by William Owens. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the nominating and corporate governance committee is “independent” as defined in the applicable Nasdaq rules. The nominating and corporate governance committee’s responsibilities include:

 

   

developing and recommending to the board of directors criteria for board and committee membership;

 

   

establishing procedures for identifying and evaluating board of director candidates, including nominees recommended by stockholders;

 

   

reviewing the composition of the board of directors to ensure that it is composed of members containing the appropriate skills and expertise to advise us;

 

   

identifying individuals qualified to become members of the board of directors;

 

   

recommending to the board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of the board’s committees;

 

   

developing and recommending to the board of directors a code of business conduct and ethics and a set of corporate governance guidelines; and

 

   

overseeing the evaluation of our board of directors and management.

Our board of directors may from time to time establish other committees.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our compensation committee has at any time during the prior three years been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past fiscal

 

186


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Corporate Governance

We intend to adopt a written code of business conduct and ethics, effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Following the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a current copy of the code will be posted on the investor relations section of our website, which is located at https://www.oceanbiomedical.com. The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus does not incorporate by reference the information on or accessible through our website into this prospectus. If we make any substantive amendments to, or grant any waivers from, the code of business conduct and ethics for any officer or director, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website or in a current report on Form 8-K.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, will contain provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

   

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

   

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

   

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Each of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, will provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws will also obligate us to advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under Delaware law. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by our board of directors. With specified exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these certificate of incorporation and bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage.

 

187


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Overview

The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans and expectations regarding our future compensation programs. The actual amount and form of compensation that we pay and the compensation policies and practices that we adopt in the future may differ materially from the currently-planned programs that are summarized in this discussion.

The compensation provided to our named executive officer for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 is detailed below. Our only named executive officer for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 is our Chief Executive Officer, Elizabeth Ng, as none of our other executive officers had compensation that exceeded $100,000 for such year.

2020 Summary Compensation Table

We did not pay any employee compensation or issue any equity-based compensation to Ms. Ng during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020.

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2020 Fiscal Year-End

As of December 31, 2020, Ms. Ng did not hold any outstanding equity awards.

Narrative Disclosures

Offer Letters in Place for Our Named Executive Officer

On July 1, 2019, we entered into an offer letter with Ms. Ng, or the July 2019 Offer Letter, who currently serves as our Chief Executive Officer. The July 2019 Offer Letter set forth the terms and conditions of Ms. Ng’s employment, including her initial base salary, sign-on and initial public offering bonus, initial target cash bonus opportunity, initial equity grant, and eligibility to participate in our benefit plans generally, as well as certain severance rights. Ms. Ng did not earn, and was not paid, any compensation under the July 2019 Offer Letter nor was she granted any equity awards under the July 2019 Offer Letter.

The July 2019 Offer letter was superseded by an offer letter between the Company and Ms. Ng, dated as of February 22, 2021, or the February 2021 Offer Letter, which clarified certain terms set forth in the July 2019 Offer Letter. The February 2021 Offer Letter provides for Ms. Ng’s annual base salary of $500,000, which will not be earned or paid until the successful completion of our initial public offering prior to August 31, 2021, subject to her continued employment with the Company through such payment date. In addition, the February 2021 Offer Letter provides that Ms. Ng is eligible to earn an annual bonus with a target amount equal to 65% of her base salary, a lump sum cash bonus of $40,000 upon the completion of the Company’s first capital raise equal to at least $50 million, or the First Capital Raise, subject to Ms. Ng’s continued employment with the Company through the payment date, or the First Capital Raise Bonus, and a lump sum cash bonus of $500,000 upon the completion of our initial public offering prior to August 31, 2021, or the IPO, subject to her continued employment with the Company through the payment date, or the IPO Bonus. In the event that Ms. Ng’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without “cause” or Ms. Ng resigns from the Company for “good reason” (each term as defined in the Company’s Old 2021 Plan), she will be entitled to receive, subject to her execution and delivery of an irrevocable release of claims in favor of the Company and its affiliates within 60 days of such termination, (i) 12 months of base salary continuation, payable over the Company’s regular payroll cycle, (ii) a prorated amount of her annual target bonus, payable over the Company’s regular payroll cycle over 12 months, (iii) full and immediate accelerated vesting of all outstanding and unvested equity awards in the Company, (iv) subject to the completion of the First Capital Raise, the First Capital Raise Bonus, regardless of her continued employment through the payment date, (v) subject to the completion of the IPO, the IPO Bonus, regardless of her continued employment through the payment date, and (vi) an extension of the post-termination exercise periods for her then-outstanding options, to the extent vested

 

188


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

and exercisable as of the date of such termination, for the remainder of their terms. Ms. Ng is also eligible to participate in our benefit plans generally and is subject to our standard confidentiality, assignment and nonsolicitation agreement.

2021 Profits Interest Grants

On February 22, 2021, in lieu of the equity grant promised to Ms. Ng in the July 2019 Offer Letter, Poseidon Bio, LLC, or Poseidon, our controlling shareholder, granted Ms. Ng 306,000 profits interests. The profits interests are subject to the terms and conditions of Poseidon’s Amended and Restated Operating Agreement, or the LLC Agreement, and a profits interest agreement. 60% of the profits interests vest immediately upon grant and the remaining 40% vests in equal quarterly installments until the 18-month anniversary of the grant date, subject to Ms. Ng’s continued employment with the Company through each applicable vesting date; provided, that in the event Ms. Ng’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without “cause” or Ms. Ng resigns from the Company for “good reason” (each such term as defined in the profits interest agreement), all of Ms. Ng’s then-outstanding and unvested profits interest units will immediately vest in full on the date of such termination. In addition, upon a Sale Event (as defined in the LLC Agreement) of Poseidon Bio, LLC where the acquiror does not assume or substitute the profits interests, subject to Ms. Ng’s continued employment with the Company until the Sale Event, all of Ms. Ng’s then-outstanding and unvested profits interests will immediately vest.

Employee Benefits and Equity Compensation Plans and Arrangements

Profits Interest Grants

Poseidon Bio, LLC, our controlling shareholder, has granted profits interests intended to constitute “profits interests” within the meaning of IRS Revenue Procedure 93-27, as clarified by IRS Revenue Procedure 2001-43 to our employees pursuant to the LLC Agreement, with terms and conditions substantially similar to those for Ms. Ng, as described above.

Public Company Equity Plan

In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt a new equity incentive plan, which we refer to as our 2021 Plan, for the grant of awards following this offering. Such equity incentive plan is designed to provide flexibility to our compensation committee to use various equity-based incentive awards as compensation tools to motivate our workforce.

2021 Stock Option and Grant Plan, or the Old 2021 Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved the Old 2021 Plan in February 2021. Our Old 2021 Plan allows for the grant of incentive stock options to our employees and any of our subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonqualified stock options and restricted stock, unrestricted stock, and restricted stock units awards to employees, officers, directors and consultants of ours and our subsidiary corporations.

Our Old 2021 Plan will be terminated in connection with this offering, and accordingly, no shares will be available for future issuance under the Old 2021 Plan following the closing of this offering. Our Old 2021 Plan will continue to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder. We initially reserved              shares of our common stock for the issuance of awards under the Old 2021 Plan. As of                 , options to purchase                  shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $             per share were outstanding under the Old 2021 Plan and                shares remained available for future issuance under such plan.

Our board of directors currently administers our Old 2021 Plan. Subject to the provisions of our Old 2021 Plan, the administrator has the power to interpret and administer our Old 2021 Plan and any agreement thereunder and to determine the terms of awards (including the recipients), the number of shares subject to

 

189


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

each award, the exercise price (if any), the vesting schedule applicable to the awards together with any vesting acceleration and the terms of the award agreement for use under our Old 2021 Plan. The administrator may, at any time, authorize the issuance of new awards in exchange for the surrender and cancellation of any or all outstanding awards with the consent of a participant under certain circumstances.

Stock options may be granted under our Old 2021 Plan. The exercise price per share of all options must equal at least 100% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed ten years. An incentive stock option granted to a participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock on the date of grant, or any subsidiary corporations, may not have a term in excess of five years and must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or certain other property or other consideration acceptable to the administrator. After a participant’s termination of service, the participant generally may exercise his or her options, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for 90 days after termination. If termination is due to death or disability, the option generally will remain exercisable, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, until the one-year anniversary of such termination. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. If termination is for cause, then an option automatically expires upon the date of the optionee’s termination.

Restricted stock may be granted under our Old 2021 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that are subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability and forfeitures provisions. Shares of restricted stock will vest, and the restrictions on such shares will lapse, in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator.

Unrestricted stock may be granted under our Old 2021 Plan. Unrestricted stock awards may be granted to participants in recognition of past services or for other valid consideration and may be issued in lieu of cash compensation due to such participant.

Restricted stock units may be granted under our Old 2021 Plan. A restricted stock unit is an award that covers a number of shares of our common stock that may be settled upon vesting in cash, by the issuance of the underlying shares or a combination of both. The administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock units, including the number of units granted, the vesting criteria (which may include accomplishing specified performance criteria or continued service to us) and the form and timing of payment.

Our Old 2021 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer or assignment of awards, other than, at the discretion of the administrator, by gift to an immediate family member, to trusts for the benefit of family members, or to partnerships in which such family members are the only partners, and only the recipient of an award may exercise such an award during his or her lifetime.

In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, the exercise prices of and the number of shares subject to outstanding options, and the purchase price of and the numbers of shares subject to outstanding awards will be proportionately adjusted, subject to any required action by our board of directors or stockholders.

The Old 2021 Plan provides that upon the effectiveness of a “sale event,” as defined in the Old 2021 Plan, an acquirer or successor entity may assume, continue or substitute for the outstanding awards under the Old 2021 Plan. To the extent that awards granted under the Old 2021 Plan are not assumed or continued or substituted by the successor entity, all options and all other unvested awards granted under the Old 2021 Plan shall terminate. In the event of such termination, individuals holding options will be permitted to exercise such options (to the extent exercisable) prior to the sale event. In addition, in connection with the termination of the Old 2021 Plan upon a sale event, we may make or provide for a cash payment equal to (A) in the case of vested and exercisable options, the difference between the per share cash consideration payable to stockholders in the sale event and the exercise price of the options and

 

190


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

(B) in the case of restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards, the per share cash consideration payable to stockholders in the sale event multiplied by the number of shares of stock subject to such stock awards (payable at the time of the sale event or upon the later vesting of the awards).

Our board of directors has determined not to grant any further awards under the Old 2021 Plan after the completion of the offering. Following the consummation of our initial public offering, we expect to make future awards under the 2021 Plan.

 

191


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, we did not provide any compensation to our non-employee directors for their services on our board of directors. Our non-employee directors did not hold any outstanding equity awards on December 31, 2020.

In connection with this offering, we intend to approve and implement a compensation program that consists of annual retainer fees and long-term equity awards for our non-employee directors. The details of this program have not yet been determined.

 

192


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the compensation arrangements, including employment, termination of employment and change in control arrangements, with our directors and executive officers, including those discussed in the sections entitled “Management” and “Executive and Director Compensation,” and the registration rights described in the section entitled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights,” the following is a description of each transaction since our inception and each currently proposed transaction in which:

 

   

we have been or are to be a participant;

 

   

the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed the lesser of $120,000 or one percent of the average of our total assets at year-end for the fiscal years ending December 31, 2019 and 2020; and

 

   

any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any member of the immediate family of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Transaction with Teton Therapeutics, Inc.

In April 2020, the Company entered into an Exclusive License Agreement with Teton Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation, which is 100% owned by Jonathan Heller, Ph.D., the Chief Science Officer of the Company. In February 2021, the license agreement was amended. To date, there have been no license fees incurred.

Transactions with Poseidon Bio, LLC

In December 2020, Chirinjeev Kathuria, the sole shareholder of the Company, contributed 100% of his shares to a then-wholly-owned entity, Poseidon Bio, LLC, a Delaware limited liability, or Poseidon. In February 2021, Poseidon transferred 142,157 shares back to Chirinjeev Kathuria and the Company’s employees and the remaining members of its management team became members of Poseidon. Poseidon’s sole asset is 7,107,843 shares of the Company’s common stock, and voting and investment authority over those shares is controlled by Poseidon’s five-member board of managers, which consists of Chirinjeev Kathuria, Elizabeth Ng, Daniel Behr, Jack Elias and Jonathan Kurtis.

License Agreements with Elkurt Inc.

On July 31, 2020, the Company entered into four separate Exclusive License Agreements, or the Brown License Agreements, with Elkurt Inc., a licensee of Brown University. The Company amended each of the Brown License Agreements on March 21, 2021. Elkurt, Inc., is a company formed by the Company’s scientific co-founders Jack A. Elias, M.D., former Dean of Medicine and current Special Advisor for Health Affairs to Brown University, and Jonathan Kurtis, M.D., PhD, Chair of the Department of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine at Brown. Under the Brown License Agreements, Elkurt, Inc. grants to the Company exclusive, royalty-bearing licenses to patent rights and nonexclusive, royalty-bearing licenses to know-how, solely to make, have made, market, offer for sale, use, and sell licensed products for use in certain fields.

On January 25, 2021, the Company entered into an Exclusive License Agreement, or the Rhode Island License Agreement, with Elkurt Inc., a licensee of Rhode Island Hospital. The Company amended the Rhode Island License Agreement on April 1, 2021. Under the Rhode Island License Agreement, Elkurt, Inc. grants to the Company an exclusive, royalty-bearing license to patent rights and a nonexclusive, royalty-bearing license to know-how, solely to make, have made, market, offer for sale, use, and sell licensed products for use in a certain field. See the section entitled “Business—Licensing Agreements” for information regarding the terms of the Brown License Agreements and the Rhode Island License Agreement.

 

193


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Equity Sales

In March and April 2021, the Company issued 17,519 shares of common stock to certain persons who were accredited investors (consisting of friends and family of our employees), at an aggregate offering price of $1.0 million. These transactions were effected without registration under the Securities Act in reliance on the exemption from registration provided under Section 4(2) promulgated thereunder.

Executive Officer and Director Compensation

See the sections entitled “Executive Compensation” and “Director Compensation” for information regarding compensation of our executive officers and directors.

Other Relationships

Other than as described above, since our inception, we have not entered into any transactions, nor are there any currently proposed transactions, between us and a related party where the amount involved exceeds, or would exceed, the lesser of $120,000 or one percent of the average of our total assets at year-end for the fiscal years ending December 31, 2019 and 2020, and in which any related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Indemnification Agreements

In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into new agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers. These agreements and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will, among other things, require us to indemnify these individuals for certain expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and settlement amounts reasonably incurred by such person in any action or proceeding, including any action by or in our right, on account of any services undertaken by such person on behalf of our company or that person’s status as a member of our board of directors to the maximum extent allowed under Delaware law.

Policies for Approval of Related Party Transactions

Prior to this offering, we have not had a formal policy regarding approval of transactions with related parties. Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to adopt a written related person transaction policy that sets forth our procedures for the identification, review, consideration and approval or ratification of related person transactions. The policy will become effective immediately upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering. For purposes of our policy only, a related person transaction is a transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which we and any related person are, were, or will be participants and in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000. Transactions involving compensation for services provided to us as an employee or director are not covered by this policy. A related person is any executive officer, director, or beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, including any of their immediate family members and any entity owned or controlled by such persons.

Under the policy, if a transaction has been identified as a related person transaction, including any transaction that was not a related person transaction when originally consummated or any transaction that was not initially identified as a related person transaction prior to consummation, our management must present information regarding the related person transaction to our audit committee, or, if audit committee approval would be inappropriate, to another independent body of our board of directors, for review, consideration, and approval or ratification. The presentation must include a description of, among other things, the material facts, the interests, direct and indirect, of the related persons, the benefits to us of the transaction, and whether the transaction is on terms that are comparable to the terms available to or from, as the case may be, an unrelated third party or to or from employees generally. Under the policy, we will collect information that we deem reasonably necessary from each director, executive officer, and, to the extent feasible, significant stockholder to enable us to identify any existing or potential related person transactions and to effectuate the terms of the policy.

 

194


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In addition, under our Code of Conduct, which we intend to adopt in connection with this offering, our employees and directors have an affirmative responsibility to disclose any transaction or relationship that reasonably could be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest.

In considering related person transactions, our audit committee, or other independent body of our board of directors, will take into account the relevant available facts and circumstances including, but not limited to:

 

   

the risks, costs, and benefits to us;

 

   

the impact on a director’s independence in the event that the related person is a director, immediate family member of a director, or an entity with which a director is affiliated;

 

   

the availability of other sources for comparable services or products; and

 

   

the terms available to or from, as the case may be, unrelated third parties or to or from employees generally.

The policy requires that, in determining whether to approve, ratify, or reject a related person transaction, our audit committee, or other independent body of our board of directors, must consider, in light of known circumstances, whether the transaction is in, or is not inconsistent with, our best interests and those of our stockholders, as our audit committee, or other independent body of our board of directors, determines in the good faith exercise of its discretion. All of the transactions described above were entered into prior to the adoption of the written policy, but all were approved by our board of directors considering similar factors to those described above.

 

195


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table presents information concerning the beneficial ownership of the shares of our common stock as of March 31, 2021 by:

 

   

each person we know to be the beneficial owner of 5% or more of our outstanding shares of our capital stock;

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

each of our named executive officers; and

 

   

all of our current executive officers and directors as a group.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with SEC rules. The information does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of our common stock if that person has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or direct the voting of our common stock, or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such capital stock. Except in cases where community property laws apply or as indicated in the footnotes to this table, we believe that each stockholder identified in the table possesses sole voting and investment power over all shares of common stock shown as beneficially owned by the stockholder.

Percentage of beneficial ownership in the table below is based on 7,263,834 shares of common stock deemed to be outstanding as of March 31, 2021. The table below assumes that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares. Shares of common stock subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2021 are considered outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding the options for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated below, the address of each individual listed below is c/o Ocean Biomedical, Inc., 55 Claverick St., Room 325, Providence, Rhode Island 02903.

 

Name and address of beneficial owner    Number of
shares
beneficially
owned
     Percentage
of shares
beneficially
owned
before
offering
    Percentage
of
shares
beneficially
owned
after
offering
 

5% or Greater Stockholders:

       

Poseidon Bio, LLC(1)

     7,107,843        97.81  

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

       

Dr. Chirinjeev Kathuria, M.D.

     142,157        1.96  

Elizabeth Ng

               

Gurinder Kalra

               

Jonathan Heller, Ph.D.

               

Inderjote Kathuria, M.D.

               

Daniel Behr

               

Jonathan Kurtis, M.D., Ph.D.

               

Martin D. Angle

               

Michelle Berrey, M.D., MPH

               

William Owens

               

Jerome Ringo

               

All executive officers and directors as a group (11 persons)

     142,157        1.96  

 

*

Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent.

 

196


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
(1)

Voting and investment decisions with respect to securities held by Poseidon Bio, LLC are made by the managing directors of such entity, who are Chirinjeev Kathuria, Elizabeth Ng, Daniel Behr, Jack Elias and Jonathan Kurtis. None of such individuals individually has the power to direct voting and investment decisions with respect to the shares held by Poseidon Bio, LLC. The address of Poseidon Bio, LLC is c/o Ocean Biomedical, Inc., 55 Claverick Street, Room 325, Providence RI 02903.

 

197


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Upon the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of shares of common stock, par value $0.000001 per share, and shares of preferred stock, par value $0.000001 per share, all of which will be undesignated, and there will be shares of common stock outstanding and no shares of preferred stock outstanding. As of December 31, 2020, we had one holder of our capital stock. Upon the completion of this offering, options to purchase shares of our common stock will be outstanding and shares of our common stock will be reserved for future grants under our equity incentive plans.

The following description of our capital stock and provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws are summaries of material terms and provisions and are qualified by reference to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, copies of which have been filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The descriptions of our common stock and preferred stock reflect amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

Common Stock

Upon the completion of this offering, we will be authorized to issue one class of common stock. Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held of record for the election of directors and on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Except as described under “Anti-takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws” below, a majority vote of the holders of common stock is generally required to take action under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws. Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends ratably, if any, as may be declared by our board of directors out of legally available funds, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any preferred stock then outstanding. Upon our dissolution, liquidation or winding up, holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in our net assets legally available after the payment of all our debts and other liabilities, subject to the preferential rights of any preferred stock then outstanding. Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights and no sinking fund provisions are applicable to our common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Preferred Stock

Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be authorized, without action by the stockholders, to designate and issue up to an aggregate of shares of preferred stock in one or more series. Our board of directors can designate the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each series and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions. Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible future financings and acquisitions and other corporate purposes could, under certain circumstances, have the effect of restricting dividends on our common stock, diluting the voting power of our common stock, impairing the liquidation rights of our common stock, or delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company, which might harm the market price of our common stock. See also “—Anti-takeover effects of Delaware Law and provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws—Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws—Undesignated preferred stock” below.

Our board of directors will make any determination to issue such shares based on its judgment as to our company’s best interests and the best interests of our stockholders. Upon the completion of this offering, we will have no shares of preferred stock outstanding and we have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock following completion of this offering.

 

198


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Provisions of Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Certain provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law and of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. These provisions, which are summarized below, are expected to discourage certain types of coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and, as a consequence, they might also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions are also designed in part to encourage anyone seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. These provisions might also have the effect of preventing changes in our board of directors or management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests. However, we believe that the advantages gained by protecting our ability to negotiate with any unsolicited and potentially unfriendly acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging such proposals, including those priced above the then-current market value of our common stock, because, among other reasons, the negotiation of such proposals could improve their terms.

Delaware takeover statute

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that this stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. Under Section 203, a business combination between a corporation and an interested stockholder is prohibited unless it satisfies one of the following conditions:

 

   

before the stockholder became interested, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

   

upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers, and employee stock plans, in some instances, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

   

at or after the time the stockholder became interested, the business combination was approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Section 203 defines a business combination to include:

 

   

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

   

any sale, transfer, lease, pledge, exchange, mortgage or other disposition involving the interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation;

 

   

subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

   

subject to exceptions, any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

199


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by the entity or person.

Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be in effect immediately prior to completion of this offering will include a number of provisions that may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us and encouraging persons considering unsolicited tender offers or other unilateral takeover proposals to negotiate with our board of directors rather than pursue non-negotiated takeover attempts. These provisions include the items described below.

Board composition and filling vacancies.    In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board is divided into three classes serving staggered three-year terms, with one class being elected each year. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also provides that directors may be removed only for cause and then only by the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds or more of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Furthermore, any vacancy on our board of directors, however occurring, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the size of our board, may only be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors then in office even if less than a quorum.

No written consent of stockholders.    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that all stockholder actions are required to be taken by a vote of the stockholders at an annual or special meeting, and that stockholders may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting. This limit may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions and would prevent the amendment of our bylaws or removal of directors by our stockholder without holding a meeting of stockholders.

Meetings of stockholders.    Our bylaws provide that only a majority of the members of our board of directors then in office may call special meetings of stockholders and only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special meeting of stockholders. Our bylaws limit the business that may be conducted at an annual meeting of stockholders to those matters properly brought before the meeting.

Advance notice requirements.    Our bylaws establish advance notice procedures with regard to stockholder proposals relating to the nomination of candidates for election as directors or new business to be brought before meetings of our stockholders. These procedures provide that notice of stockholder proposals must be timely given in writing to our corporate secretary prior to the meeting at which the action is to be taken. Generally, to be timely, notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days or more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the annual meeting for the preceding year. The notice must contain certain information specified in our bylaws.

Amendment to certificate of incorporation and bylaws.    As required by the Delaware General Corporation Law, any amendment of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation must first be approved by a majority of our board of directors, and if required by law or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, must thereafter be approved by a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, and a majority of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, except that the amendment of the provisions relating to stockholder action, directors, limitation of liability and the amendment of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation must be approved by not less than two-thirds of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, and not less than two-thirds of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class. Our bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority vote of the directors then in office, subject to any limitations set forth in the bylaws; and may also be amended by the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, or, if the board of directors recommends that the stockholders

 

200


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

approve the amendment, by the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, in each case voting together as a single class.

Undesignated preferred stock.    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for authorized shares of preferred stock. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock may enable our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. For example, if in the due exercise of its fiduciary obligations, our board of directors were to determine that a takeover proposal is not in the best interests of us or our stockholders, our board of directors could cause shares of preferred stock to be issued without stockholder approval in one or more private offerings or other transactions that might dilute the voting or other rights of the proposed acquirer or insurgent stockholder or stockholder group. In this regard, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation grants our board of directors’ broad power to establish the rights and preferences of authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock. The issuance of shares of preferred stock could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of shares of common stock. The issuance may also adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of these holders and may have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control of us.

Exclusive forum.    Our certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for the following types of actions or proceedings under Delaware statutory or common law: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of our company, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors or officers to the company or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against our company arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, (iv) any action to interpret, apply, enforce, or determine the validity of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or (v) any action asserting a claim against our company governed by the internal affairs doctrine. In addition, our certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the sole and exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act; provided, however, that our stockholders cannot and will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. This provision would not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in our securities shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to these provisions. These forum provisions may impose additional costs on stockholders, may limit our stockholders’ ability to bring a claim in a forum they find favorable, and the designated courts may reach different judgments or results than other courts. In addition, there is uncertainty as to whether the federal forum provision for Securities Act claims will be enforced. It is possible that a court could rule that a forum selection provision is inapplicable for a particular claim or action or that such provision is unenforceable.

Transfer agent and registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is                . The transfer agent and registrar’s address is                .

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “OCEA.”

Limitations of liability and indemnification matters

For a discussion of liability and indemnification, see the section entitled “Management—Limitation on liability and indemnification matters.”

 

201


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Sale of Restricted Shares

Based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of                    , 2021, upon completion of this offering, shares of common stock will be outstanding, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of options. All of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable. The remaining shares of common stock outstanding after this offering will be restricted as a result of securities laws or lock-up agreements as described below. Following the expiration of the lock-up period, all shares will be eligible for resale in compliance with Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act. “Restricted securities” as defined under Rule 144 of the Securities Act were issued and sold by us in reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. These shares may be sold in the public market only if registered or qualified for an exemption from registration, such as under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

Rule 144

In general, a person who has beneficially owned restricted stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale and (ii) we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

   

1% of the number of shares then outstanding, which will equal approximately shares immediately after this offering assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, based on the number of shares outstanding as of                , 2021; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale;

provided, in each case, that we have been subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Such sales both by affiliates and by non-affiliates must also comply with the manner of sale, current public information and notice provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

Rule 701 under the Securities Act, or Rule 701, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, permits resales of shares in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with certain restrictions of Rule 144, including the holding period requirement. Most of our employees, executive officers or directors who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701, but all holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling their shares. However, substantially all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements as described below and under “Underwriting” included elsewhere in this prospectus and will become eligible for sale upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

 

202


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Lock-up Agreements

In connection with this offering, we, each of our directors and executive officers, and holders of substantially all of our securities have agreed with the underwriters that for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions, we and they will not offer, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of or hedge any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock. The representatives of the underwriters may, in their sole discretion, at any time, release all or any portion of the shares from the restrictions in this agreement.

Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plans

Following the completion of this offering, certain of our officers, directors and significant stockholders may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 trading plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of our common stock on a periodic basis to diversify their assets and investments. Under these 10b5-1 trading plans, a broker may execute trades pursuant to parameters established by the officer, director or stockholder when entering into the plan, without further direction from such officer, director or stockholder. Such sales would not commence until the expiration of the applicable lock-up agreements entered into by such officer, director or stockholder in connection with this offering.

Equity Incentive Plans

As soon as practicable after the completion of this offering, we intend to file a Form S-8 registration statement under the Securities Act to register shares of our common stock subject to options and other equity awards outstanding or reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans. This registration statement will become effective immediately upon filing, and shares covered by this registration statement will thereupon be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates and any lock-up agreements. For a more complete discussion of our equity incentive plans, see “Executive and Compensation—Employee Benefits and Equity Compensation Plans.”

 

203


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) with respect to their ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering. For purposes of this discussion, a non-U.S. holder means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

   

a non-resident alien individual;

 

   

a foreign corporation or any other foreign organization taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes; or

 

   

a foreign estate or trust, the income of which is not subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis.

This discussion does not address the tax treatment of partnerships or other entities that are pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes or persons that hold their common stock through partnerships or other pass-through entities. A partner in a partnership or other pass-through entity that will hold our common stock should consult his, her or its tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of holding and disposing of our common stock through a partnership or other pass-through entity, as applicable.

This discussion is based on current provisions of the Code, existing and proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, current administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date of this prospectus and, all of which are subject to change or to differing interpretation, possibly with retroactive effect. Any such change or differing interpretation could alter the tax consequences to non-U.S. holders described in this prospectus. There can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service, which we refer to as the IRS, will not challenge one or more of the tax consequences described herein. We assume in this discussion that a non-U.S. holder holds shares of our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code, generally property held for investment.

This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that non-U.S. holder’s individual circumstances including the alternative minimum tax, or the Medicare tax on net investment income, the rules regarding qualified small business stock within the meaning of Section 1202 of the Code and any election to apply Section 1400Z-2 of the Code to gains recognized with respect to shares of our common stock. This discussion also does not address any U.S. state, local or non-U.S. taxes or any other aspect of any U.S. federal tax other than the income tax. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a non-U.S. holder and does not address the special tax rules applicable to particular non-U.S. holders, such as:

 

   

insurance companies;

 

   

tax-exempt or governmental organizations;

 

   

financial institutions;

 

   

brokers or dealers in securities;

 

   

regulated investment companies;

 

   

pension plans;

 

   

“controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

   

“qualified foreign pension funds,” or entities wholly-owned by a “qualified foreign pension fund”;

 

   

partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and partners and investors therein);

 

204


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

 

   

persons that hold our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction, synthetic security or other integrated investment;

 

   

persons who have elected to mark securities to market;

 

   

persons who have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar;

 

   

persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation;

 

   

certain U.S. expatriates; and

 

   

persons subject to special tax accounting rules as a result of any item of gross income with respect to the common stock being taken into account in an applicable financial statement under Section 451(b) of the Code.

This discussion is for general information only and is not tax advice. Accordingly, all prospective non-U.S. holders of our common stock should consult their tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

Distributions on our common stock

Distributions, if any, on our common stock will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of the non-U.S. holder’s investment, up to such holder’s tax basis in the common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described below in “Gain on sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock.” Any such distributions will also be subject to the discussions below under the sections titled “Backup withholding and information reporting” and “Withholding and information reporting requirements—FATCA.”

Subject to the discussion in the following two paragraphs in this section, dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence. If we or another withholding agent apply over-withholding or if a non-U.S. holder does not timely provide us with the required certification, the non-U.S. holder may be entitled to a refund or credit of any excess tax withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim with the IRS.

Dividends that are treated as effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by a non-U.S. holder within the United States and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, that are attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder within the United States, are generally exempt from the 30% withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder satisfies applicable certification and disclosure requirements. However, such U.S. effectively connected income, net of specified deductions and credits, is taxed at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons (as defined in the Code). Any U.S. effectively connected income received by a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence.

A non-U.S. holder of our common stock who claims the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence generally will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or successor form) to the applicable withholding agent and satisfy applicable certification and other requirements. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult

 

205


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty. A non-U.S. holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax under an income tax treaty may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing a U.S. tax return with the IRS.

Gain on sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock

Subject to the discussions below under “Backup withholding and information reporting” and “Withholding and information reporting requirements—FATCA,” a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to any U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon such holder’s sale or other taxable disposition of shares of our common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, is attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed-base maintained by such non-U.S. holder in the United States, in which case the non-U.S. holder generally will be taxed on a net income basis at the graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to United States persons (as defined in the Code) and, if the non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, the branch profits tax described above in “Distributions on Our Common Stock” also may apply;

 

   

the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which case the non-U.S. holder will be subject to a 30% tax (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence) on the net gain derived from the disposition, which may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses of the non-U.S. holder, if any (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses; or

 

   

we are, or have been, at any time during the five-year period preceding such sale of other taxable disposition (or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period, if shorter) a “U.S. real property holding corporation,” unless our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market and the non-U.S. holder holds no more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, directly or indirectly, actually or constructively, during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held our common stock. Generally, a corporation is a U.S. real property holding corporation only if the fair market value of its U.S. real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. Although there can be no assurance, we do not believe that we are, or have been, a U.S. real property holding corporation, or that we are likely to become one in the future. No assurance can be provided that our common stock will be regularly traded on an established securities market for purposes of the rules described above.

Backup withholding and information reporting

We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the gross amount of the distributions on our common stock paid to such holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to such distributions. Non-U.S. holders may have to comply with specific certification procedures to establish that the holder is not a U.S. person (as defined in the Code) in order to avoid backup withholding at the applicable rate with respect to dividends on our common stock. Dividends paid to non-U.S. holders subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax, as described above in “Distributions on Our Common Stock,” generally will be exempt from U.S. backup withholding.

Information reporting and backup withholding will generally apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder effected by or through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, unless the holder certifies its status as a non-U.S. holder and satisfies certain other requirements,

 

206


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a non-U.S. holder where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a broker. However, for information reporting purposes, dispositions effected through a non-U.S. office of a broker with substantial U.S. ownership or operations generally will be treated in a manner similar to dispositions effected through a U.S. office of a broker. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them. Copies of information returns may be made available to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is incorporated under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder can be refunded or credited against the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that an appropriate claim is filed with the IRS in a timely manner.

Withholding and information reporting requirements — FATCA

Provisions of the Code commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, generally imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% on payments of dividends on our common stock paid to a foreign entity unless (i) if the foreign entity is a “foreign financial institution,” such foreign entity undertakes certain due diligence, reporting, withholding, and certification obligations, (ii) if the foreign entity is not a “foreign financial institution,” such foreign entity identifies certain of its U.S. investors, if any, or (iii) the foreign entity is otherwise exempt under FATCA. Under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations, withholding under FATCA currently applies to payments of dividends on our common stock. Currently proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations provide that FATCA withholding does not apply to gross proceeds from the disposition of property of a type that can produce U.S. source dividends or interest; however, prior versions of the rules would have made such gross proceeds subject to FATCA withholding. Taxpayers (including withholding agents) can currently rely on the proposed Treasury Regulations. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder may be eligible for refunds or credits of this withholding tax. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this paragraph. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock and the entities through which they hold our common stock, including, without limitation, the process and deadlines for meeting the applicable requirements to prevent the imposition of the 30% withholding tax under FATCA.

 

207


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

UNDERWRITING

We and the underwriters for the offering named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the common stock being offered. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase from us the number of shares of our common stock set forth opposite its name below. Berenberg Capital Markets LLC and Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriter

   Number
of Shares
 

Berenberg Capital Markets LLC

  

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.

  

LifeSci Capital LLC

  

Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc.

  

Brookline Capital Markets, a division of Arcadia Securities, LLC

  

Roth Capital Partners, LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total

                   
  

 

 

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters are subject to certain conditions precedent and that the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased, other than those shares covered by the option to purchase additional shares described below. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, and to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.

The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel and other conditions specified in the underwriting agreement. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Option to Purchase Additional Shares.    We have granted to the underwriters an option to purchase up to                  additional shares of our common stock at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions. This option is exercisable for a period of 30 days. To the extent that the underwriters exercise this option, the underwriters will purchase additional shares from us in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above.

Discounts and Commissions.    The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions and proceeds, before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

We estimate that the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $             and are payable by us. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for up to $             for their FINRA counsel fee. In accordance with FINRA Rule 5110, this reimbursed fee is deemed underwriting compensation for this offering.

 

            Total  
     Per Share      Without
Option
     With
Option
 

Public offering price

        

Underwriting discounts and commissions

        

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

        

 

208


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $            per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

Discretionary Accounts.    The underwriters do not intend to confirm sales of the shares to any accounts over which they have discretionary authority.

Market Information.    Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representative of the underwriters. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in these negotiations will include:

 

   

the history of, and prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete;

 

   

our past and present financial information;

 

   

an assessment of our management; its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues;

 

   

the present state of our development; and

 

   

the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

We have applied to list of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “OCEA”.

Stabilization.    In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, overallotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions, penalty bids and purchases to cover positions created by short sales.

Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase shares of our common stock so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum, and are engaged in for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while the offering is in progress.

Overallotment transactions involve sales by the underwriters of shares of our common stock in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase. This creates a syndicate short position which may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase pursuant to the option to purchase additional shares. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase. The underwriters may close out any short position by exercising their option to purchase additional shares and/or purchasing shares in the open market.

Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of our common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared with the price at which they may purchase shares through exercise of the option to purchase additional shares. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by exercise of the option to purchase additional shares and, therefore, have a naked short position, the position can be closed out only by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that after pricing there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

 

209


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Penalty bids permit the representative to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by that syndicate member is purchased in stabilizing or syndicate covering transactions to cover syndicate short positions.

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock in the open market may be higher than it would otherwise be in the absence of these transactions. Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. These transactions may be effected on the Nasdaq Stock Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

Passive Market Making.    In connection with this offering, underwriters and selling group members may engage in passive market making transactions in our common stock on the Nasdaq Stock Market in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, during a period before the commencement of offers or sales of common stock and extending through the completion of the distribution. A passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid of that security. However, if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, such bid must then be lowered when specified purchase limits are exceeded.

Lock-Up Agreements.    Pursuant to certain “lock-up” agreements, we and our executive officers, directors and substantially all of our other securityholders, have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to, and will not cause or direct any of its affiliates to offer, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, contract to sell, or otherwise dispose of or announce the intention to otherwise dispose of, or enter into, or announce the intention to enter into, any swap, hedge or similar agreement or arrangement (including, without limitation, the purchase or sale of, or entry into, any put or call option, or combination thereof, forward, swap or any other derivative transaction or instrument, however described or defined) that transfers, is designed to transfer or reasonably could be expected to transfer (whether by the stockholder or someone other than the stockholder) that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly the economic consequence of ownership of, directly or indirectly, or make any demand or request or exercise any right with respect to the registration of, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any common stock without the prior written consent of Berenberg Capital Markets LLC, for a period of 180 days after the date of the pricing of the offering.

This lock-up provision applies to common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock. It also applies to common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition. The exceptions permit us, among other things and subject to restrictions, to: (a) issue common stock or options pursuant to employee benefit plans, (b) issue common stock upon exercise of outstanding options or warrants, or (c) file registration statements on Form S-8. The exceptions permit parties to the “lock-up” agreements, among other things and subject to restrictions, to: (a) make certain gifts, (b) if the party is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, make transfers to any stockholders, partners, members of, or owners of similar equity interests in, the party, if such transfer is not for value, (c) if the party is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, make transfers in connection with the sale or transfer of all of the party’s capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests or other similar equity interests, as the case may be, or all or substantially all of the party’s assets, in any such case not undertaken for the purpose of avoiding the restrictions imposed by the “lock-up” agreement, (d) enter into transactions relating to shares of our common stock acquired in open market transactions after completion of the offering, provided that no public announcement or filing is required to be made regarding such transaction during the 180-day lock-up period, and (e) enter into a 10b5-1 trading plan, provided that such plan does not permit the sale of any common stock during the 180-day lock-up period and no public announcement or filing is made regarding such plan during the 180-day lock-up period. In addition, the lock-up provision will not restrict broker-dealers from engaging in market making and similar activities conducted in the ordinary course of their business.

 

210


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Berenberg Capital Markets LLC, in its sole discretion, may release our common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time. When determining whether or not to release our common stock and other securities from lock-up agreements, Berenberg Capital Markets LLC will consider, among other factors, the holder’s reasons for requesting the release, the number of shares for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time of the request. In the event of such a release or waiver for one of our directors or officers, Berenberg Capital Markets LLC shall provide us with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of such release or waiver and we will announce the impending release or waiver by issuing a press release at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Shares.    A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The representative may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that will make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on these websites is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved or endorsed by us or any underwriter in its capacity as underwriter, and should not be relied upon by investors.

Other Relationships.    The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, various investment banking, commercial banking and other financial services for us and our affiliates for which they have received, and may in the future receive, customary fees.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

Selling Restrictions

Canada.    The common stock may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the common stock must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

 

211


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Switzerland.    The securities will not be offered, directly or indirectly, to the public in Switzerland and this prospectus does not constitute a public offering prospectus as that term is understood pursuant to article 652a or 1156 of the Swiss Federal Code of Obligations.

European Economic Area.    In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each, a “Member State”), no shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in that Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that offers of shares may be made to the public in that Member State at any time under the following exemptions:

 

  A.

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under Article 2 of the Prospectus Regulation;

 

  B.

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under Article 2 of the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters; or

 

  C.

in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of shares shall require us or the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to shares in any Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

United Kingdom.    No shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in the United Kingdom prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the Financial Conduct Authority, except that the shares may be offered to the public in the United Kingdom at any time:

 

  (a)

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation;

 

  (b)

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (c)

in any other circumstances falling within Section 86 of the FSMA.

provided that no such offer of the shares shall require the Issuer or any Manager to publish a prospectus pursuant to Section 85 of the FSMA or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the UK Prospectus Regulation. For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to the shares in the United Kingdom means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares and the expression “UK Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018.

 

212


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Hong Kong.    The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (the “SFO”) of Hong Kong and any rules made thereunder; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong) (the “CO”), or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the CO. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the SFO and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore.    Each underwriter has acknowledged that this prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, each underwriter has represented and agreed that it has not offered or sold any shares or caused the shares to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase and will not offer or sell any shares or cause the shares to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, and has not circulated or distributed, nor will it circulate or distribute, this prospectus or any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares, whether directly or indirectly, to any person in Singapore other than:

 

  A.

to an institutional investor (as defined in Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289) of Singapore, as modified or amended from time to time (the “SFA”)) pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA;

 

  B.

to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA; or

 

  C.

otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

  A.

a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

  B.

a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities or securities-based derivatives contracts (each term as defined in Section 2(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (however described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

  (i)

to an institutional investor or to a relevant person, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

 

  (ii)

where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

 

  (iii)

where the transfer is by operation of law;

 

  (iv)

as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

 

  (v)

as specified in Regulation 37A of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Securities and Securities-based Derivatives Contracts) Regulations 2018.

 

213


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Singapore SFA Product Classification—In connection with Section 309B of the SFA and the CMP Regulations 2018, unless otherwise specified before an offer of shares, we have determined, and hereby notify all relevant persons (as defined in Section 309A(1) of the SFA), that the shares are “prescribed capital markets products” (as defined in the CMP Regulations 2018) and Excluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA 04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA-N16: Notice on Recommendations on Investment Products).

Australia.    This prospectus is not a disclosure document for the purposes of Australia’s Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) of Australia, or Corporations Act, has not been lodged with the Australian Securities & Investments Commission and is only directed to the categories of exempt persons set out below. Accordingly, if you receive this prospectus in Australia:

You confirm and warrant that you are either:

 

   

a “sophisticated investor” under section 708(8)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act;

 

   

a “sophisticated investor” under section 708(8)(c) or (d) of the Corporations Act and that you have provided an accountant’s certificate to the Company which complies with the requirements of section 708(8)(c)(i) or (ii) of the Corporations Act and related regulations before the offer has been made; or

 

   

a “professional investor” within the meaning of section 708(11)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act.

To the extent that you are unable to confirm or warrant that you are an exempt sophisticated investor or professional investor under the Corporations Act any offer made to you under this prospectus is void and incapable of acceptance.

You warrant and agree that you will not offer any of the common shares issued to you pursuant to this prospectus for resale in Australia within 12 months of those securities being issued unless any such resale offer is exempt from the requirement to issue a disclosure document under section 708 of the Corporations Act.

PRC.    This prospectus has not been and will not be circulated or distributed in the PRC, and no securities may be offered or sold, or will be offered or sold, to any person for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, to any resident of the PRC except pursuant to applicable laws and regulations of the PRC.

We have not authorized and do not authorize the making of any offer of securities through any financial intermediary on our behalf, other than offers made by the underwriters and their respective affiliates, with a view to the final placement of the securities as contemplated in this document. Accordingly, no purchaser of the shares, other than the underwriters, is authorized to make any further offer of shares on our behalf or on behalf of the underwriters.

 

214


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Goodwin Procter LLP, New York, New York. Legal matters in connection with the offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Cooley LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The financial statements as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the period from inception January 2, 2019 to December 31, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2020 included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein (which report expresses an unqualified opinion on the consolidated financial statements and includes an explanatory paragraph referring to our ability to continue as a going concern). Such financial statements are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement. This prospectus does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and its exhibits. For further information with respect to us and the common stock offered by this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference.

You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the Internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information will be available via the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. We also maintain a website at www.oceanbiomedical.com, at which you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. However, the information contained in or accessible through our website is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and investors should not rely on such information in making a decision to purchase our common stock in this offering.

 

215


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Consolidated Financial Statements for the Year Ended December 31, 2020 and the Period from January 2, 2019 to December 31, 2019:

  

Report of Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Stockholder’s Deficit

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7 - F-19  

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2021 and 2020 (Unaudited):

  

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-20  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-21  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-22  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-23  

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-24 to F-34  

 

F-1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

REPORT OF REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholder and the Board of Directors of Ocean Biomedical, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Ocean Biomedical, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholder’s deficit, and cash flows, for the year ended December 31, 2020 and for the period from January 2, 2019 (date of inception) through December 31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2020 and for the period from January 2, 2019 (date of inception) through December 31, 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company’s anticipated losses from operations and its need to obtain additional capital raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Chicago, Illinois

March 5, 2021

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.

 

F-2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     December 31,
2019
    December 31,
2020
 

Assets

    

Current assets

    

Deferred offering costs

   $     $ 386  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

           386  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $     $ 386  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and stockholder’s deficit

    

Current liabilities

    

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 232     $ 2,188  

Accrued expenses-related party

           83  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     232       2,271  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 4)

            

Stockholder’s deficit

    

Common stock, $0.000001 par value; 12,000,000 shares authorized,
7,250,000 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2020

        

Accumulated deficit

     (232     (1,885
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholder’s deficit

     (232     (1,885
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholder’s deficit

   $     $ 386  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     For the
Period from
Inception
January 2,
2019 to
December 31,
2019
    For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2020
 

Revenue

   $     $  

Operating expenses

    

Research and development

     35       49  

General and administrative

     197       1,603  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     232       1,652  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (232     (1,652

Other (expense)

           (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (232   $ (1,653
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares outstanding used in computing net loss per share—basic and diluted

     7,250,000       7,250,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share—basic and diluted

   $ (0.03   $ (0.23
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Stockholder’s Deficit

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

     Common
Stock
Shares
     Common
Stock
Amount
     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
     Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholder’s
Deficit
 

Balance at January 2, 2019 (inception)

                             

Issuance of common stock

     7,250,000      $      $       

Net loss

            $ (232   $ (232
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

     7,250,000                      (232     (232
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

                      (1,653     (1,653
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2020

     7,250,000      $      $      $ (1,885   $ (1,885
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

     For the
Period from
Inception
January 2,
2019 to
December 31,
2019
    For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2020
 

Operating activities

    

Net loss

   $ (232   $ (1,653

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities

    

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

     232       1,589  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

           (64
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities

    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

            
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities

    

Expenses paid by related parties

           64  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

           64  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash

            

Cash—beginning of year

            
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash—end of year

   $     $  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-cash financing activities

    

Deferred offering costs not yet paid

       386  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

F-6


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Organization, Description of Business, and Going Concern Considerations

Ocean Biomedical, Inc. (the “Company”), a Delaware corporation, was founded on January 2, 2019. The Company is a biopharmaceutical company that is focused on discovering and developing therapeutic products in oncology, fibrosis, infectious diseases and inflammation.

The Company is subject to risks common to companies in the biopharmaceutical industry, including, but not limited to, risks related to the successful development and commercialization of product candidates, fluctuations in operating results and financial risks, the ability to successfully raise additional funds when needed, protection of proprietary rights and patent risks, patent litigation, compliance with government regulations, dependence on key personnel and prospective collaborative partners, and competition from competing products in the marketplace.

Going Concern Considerations

The accompanying consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applicable to a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business.

The Company had no cash inflows from operating activities for the period of inception January 2, 2019 to December 31, 2019 and for the year ended December 31, 2020. The Company’s current operating plan indicates it will incur losses from operations and generate negative cash flows from operating activities, given anticipated expenditures related to research and development activities and its lack of revenue generating ability at this point in the Company’s lifecycle. These events and conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date the financial statements are issued.

The Company will need to raise funds in order to advance its research and development programs, operate its business, and meet its future obligations as they come due. The Company is seeking to complete an initial public offering (“IPO”) of its common stock. In the event the Company does not complete an IPO the Company will seek additional funding through private equity financings, debt financings, collaborations, strategic alliances, and marketing, distribution, or licensing arrangements. There is no assurance that the Company will be successful in obtaining such additional financing on terms acceptable to the Company, if at all, and the Company may not be able to enter into collaborations or other arrangements. If the Company is unable to obtain funding, the Company could be forced to delay, reduce, or eliminate its research and development programs, which could adversely affect its business prospects and its ability to continue operations.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might results from the outcome of this uncertainty.

COVID-19 Pandemic

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the global novel coronavirus disease 2020 (“COVID-19”) outbreak a pandemic. As of February 2021, the Company’s operations have not been significantly impacted by the COVID-19 outbreak. However, the Company cannot at this time predict the specific extent, duration, or full impact that the COVID-19 outbreak will have on its financial condition and operations, including planned pre-clinical activities. The impact of the COVID-19 coronavirus outbreak on the financial performance of the Company will depend on future developments, including the duration and spread of the outbreak and related governmental advisories and restrictions. These developments and the impact of COVID-19 on the financial markets and the overall economy are highly

 

F-7


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

1. Organization, Description of Business, and Going Concern Considerations (Continued)

 

uncertain and cannot be predicted. If the financial markets and/or the overall economy are impacted for an extended period, the Company’s results may be materially adversely affected.

In March 2020, the U.S. government enacted the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act, or CARES Act, which includes modifications to the limitation on business interest expense and net operating loss provisions and provides a payment delay of employer payroll taxes during 2020 after the date of enactment. In December 2020, the U.S. government added and expanded provisions in the CARES Act. At this time, the Company does not expect the CARES Act to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and stated in U.S. dollars. Any reference in these notes to applicable guidance is meant to refer to the authoritative GAAP as found in the Accounting Standards Codification and Accounting Standards Updates (“ASU”) of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”).

Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements includes the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries after elimination of all significant intercompany accounts and transactions. The subsidiaries were formed to organize and segment the Company’s therapeutic programs in order to optimize multiple commercialization options and to maximize each program’s value. A new wholly-owned subsidiary was formed in February 2021. The Company operates and manages the business as one reportable and operating segment. The subsidiaries formed are:

 

   

Ocean Chitofibrorx, Inc., a Delaware corporation—January 15, 2019—Fibrosis program (one license with Elkurt/Brown University)

 

   

Ocean Chitorx, Inc., a Delaware corporation—January 15, 2019—Oncology programs (three licenses with Elkurt/Brown University)

 

   

Ocean Sihoma, Inc., a Delaware corporation—January 15, 2019—Malaria disease program (one license with Elkurt/Rhode Island Hospital)

 

   

Ocean Promise, Inc., a Delaware corporation—February 12, 2021—Inflammation-COVID-19 program (one license with Stanford University (“Stanford”))

Segments

The Company operates and manages its business as one reportable and operating segment, which is the business of discovering and developing therapeutic products in oncology, fibrosis, infectious diseases and inflammation. The chief executive officer, who is the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), reviews financial information on an aggregate basis for allocating and evaluating financial performance.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of

 

F-8


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates. On an ongoing basis the Company evaluates its estimates, as applicable, including those related to accrued expenses, the fair values of the Company’s common stock, and the valuation of deferred tax assets. The Company bases its estimates using Company forecasts and future plans, current economic conditions, and information from third-party professionals that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities and recorded amounts of expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources and adjusts those estimates and assumptions when facts and circumstances dictate.

The Company’s results can also be affected by economic, political, legislative, regulatory, or legal actions. Economic conditions, such as recessionary trends, inflation, interest, changes in regulatory laws and monetary exchange rates, and government fiscal policies, can have a significant effect on operations. The Company could also be affected by civil, criminal, regulatory or administrative actions, claims, or proceedings.

Cash, Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities at the date of purchase of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents are stated at fair value and may include money market funds, U.S. Treasury and U.S. government-sponsored agency securities, corporate debt, commercial paper, and certificates of deposit. The Company had minimal cash or cash equivalents as of December 31, 2019 and 2020.

Concentrations of Credit Risk and Off-balance Sheet Risk

The Company has held minimal cash and cash equivalents since its inception and certain of its expenses have been paid for by the Company’s Founder and Executive Chairman. The Company has no significant off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Company’s future results of operations involve several other risks and uncertainties. Factors that could affect the Company’s future operating results and cause actual results to vary materially from expectations. Such factors include, but are not limited to, uncertainty of results of clinical trials and reaching milestones, uncertainty of regulatory approval of the Company’s product candidates, uncertainty of market acceptance of the Company’s product candidates, competition from other products, securing and protecting intellectual property, strategic relationships and dependence on key employees and research partners.

The Company’s product candidates require Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) and other non-U.S. regulatory agencies approval prior to commercial sales. There can be no assurance that any product candidates will receive the necessary approvals. If the Company was denied approval, if approval was delayed, if approval was unable to be maintained, it could have a materially adverse impact on the Company.

Revenue

The Company has not generated any revenue from any sources since its inception, including from product sales. The Company does not expect to generate any revenue from the sale of products in the foreseeable future. If the Company’s development efforts for its product candidates are successful and result in regulatory approval, or license agreements with third parties, the Company may generate revenue

 

F-9


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

in the future from product sales. However, there can be no assurance as to when revenue will be generated, if at all.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses consist primarily of costs incurred for research activities, including the development of product candidates. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. For the period from inception January 2, 2019 to December 31, 2019 and for the year ended December 31, 2020, research and development expenses consist of expenses incurred for services agreements.

Payments associated with licensing agreements to acquire exclusive licenses to develop, use, manufacture and commercialize products that have not reached technological feasibility and do not have alternate commercial use are expensed as incurred.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs, consisting of direct legal fees directly related to the proposed IPO are capitalized. The deferred offering costs will be reclassified to additional paid in capital upon completion of an IPO. The Company deferred $0.4 million as of December 31, 2020, which is recorded as current assets in the Balance Sheet. Should the planned equity financing be abandoned, the deferred offering costs will be expensed immediately as a charge to operating expenses in the consolidated statement of operations.

Income Taxes and Tax Credits

Income taxes are recorded in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”), which provides for deferred taxes using an asset and liability approach. The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse, and net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards and research and development tax credit (“R&D Credit”) carryforwards. Valuation allowances are provided, if based upon the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company has recorded a full valuation allowance to reduce its net deferred income tax assets to zero. In the event the Company were to determine that it would be able to realize some or all its deferred income tax assets in the future, an adjustment to the deferred income tax asset valuation allowance would increase income in the period such determination was made.

The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions in accordance with the provisions of ASC 740. When uncertain tax positions exist, the Company recognizes the tax benefit of tax positions to the extent that the benefit would more likely than not be realized assuming examination by the taxing authority. The determination as to whether the tax benefit will more likely than not be realized is based upon the technical merits of the tax position as well as consideration of the available facts and circumstances. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had no liability for income tax associated with uncertain tax positions. The Company would recognize any corresponding interest and penalties associated with its income tax positions in income tax expense. There was no income tax interest or penalties incurred for the period from inception January 2, 2019 to December 31, 2019 and for the year ended December 31, 2020.

 

F-10


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Net Loss Per Share

Net loss per share is computed by dividing net loss attributed to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period and, if dilutive, the weighted-average number of potential shares of common stock. The Company is owned by one shareholder since inception.

Comprehensive Loss

Comprehensive loss is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. The Company has had no unrealized gains or losses for the period from inception January 2, 2019 to December 31, 2019 and for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Emerging Growth Company Status

The Company is an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (“JOBS Act”). Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act, until such time as those standards apply to private companies. The Company has elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date that it (i) is no longer an emerging growth company, or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opts out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, these financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with the new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), as amended, with guidance regarding the accounting for and disclosure of leases. The update requires lessees to recognize the liabilities related all leases, including operating leases, with a term greater than 12 months on the balance sheet. This update also requires lessees and lessors to disclose key information about their leasing transactions. This guidance became effective for public companies for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2019. In May 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-05 that deferred these dates one year for all other entities, including emerging growth companies. This standard is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2022. Early adoption is permitted. As of January 2, 2019 (inception), the Company adopted this ASU which did not have an impact to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In June 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses: Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. ASU 2016-13 requires measurement and recognition of expected credit losses for financial assets. In April 2020, the FASB issued clarification to ASU 2016-13 within ASU 2020-04, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses, Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, and Topic 825, Financial Instruments. This guidance is effective for public business entities that meet the definition of a Securities and Exchange Commission filer, excluding eligible smaller reporting companies, for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021. For all other entities, including emerging growth companies, it is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. As of January 2, 2019 (inception), the Company adopted this ASU which did not have an impact to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-11


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

In July 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-11, Earnings Per Share (Topic 260), Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (Topic 480) and Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): I. Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Down Round Features; II. Replacement of the Indefinite Deferral for Mandatorily Redeemable Financial Instruments of Certain Nonpublic Entities and Certain Mandatorily Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests with a Scope Exception. Part I of this update addresses the complexity of accounting for certain financial instruments with down round features. Down round features are features of certain equity-linked instruments (embedded features) that result in the strike price being reduced on the basis of the pricing of future equity offerings. Current accounting guidance creates cost and complexity for entities that issue financial instruments (such as warrants and convertible instruments) with down round features that require fair value measurement of the entire instrument or conversion option. Part II of this update addresses the difficulty of navigating Topic 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity, because of the existence of extensive pending content in the FASB Accounting Standards Codification. This pending content is the result of the indefinite deferral of accounting requirements about mandatorily redeemable financial instruments of certain nonpublic entities and certain mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interests. The amendments in Part II of this update do not have an accounting effect. For public business entities, the amendments in Part I of ASU 2017-11 became effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2019. For all other entities, the amendments in Part I of this update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is permitted for all entities, including adoption in an interim period. As of January 2, 2019 (inception), the Company adopted this ASU which did not have an impact to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In August 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820), Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement. This ASU removed the following disclosure requirements: (1) the amount of and reasons for transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy; (2) the policy for timing of transfers between levels; and (3) the valuation processes for Level 3 fair value measurements. Additionally, this update added the following disclosure requirements: (1) the changes in unrealized gains and losses for the period included in other comprehensive income and loss for recurring Level 3 fair value measurements held at the end of the reporting period; and (2) the range and weighted average of significant unobservable inputs used to develop Level 3 fair value measurements. For certain unobservable inputs, an entity may disclose other quantitative information (such as the median or arithmetic average) in lieu of the weighted average if the entity determines that other quantitative information would be a more reasonable and rational method to reflect the distribution of unobservable inputs used to develop Level 3 fair value measurements. ASU No. 2019-13 will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020 with early adoption permitted. As of January 2, 2019 (inception), the Company adopted this ASU which did not have an impact to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In December 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-12, Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes. ASU 2020-12 eliminates certain exceptions related to the approach for intra-period tax allocation, the methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period, and the recognition of deferred tax liabilities for outside basis differences. It also clarifies and simplifies other aspects of the accounting for income taxes. This guidance is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, including emerging growth companies, it is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. Early adoption is permitted. As of January 2, 2019 (inception), the Company adopted this ASU which did not have an impact to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-12


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

3. Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses

Accounts payable and accrued expenses consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,  
       2019          2020    

Accounting and legal fees

   $ 197      $ 2,085  

Research and development

     35        50  

Other

     0        53  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 232      $ 2,188  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

4. Commitments and Contingencies

Litigation

The Company is not a party to any material legal proceedings and is not aware of any pending or threatened claims. From time to time, the Company may be subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of its business activities.

Leases

As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company is not a party to any leasing agreements.

License Fees

The Company entered into license agreements with its academic research institution partners. Under these license agreements, the Company is required to make annual fixed license maintenance fee payments. The Company is also required to make payments upon successful completion and achievement of certain milestones as well as royalty payments upon sales of products covered by such licenses. The payment obligations under the license and collaboration agreements are contingent upon future events such as achievement of specified development, clinical, regulatory, and commercial milestones. As the timing of these future milestone payments are not known, the Company has not included these fees in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2020. See Note 8 License Agreements.

Contingent Compensation

Under the management employment agreements, the Company has salaries and bonuses that are contingently payable upon financing, collectively called contingent compensation, in the amount of $5.2 million. Of this amount, $2.8 million are salaries contingent upon the successful completion of the Company’s IPO, $1.9 million are bonus payments to certain members of senior management contingent upon the successful completion of the Company’s IPO, and $0.5 million are bonuses contingent upon the completion of the Company’s first capital raise equal to at least $50 million. These amounts will not be paid if the contingencies do not occur. Since the payment of obligations under the employment agreements are contingent upon these future events, which are not considered probable as such future events are deemed outside of the Company’s control, the Company has not included these amounts in its consolidated financial statements.

 

F-13


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

5. Common Stock

The holders of common stock are entitled to dividends when and if declared by the board of directors. The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company had 12 million authorized shares with a par value of $0.000001 per share. The Company’s sole stockholder was issued 7,250,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (“Founders Shares”) upon the formation of the Company on January 2, 2019.

6. Net Loss Per Share

There were no outstanding potentially dilutive (anti-dilutive) securities excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share.

7. Income Taxes

Provision for income taxes

There is no provision for income taxes because the Company has incurred operating losses and capitalized certain items for income tax purposes since its inception and maintains a full valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets. The reported amount of income tax expense for the period differs from the amount that would result from applying the federal statutory tax rate to net loss before taxes primarily because of the change in valuation allowance.

 

     For the
Period from
Inception
January 2,
2019 to
December 31,
2019
    For Year
Ended
December 31,
2020
 

Statutory federal income tax rate

     21.0     21.0

Change in valuation allowance

     (21.0 %)      (21.0 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax provision (benefit)

     0.0     0.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax asset are as follows (in thousands):

Deferred tax assets and valuation allowance

Deferred tax assets reflect the tax effects of net operating losses, tax credit carryovers, and temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. At December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company’s deferred tax assets are organizational start-up costs capitalized for income tax purposes but expensed for financial reporting. At December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company had no U.S. federal and state NOL carryforwards.

 

     December 31,
2019
     December 31,
2020
 

Deferred tax assets:

     

Organization and start-up costs

   $ 49      $ 347  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred income tax assets

     49        347  

Valuation allowance

     (49      (347
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax asset, net of allowance

   $      $  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-14


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

7. Income Taxes (Continued)

 

The Company may be entitled to claim federal and state income tax credits for its 2019 and 2020 R&D activities, but these amounts have not yet been determined. Any R&D Credits generated by the Company in 2019 and 2020 would result in an additional deferred tax asset that would be subject to a full valuation allowance. Future changes in ownership may limit the utilization of R&D Credits due to Section 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and similar provisions.

8. License Agreements

Stanford Agreement

On June 25, 2020, the Company entered into a Nonexclusive License Agreement for COVID-19 Related Technology (the “Stanford Agreement”) with Stanford University (“Stanford”). Under the Stanford Agreement, Stanford grants to the Company a nonexclusive license to Stanford’s rights in a licensed patent related to therapeutic applications for COVID-19 to make, have made, use, import, offer to sell, and sell licensed product. Under the Stanford Agreement, the Company is responsible for reimbursement of patent costs. To date, the Company has reimbursed Stanford for patent costs in the amount of $1,280. There are no license or royalty fees under the Stanford Agreement, unless the Company exceeds a gross margin of 40% on the sale of licensed product in one or more Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (“OECD”) countries. At such time as the gross margin on the sale of licensed product in any OECD country exceeds 40% in a single calendar quarter, the parties will meet and determine appropriate additional financial consideration for Stanford, as well as the terms associated with such consideration. The Company may not sublicense under the Stanford Agreement. The contract term is one year from June 25, 2020, with a potential one-year extension with Stanford’s consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, if the Company is meeting its milestone commitments. Milestone commitments include the Company diligently developing, manufacturing, and selling licensed product, diligently developing markets for licensed product, and initiating a Phase 2/3 or Phase 3 clinical trial for angiotensin 1-7 within twelve months after the effective date of the Stanford Agreement. Either party may terminate the Stanford Agreement in certain situations, including Stanford being able to terminate the Stanford Agreement if the Company is not diligently developing and commercializing licensed product or misses a milestone commitment. In addition, in the event of a change of control to that part of the Company’s business that exercises all of the rights granted under the Stanford Agreement, or if the Stanford Agreement is assigned to a third party, the Company will pay Stanford $100,000. The license agreement has been assigned to the Company’s subsidiary, Ocean Promise, Inc.

Elkurt/Brown License Agreements

On July 31, 2020, the Company entered into four separate Exclusive License Agreements (the “Brown License Agreements”) with Elkurt Inc. (the “Licensor”), a licensee of Brown University. Elkurt, Inc., is a company formed by the Company’s scientific co-founders Jack A. Elias, M.D., former Dean of Medicine and current Special Advisor for Health Affairs to Brown University, and Jonathan Kurtis, M.D., PhD, Chair of the Department of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine at Brown. Under the Brown License Agreements, the Licensor grants to the Company exclusive, royalty-bearing licenses to patent rights and nonexclusive, royalty-bearing licenses to know-how, solely to make, have made, market, offer for sale, use, and sell licensed products for use in certain fields.

For each of the Brown License Agreements, the Company is required to pay the Licensor a maintenance fee of $60,000, due within fifteen days of an equity financing of at least $10 million or May 15, 2021, whichever comes first, and an additional $3,000 annual maintenance fee thereafter until July 31,

 

F-15


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

8. License Agreements (Continued)

 

2027, at which point the annual maintenance fee will become $4,000 per year. Upon successful commercialization, the Company is required to pay the Licensor between 0.5% to 1.5% of net sales based on the terms under the Brown License Agreements. In addition, the Company must pay the Licensor, under each of the Brown License Agreements, 25% of all non-royalty sublicense income prior to the first commercial sale, and 10% of non-royalty sublicense income thereafter, in the event that the Company enters into sublicenses for the subject intellectual property. If net sales or non-royalty sublicense income are generated from know-how products, the amounts otherwise due (royalty or non-royalty sublicense income) shall be reduced by 50%.

The Company will also pay the Licensor developmental and commercialization milestone payments for each of the Brown License Agreements ranging from $50,000 for the filing of an Investigational New Drug Application (“IND”), or the equivalent outside of the United States, to $250,000 for enrollment of the first patient in a Phase 3 clinical trial in the United States or the equivalent outside of the United States. The Company is also responsible for reimbursement of patent costs. As of December 31, 2020, the Company has reimbursed patent costs expenses to Brown University in the amount of $65,312.

The contract term for each of the Brown License Agreements continues until the later of the date on which the last valid claim expires or ten years. Either party may terminate each of the Brown License Agreements in certain situations, including the Licensor being able to terminate the Brown License Agreements at any time and for any reason after May 1, 2021 if the Company has not raised at least $10 million in equity financing by then. For the oncology programs, three of the license agreements have been sublicensed to the Company’s subsidiary, Ocean Chitorx, Inc., and for the Fibrosis program, one license agreement has been sublicensed to the Company’s subsidiary, Ocean Chitofibrorx, Inc.

Elkurt/Rhode Island Agreement

On January 25, 2020, the Company entered into an Exclusive License Agreement (the “Rhode Island License Agreement”) with the Licensor, a licensee of Rhode Island Hospital. Under the Rhode Island License Agreement, the Licensor grants to the Company an exclusive, royalty-bearing license to patent rights and a nonexclusive, royalty-bearing license to know-how, solely to make, have made, market, offer for sale, use, and sell licensed products for use in a certain field.

For the Rhode Island License Agreement, the Company is required to pay the Licensor $110,000, due in May 2021 and an additional $3,000 annual maintenance fee thereafter, until July 31, 2028, at which point the annual maintenance fee will become $4,000 per year. The Company is also required to pay the Licensor 1.5% of net sales under the Rhode Island License Agreement. In addition, the Company must pay the Licensor 25% of all non-royalty sublicense income prior to the first commercial sale, and 10% of non-royalty sublicense income thereafter, in the event that the Company enters into sublicenses for the subject intellectual property. If net sales or non-royalty sublicense income are generated from know-how products, the amounts otherwise due (royalty or non-royalty sublicense income) shall be reduced by 50%.

The Company will also pay the Licensor developmental and commercialization milestone payments under the Rhode Island Agreement, ranging from $50,000 for the filing of an IND, or the equivalent outside of the United States, to $250,000 for enrollment of the first patient in a Phase 3 clinical trial in the United States or the equivalent outside of the United States.

The contract term for the Rhode Island License Agreement began February 1, 2020 and will continue until the later of the date on which the last valid claim expires or fifteen years. Either party may terminate the License Agreement in certain situations, including the Licensor being able to terminate the license agreement at any time and for any reason by May 1, 2021, if the Company has not raised at least

 

F-16


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

8. License Agreements (Continued)

 

$10 million in equity financing by then. Currently, the Rhode Island License Agreement is still in effect and the license agreement has been sublicensed to the Company’s subsidiary, Ocean Sihoma, Inc.

Teton Therapeutics, Inc.

On April 15, 2020, the Company entered into an Exclusive License Agreement (the “Teton License Agreement”) with Teton Therapeutics, Inc. (“Teton”). On February 25, 2021, the Company amended and restated the Teton License Agreement with Teton. Pursuant to the Teton License Agreement, the Company obtained an exclusive license under certain patent rights, or the Teton Patents, and under certain data, expression and purification methods, information and other know-how, or the Teton Know-How, in each case relating to therapies for neurofibromatosis type 1 and 2 and schwannomatosis. The Company has the right to make, have made, market, offer for sale, use and sell in the field of therapeutics for each of neurofibromatosis type 1 and 2 and schwannomatosis on a worldwide basis any products or services that are either covered by the Teton Patents or incorporates or otherwise utilizes any Teton Know-How, or any materials that are sold in conjunction with any such products or services, in each such case, a Teton Product. Under the license agreement, the Company will form a new subsidiary, Ocean Teton, Inc. and the Teton License Agreement will be assigned to the subsidiary.

Under the Teton License Agreement and after the date Ocean Teton, Inc. is formed and the assignment of the license to Ocean Teton, Inc. is completed, Ocean Teton, Inc. will develop and commercialize Teton Products in accordance with the development and commercialization plan, which will be mutually agreed upon with Teton.

In consideration for the rights under the license agreement and after the assignment date to Ocean Teton, Inc., Ocean Teton, Inc. is obligated to reimburse Teton for all documented, out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Teton before the assignment date, which expenses are $42,000. In addition, for any sublicense income, the Company will pay Teton sublicense fees that are calculated on a tiered basis as a percentage of sublicense income including royalties and non-cash consideration. The percentage will differ based on whether the sublicense is executed prior to the fifth anniversary, between the fifth and eighth anniversary, or after the eighth anniversary of the effective date of the Teton License, with the percentage in each case in the low-double digits. After its formation, Ocean Teton, Inc. is also required to issue to each of Teton and a certain group of its research personnel a percentage of equity in the range of 5-15%.

Under the Teton License Agreement, Teton retains control of the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of the Teton Patents. Ocean Teton, Inc. is responsible for reimbursing Teton for all documented, out-of-pocket expenses incurred in performing such patent-related activities after the assignment date but during the term of the Teton License Agreement.

Unless earlier terminated, the Teton License Agreement will terminate in its entirety upon the later of (a) the expiration of the last to expire valid claim of the Teton Patents covering any Teton Product, or (b) 20 years. The Company may terminate the Teton License Agreement in its entirety at any time for convenience. Either party may terminate the Teton License Agreement in its entirety for the other party’s uncured material breach after an opportunity for the other party to cure such material breach. Teton may terminate the Teton License Agreement in its entirety immediately upon notice if the Company or Ocean Teton, Inc. notifies Teton that it has elected not to pursue development of the licensed rights or upon 30 days’ notice if Ocean Teton, Inc. fails to commence certain studies within a certain number of years after the assignment date to Ocean Teton, Inc. Teton may also terminate the Teton License Agreement for the Company or Ocean Teton, Inc.’s insolvency. If the Teton License Agreement is terminated by either party for any reason, the Teton Licenses will terminate and the all rights thereunder will revert to Teton.

 

F-17


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

9. CMO Agreement

On December 31, 2020, the Company executed a Development and Manufacturing Services Agreement with Lonza AG and affiliate Lonza Sales AG (“Lonza”). The Company engaged Lonza pursuant to the development and manufacture of certain products and services along with the assistance in developing the product OCX-253. The agreement outlines the pricing for services and raw materials as incurred and payment terms. As of December 31, 2020, approximately $50 thousand has been incurred. The payment terms require payment in British pounds (“GBP”). The Company converts the invoice amount to US dollars (“USD”) upon receipt of invoice and at the end of the year. Any realized or unrealized gain or loss is recorded in Other income (expense) as foreign currency gain or loss.

The Development and Manufacturing Services Agreement will terminate on December 31, 2025. Either party may terminate the agreement within 60 days after it becomes apparent to either party that it will not be possible to complete the services for a scientific or technical reason after a good faith effort is made to resolve such problems. The agreement may be terminated by either party, immediately for any uncured material breach, insolvency, or liquidation. In the event of termination, the Company will pay Lonza all costs incurred through the date of termination.

10. Related Party Transactions

In April 2020, the Company entered into an Exclusive License Agreement with Teton Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation, which is 100% owned by an employee and officer of the Company. In February 2021, the license agreement was amended. To date, there have been no license fees incurred. Such fees will be expensed as incurred as research and development expenses.

In July 2020, the Company entered into five Exclusive License Agreements with Elkurt, Inc. Elkurt, Inc., is a company formed by the Company’s scientific co-founders Jack A. Elias, M.D., former Dean of Medicine and current Special Advisor for Health Affairs to Brown University, and Jonathan Kurtis, M.D., PhD, Chair of the Department of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine at Brown. Elkurt is the Licensor of Brown University and Rhode Island Hospital. Dr Jonathan Kurtis is also is a board member on the Company’s Board of Directors. Elkurt/Brown represent four of the Exclusive License Agreements and Elkurt/Rhode Island Hospital represent one of the Exclusive License Agreements. License fees are expensed as incurred as research and development expenses. In 2020, Elkurt, Inc. paid for patent reimbursement expenses to Brown University in the amount of $18,657 on behalf of the Company. The amounts were recorded as accrued expenses-related parties on the consolidated balance sheets.

In December 2020, Chirinjeev Kathuria, the sole shareholder of the Company, contributed 100% of his shares to a then-wholly-owned entity, Poseidon Bio, LLC, a Delaware limited liability, or Poseidon. In February 2021, Poseidon transferred 142,157 shares back to Chirinjeev Kathuria and the Company’s employees and the remaining members of its management team became members of Poseidon. Poseidon’s sole asset is 7,107,843 shares of the Company’s common stock, and voting and investment authority over those shares is controlled by Poseidon’s five-member board of managers, which consists of Chirinjeev Kathuria, Elizabeth Ng, Daniel Behr, Jack Elias and Jonathan Kurtis.

In 2019 and 2020, the Company’s Founder and Executive Chairman, Chirinjeev Kathuria, paid for legal fees in the amount of $16,278, patent reimbursement expenses to Brown University in the amount of $46,656 and patent reimbursement expenses to Stanford in the amount of $1,280 on behalf of the Company. The amounts were recorded as accrued expenses-related parties on the consolidated balance sheets and as a cash inflow from financing activities in the statement of cash flows.

 

F-18


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

11. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through March 5, 2021, the date that these consolidated financial statements were issued. Except for the matters disclosed below, no additional subsequent events had occurred that would require recognition or disclosure in these consolidated financial statements.

In February 2021, the Company has amended an exclusive license agreement with Teton Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation. (See Note 8 License Agreements and Note 10—Related Party Transactions).

In February 2021, the Company amended compensation agreements with the executive team and certain employees (See Note 4—Commitments and Contingencies).

In February 2021, the Company’s board of directors and owner approved the Ocean Biomedical, Inc. 2021 Stock Option Plan that reserves approximately 10% of unissued, but authorized common stock shares. To date, no stock options have been granted.

In February 2021, the Company formed a new wholly-owned subsidiary Ocean Promise, Inc., to organize and segment the Company’s Inflammation-COVID-19 program with Stanford.

 

F-19


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

(Unaudited)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     December 31,
2020
    March 31,
2021
 

Assets

    

Current assets

    

Cash

   $     $ 785  

Deferred offering costs

     386       946  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     386       1,731  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 386     $ 1,731  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and stockholders’ deficit

    

Current liabilities

    

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 2,188     $ 3,685  

Accrued expenses-related party

     83       141  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     2,271       3,826  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 4)

            

Stockholders’ deficit

    

Common stock, $0.000001 par value; 12,000,000 shares authorized, 7,250,000 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 7,263,834 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2021

    

Additional paid-in capital

           43,729  

Accumulated deficit

     (1,885     (45,824
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (1,885     (2,095
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 386     $ 1,731  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-20


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

(Unaudited)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     For the Three
Months Ended
March 31, 2020
    For the Three
Months Ended
March 31, 2021
 

Revenue

   $     $  

Operating expenses

    

Research and development

       25,413  

General and administrative

     12       18,526  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     12       43,939  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (12     (43,939
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (12)     $ (43,939)  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares outstanding used in computing net loss per share – basic and diluted

     7,250,000       7,252,307  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share – basic and diluted

   $ (0.00)     $ (6.06)  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-21


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit

(Unaudited)

(in thousands, except share amounts)

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2020

 

     Common
Stock
Shares
     Common
Stock
Amount
     Additional
Paid-in
Amount
     Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 

Balance at January 1, 2020

     7,250,000      $      $      $ (232   $ (232

Net loss

                      (12     (12
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2020

     7,250,000      $      $      $ (244   $ (244
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2021

 

     Common
Stock
Shares
     Common
Stock
Amount
     Additional
Paid-in
Amount
     Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 

Balance at January 1, 2021

     7,250,000      $      $      $ (1,885   $ (1,885

Issuance of common stock

     13,834           808          808  

Stock-based compensation

           42,921          42,921  

Net loss

                      (43,939     (43,939
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2021

     7,263,834      $      $ 43,729      $ (45,824   $ (2,095
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-22


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Unaudited)

(in thousands)

 

     For the Three
Months Ended
March 31, 2020
    For the Three
Months Ended
March 31, 2021
 

Operating activities

    

Net loss

   $ (12   $ (43,939

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities

    

Stock-based compensation

           42,921  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

     (12     901  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

           (117
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities

    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

            
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities

    

Expenses paid by related parties

           94  

Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs

       808  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

           902  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash

           785  

Cash - beginning of year

            
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash - end of year

   $     $ 785  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-cash financing activities

    

Deferred offering costs not yet paid

   $     $ 946  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements

 

F-23


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Organization, Description of Business, and Going Concern Considerations

Ocean Biomedical, Inc. (the “Company”), a Delaware corporation, was founded on January 2, 2019. The Company is a biopharmaceutical company that is focused on discovering and developing therapeutic products in oncology, fibrosis, infectious diseases and inflammation.

The Company is subject to risks common to companies in the biopharmaceutical industry, including, but not limited to, risks related to the successful development and commercialization of product candidates, fluctuations in operating results and financial risks, the ability to successfully raise additional funds when needed, protection of proprietary rights and patent risks, patent litigation, compliance with government regulations, dependence on key personnel and prospective collaborative partners, and competition from competing products in the marketplace.

Going Concern Considerations

The accompanying interim condensed consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applicable to a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business.

In March 2021, the Company approved the issuance of 17,519 shares of common stock to certain persons consisting of friends and family of our employees, at an aggregate offering price of $1.0 million. As of March 31, 2021, the Company issued 13,834 shares of common stock at an aggregate offering price of $0.8 million of the total amounts approved. The Company had no cash inflows from operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 2021. The Company’s current operating plan indicates it will incur losses from operations and generate negative cash flows from operating activities, given anticipated expenditures related to research and development activities and its lack of revenue generating ability at this point in the Company’s lifecycle. These events and conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date the financial statements are issued.

The Company will need to raise additional funds in order to advance its research and development programs, operate its business, and meet its future obligations as they come due. The Company is seeking to complete an initial public offering (“IPO”) of its common stock. In the event the Company does not complete an IPO, the Company will seek additional funding through private equity financings, debt financings, collaborations, strategic alliances, and marketing, distribution, or licensing arrangements. There is no assurance that the Company will be successful in obtaining such additional financing on terms acceptable to the Company, if at all, and the Company may not be able to enter into collaborations or other arrangements. If the Company is unable to obtain funding, the Company could be forced to delay, reduce, or eliminate its research and development programs, which could adversely affect its business prospects and its ability to continue operations.

The accompanying interim condensed consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

COVID-19 Pandemic

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the global novel coronavirus disease 2020 (“COVID-19”) outbreak a pandemic. As of May 2021, the Company’s operations have not been significantly impacted by the COVID-19 outbreak. However, the Company cannot at this time predict the specific extent, duration, or full impact that the COVID-19 outbreak will have on its financial condition

 

F-24


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

1. Organization, Description of Business, and Going Concern Considerations (Continued)

 

and operations, including planned pre-clinical activities. The impact of the COVID-19 coronavirus outbreak on the financial performance of the Company will depend on future developments, including the duration and spread of the outbreak and related governmental advisories and restrictions. These developments and the impact of COVID-19 on the financial markets and the overall economy are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted. If the financial markets and/or the overall economy are impacted for an extended period, the Company’s results may be materially adversely affected.

In March 2020, the U.S. government enacted the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act, or CARES Act, which includes modifications to the limitation on business interest expense and net operating loss provisions and provides a payment delay of employer payroll taxes during 2020 after the date of enactment. In December 2020, the U.S. government added and expanded provisions in the CARES Act.

In March 2021, the U.S. government enacted the American Rescue Plan Act that added and expanded similar provisions in the CARES Act. The Company does not expect the CARES Act or the American Rescue Plan Act to have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and stated in U.S. dollars. Any reference in these notes to applicable guidance is meant to refer to the authoritative GAAP as found in the Accounting Standards Codification and Accounting Standards Updates (“ASU”) of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”).

The accompanying interim condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries after elimination of all intercompany accounts and transactions. The subsidiaries were formed to organize and segment the Company’s therapeutic programs in order to optimize multiple commercialization options and to maximize each program’s value.

The accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2020, which has been derived from audited financial statements, and the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2021, and for the first quarters ended March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020 have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for interim financial information. Certain information and note disclosures normally included in annual financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles have been condensed or omitted pursuant to those rules and regulations. In the opinion of management, all accounting entries and adjustments (including normal, recurring adjustments) considered necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and the results of operations for the interim periods have been made. Operating results for the first quarter ended March 31, 2021 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021. For further information, including a description of the significant accounting policies of the Company, refer to the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

F-25


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates. On an ongoing basis the Company evaluates its estimates, as applicable, including those related to accrued expenses, the fair values of the Company’s common stock, and the valuation of deferred tax assets. The Company bases its estimates using Company forecasts and future plans, current economic conditions, and information from third-party professionals that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities and recorded amounts of expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources and adjusts those estimates and assumptions when facts and circumstances dictate.

The Company’s results can also be affected by economic, political, legislative, regulatory, or legal actions. Economic conditions, such as recessionary trends, inflation, interest, changes in regulatory laws and monetary exchange rates, and government fiscal policies, can have a significant effect on operations. The Company could also be affected by civil, criminal, regulatory or administrative actions, claims, or proceedings.

3. Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses

Accounts payable and accrued expenses consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2020
     March 31,
2021
 

Accounting and legal fees

   $ 2,085      $ 3,236  

Research and development

     50        395  

Other

     53        54  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 2,188      $ 3,685  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

4. Commitments and Contingencies

Litigation

The Company is not a party to any material legal proceedings and is not aware of any pending or threatened claims. From time to time, the Company may be subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of its business activities.

Leases

As of March 31, 2021, the Company is not a party to any leasing agreements.

License Fees

The Company entered into license agreements with its academic research institution partners. Under these license agreements, the Company is required to make annual fixed license maintenance fee payments. The Company is also required to make payments upon successful completion and achievement of certain milestones as well as royalty payments upon sales of products covered by such licenses. The payment obligations under the license and collaboration agreements are contingent upon future events

 

F-26


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

4. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

 

such as achievement of specified development, clinical, regulatory, and commercial milestones. As the timing of these future milestone payments are not known, the Company has not included these fees in the condensed consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2020 or as of March 31, 2021. See Note 8, License Agreements.

Contingent Compensation

Under the management employment agreements, as of December 31, 2020, the Company has salaries and bonuses that are contingently payable upon financing, collectively called contingent compensation, in the amount of $5.2 million. Of this amount, $2.8 million are salaries contingent upon the successful completion of the Company’s IPO, $1.9 million are bonus payments to certain members of senior management contingent upon the successful completion of the Company’s IPO, and $0.5 million are bonuses contingent upon the completion of the Company’s first capital raise equal to at least $50 million.

Under the management employment agreements, as of March 31, 2021, the Company has salaries and bonuses that are contingently payable upon financing, collectively called contingent compensation, in the amount of $6.2 million. Of this amount, $3.7 million are salaries contingent upon the successful completion of the Company’s IPO, $2.0 million are bonus payments to certain members of senior management contingent upon the successful completion of the Company’s IPO, and $0.5 million are bonuses contingent upon the completion of the Company’s first capital raise equal to at least $50 million.

These amounts will not be paid if the contingencies do not occur. Since the payment of obligations under the employment agreements are contingent upon these future events, which are not considered probable as such future events are deemed outside of the Company’s control, the Company has not included these amounts in its condensed consolidated balance sheets.

5. Common Stock

The holders of common stock of the Company are entitled to dividends when and if declared by the board of directors. The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had 12 million authorized shares with a par value of $0.000001 per share. The Company’s founder and sole stockholder was issued 7,250,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (“Founders Shares”) upon the formation of the Company on January 2, 2019.

In December 2020, the sole stockholder of the Company contributed 100% of his Founders Shares to Poseidon Bio, LLC (“Poseidon”), which became the sole stockholder of the Company. In February 2021, Poseidon transferred 142,157 shares of the Company’s common stock back to the Company’s founder.

In February 2021, Poseidon amended and restated its operating agreement to allow additional members into Poseidon by issuing Class A units and Class B units in which the Company’s founder is the sole Class A unit holder who holds 100% of the voting power of Poseidon. In addition, certain executives and employees of the Company were granted Class B unit profit interests in Poseidon. These profit interests grants in the Company’s controlling shareholder were deemed to be transactions incurred by the shareholder and within the scope of FASB ASC 718, Stock Compensation. As a result, the related transactions by the shareholder were pushed down into the Company’s condensed consolidated interim financial statements. As of March 31, 2021, the Company’s founder held 100% of the voting power and 69% of the equity interests in Poseidon. See Stock-Based Compensation for Profit Interests in Poseidon section below.

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

5. Common Stock (Continued)

 

In March 2021, the Company authorized the issuance of 17,519 shares of common stock in the Company to certain persons who were accredited investors (consisting of friends and family of the Company’s employees) at an aggregate offering price of $1.0 million. As of March 31, 2021, the Company has issued 13,834 shares of common stock at an aggregate offering price of $0.8 million of the total amounts approved. As of March 31, 2021, a total of 7,263,834 shares of common stock of the Company have been issued and Poseidon held 98% of the voting power of the Company.

Stock-Based Compensation for Profit Interests in Poseidon

The Company recognizes compensation costs related to profit interests granted to employees, nonemployees and directors based on the estimated fair value of the awards on the date of grant. The Company estimates the grant date fair value and the resulting stock-based compensation expense using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The grant date fair value of the profit interests in Poseidon are recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods but accelerated to the extent that grants vest sooner than on a straight-line basis. Forfeitures are accounted for as they occur.

On February 22, 2021, 3,080,000 Class B profit interests were granted. The estimated fair value of a Class B profit interest in Poseidon at February 22, 2021, the grant date of the profit interests, was $22.26 per interest and was determined using an option-pricing model under which interests are valued by creating a series of call options with exercise prices based on the liquidation preferences and conversion terms of each equity class, adjusted for a discount for the lack of marketability to account for a lack of access to an active public market.

The following assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of the profits interests that were granted on February 22, 2021:

 

Risk-free interest rate

     0.11

Fair value of common stock of the Company

   $ 59.63  

Expected dividend yield

      

Expected terms in years

     2  

Expected volatility

     75

 

As of March 31, 2021, there was $42.9 million of recognized compensation costs and $25.6 million of unrecognized compensation that is expected to be recognized over the weighted-average periods of 1.6 years related to profit interests grants.

The stock-based compensation allocation was based upon the grantees vested interests and the amount of time spent in their respective operating department. The following table summarizes the allocation of stock-based compensation for the Profit Interests in Poseidon for the three months ended March 31, 2021:

 

     Amount
(in thousands)
 

Research and development expense

   $ 25,069  

General and administrative expense

   $ 17,852  
  

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 42,921  
  

 

 

 

Stock Options

In February 2021, the Company’s board of directors approved the Ocean Biomedical, Inc. 2021 Stock Option and Grant Plan (“2021 Stock Option and Grant Plan”) that reserves approximately 10% of unissued but authorized common stock shares. The 2021 Stock Option and Grant Plan permits the

 

F-28


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

5. Common Stock (Continued)

 

granting of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, restricted stock awards, unrestricted stock awards, and restricted stock units to employees, directors, officers, and consultants. As of March 31, 2021, no such options, awards or units have been issued.

6. Net Loss Per Share

There were approximately 1.2 million of non-vested profit interests grants outstanding of potentially dilutive (anti-dilutive) securities that were excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share.

7. Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are provided if based upon the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company has evaluated the positive and negative evidence bearing upon the realizability of its deferred tax assets. Based on its history of operating losses, the Company believes that it is more likely than not that the benefit of its deferred tax assets will not be realized. Accordingly, the Company has provided a full valuation allowance for its deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2020 and March 31, 2021.

8. License Agreements

Stanford University Agreement

On June 25, 2020, the Company entered into a Nonexclusive License Agreement for COVID-19 Related Technology, or the Stanford Agreement, with Stanford University, or Stanford. Under the Stanford Agreement, Stanford grants to the Company a nonexclusive license to Stanford’s rights in a licensed patent related to therapeutic applications for COVID-19 to make, have made, use, import, offer to sell, and sell licensed product. Under the Stanford Agreement, the Company is responsible for reimbursement of patent costs. To date, the Company has reimbursed Stanford for patent costs in the amount of $1,280. There are no license or royalty fees under the Stanford Agreement, unless the Company exceeds a gross margin of 40% on the sale of licensed product in one or more Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development, or OECD, countries. At such time as the gross margin on the sale of licensed product in any OECD country exceeds 40% in a single calendar quarter, the parties will meet and determine appropriate additional financial consideration for Stanford, as well as the terms associated with such consideration. The Company may not sublicense under the Stanford Agreement. The contract term is one year from June 25, 2020, with a potential one-year extension with Stanford’s consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, if the Company is meeting its milestone commitments. Milestone commitments include the Company diligently developing, manufacturing, and selling licensed product, diligently developing markets for licensed product, and initiating a Phase 2/3 or Phase 3 clinical trial for angiotensin 1-7 within twelve months after the effective date of the Stanford Agreement. Either party may terminate the Stanford Agreement in certain situations, including Stanford being able to terminate the Stanford Agreement if the Company is not diligently developing and commercializing licensed product or misses a milestone commitment. In addition, in the event of a change of control to that part of the Company’s business that exercises all of the rights granted under the Stanford Agreement, or if the Stanford Agreement is assigned to a third party, the Company will pay Stanford $100,000. On March 3, 2021, the Stanford Agreement was amended and restated so that Company’s subsidiary, Ocean Promise, Inc., is now the party to the license agreement instead of Company, or the Restated Stanford Agreement. Under the Restated Stanford Agreement, the contract term is one year from March 3, 2021.

 

F-29


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

8. License Agreements (Continued)

 

Elkurt/Brown License Agreements

On July 31, 2020, the Company entered into four separate Exclusive License Agreements, or the Brown License Agreements, with Elkurt Inc., or the Licensor, a licensee of Brown University. On March 21, 2021, the Company and the Licensor amended each of the Brown License Agreements. Elkurt, Inc., is a company formed by the Company’s scientific co-founders Jack A. Elias, M.D., former Dean of Medicine and current Special Advisor for Health Affairs to Brown University, and Jonathan Kurtis, M.D., PhD, Chair of the Department of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine at Brown. Under the Brown License Agreements, the Licensor grants to the Company exclusive, royalty-bearing licenses to patent rights and nonexclusive, royalty-bearing licenses to know-how, solely to make, have made, market, offer for sale, use, and sell licensed products for use in certain fields.

For each of the Brown License Agreements, the Company is required to pay the Licensor a maintenance fee of $60,000, if paid by June 15, 2021, or $67,000, if paid after June 15, 2021 due in either case within fifteen days of an equity financing of at least $10 million, and an additional $3,000 annual maintenance fee thereafter until January 1, 2028, at which point the annual maintenance fee will become $4,000 per year. Upon successful commercialization, the Company is required to pay the Licensor between 0.5% to 1.5% of net sales based on the terms under the Brown License Agreements. In addition, the Company must pay the Licensor, under each of the Brown License Agreements, 25% of all non-royalty sublicense income prior to the first commercial sale, and 10% of non-royalty sublicense income thereafter, in the event that the Company enters into sublicenses for the subject intellectual property. If net sales or non-royalty sublicense income are generated from know-how products, the amounts otherwise due (royalty or non-royalty sublicense income) shall be reduced by 50%.

The Company will also pay the Licensor developmental and commercialization milestone payments for each of the Brown License Agreements ranging from $50,000 for the filing of an Investigational New Drug Application (“IND”), or the equivalent outside of the United States, to $250,000 for enrollment of the first patient in a Phase 3 clinical trial in the United States or the equivalent outside of the United States. The Company is also responsible for reimbursement of patent costs. The Company records reimbursement of patent costs as general and administrative costs in the statements of operations as incurred. To date, the Company has total reimbursed patent costs expenses to Brown University in the amount of $101,238.

The contract term for each of the Brown License Agreements continues until the later of the date on which the last valid claim expires or ten years. Either party may terminate each of the Brown License Agreements in certain situations, including the Licensor being able to terminate the Brown License Agreements at any time and for any reason after October 1, 2021 if the Company has not raised at least $10 million in equity financing by then. For the oncology programs, three of the license agreements have been sublicensed to the Company’s subsidiary, Ocean Chitorx, Inc., and for the Fibrosis program, one license agreement has been sublicensed to the Company’s subsidiary, Ocean Chitofibrorx, Inc.

Elkurt/Rhode Island Agreement

On January 25, 2021, the Company entered into an Exclusive License Agreement, or the Rhode Island License Agreement, with Licensor, a licensee of Rhode Island Hospital. In April 1, 2021, the Company and Licensor amended the Rhode Island License Agreement Under the Rhode Island License Agreement, the Licensor grants to the Company an exclusive, royalty-bearing license to patent rights and a nonexclusive, royalty-bearing license to know-how, solely to make, have made, market, offer for sale, use, and sell licensed products for use in a certain field.

 

F-30


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

8. License Agreements (Continued)

 

For the Rhode Island License Agreement, the Company is required to pay the Licensor $110,000, due within 45 days of an equity financing of at least $10 million or October 15, 2021, whichever comes first, and an additional $3,000 annual maintenance fee thereafter, until January 1, 2028, at which point the annual maintenance fee will become $4,000 per year. The Company is also required to pay the Licensor 1.5% of net sales under the Rhode Island License Agreement. In addition, the Company must pay the Licensor 25% of all non-royalty sublicense income prior to the first commercial sale, and 10% of non-royalty sublicense income thereafter, in the event that the Company enters into sublicenses for the subject intellectual property. If net sales or non-royalty sublicense income are generated from know-how products, the amounts otherwise due (royalty or non-royalty sublicense income) shall be reduced by 50%. The Company will also pay the Licensor developmental and commercialization milestone payments under the Rhode Island Agreement, ranging from $50,000 for the filing of an IND, or the equivalent outside of the United States, to $250,000 for enrollment of the first patient in a Phase 3 clinical trial in the United States or the equivalent outside of the United States.

The contract term for the Rhode Island License Agreement began February 1, 2020 and will continue until the later of the date on which the last valid claim expires or fifteen years. Either party may terminate the License Agreement in certain situations, including the Licensor being able to terminate the license agreement at any time and for any reason by October 1, 2021, if the Company has not raised at least $10 million in equity financing by then. Currently, the Rhode Island License Agreement is still in effect and the license agreement has been sublicensed to the Company’s subsidiary, Ocean Sihoma, Inc.

Teton Therapeutics, Inc.

On April 15, 2020, the Company entered into an Exclusive License Agreement (the “Teton License Agreement”) with Teton Therapeutics, Inc. (“Teton”). In February 25, 2021, the Company amended and restated this agreement in order to assign the program to a new subsidiary in the future. Pursuant to the Teton License Agreement, the Company obtained from Teton an exclusive license under certain patent rights, or the Teton Patents, and under certain data, expression and purification methods, information and other know-how, or the Teton Know-How, in each case relating to therapies for neurofibromatosis type 1 and 2 and schwannomatosis. Under such licenses that the Company obtained from Teton, or the Teton Licenses, the Company has the right to make, has made, market, offer for sale, use and sell in the field of therapeutics for each of neurofibromatosis type 1 and 2 and schwannomatosis on a worldwide basis any products or services that are either covered by the Teton Patents or incorporates or otherwise utilizes any Teton Know-How, or any materials that are sold in conjunction with any such products or services, in each such case, a Teton Product. The Company intends to form a subsidiary that will house this program, or the Ocean Teton Subsidiary.

Under the Teton License Agreement, after the date the Company forms the Ocean Teton Subsidiary, or the Ocean Teton Assignment Date, the Ocean Teton Subsidiary will develop and commercialize Teton Products in accordance with the development and commercialization plan, which will be mutually agreed upon with Teton.

In consideration for the rights conveyed by Teton under the Teton License Agreement, after the Ocean Teton Assignment Date, the Ocean Teton Subsidiary is obligated to reimburse Teton for all documented, out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Teton before the Teton Assignment Date, which expenses are $42,000. If the Company or the Ocean Teton Subsidiary, as applicable, grant any sublicenses under the Teton Licenses, the Company or the Ocean Teton Subsidiary, as applicable, are obligated to pay to Teton sublicense fees that are calculated on a tiered basis as a percentage of sublicense income including royalties and non-cash consideration, which percentage will differ based on whether the

 

F-31


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

8. License Agreements (Continued)

 

sublicense is executed prior to the fifth anniversary, between the fifth and eighth anniversary, or after the eighth anniversary of the effective date of the Teton License, with the percentage in each case in the low-double digits. The Ocean Teton Subsidiary is also required to issue to each of Teton and a certain group of its research personnel a percentage of its equity prior to the completion of a $10 million equity financing, with the percentage in each case in the low-double digits.

Under the Teton License Agreement, Teton retains control of the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of the Teton Patents. The Ocean Teton Subsidiary is responsible for reimbursing Teton for all documented, out-of-pocket expenses incurred in performing such patent-related activities after the Teton Assignment Date but during the term of the Teton License Agreement.

Unless earlier terminated, the Teton License Agreement will terminate in its entirety upon the later of (a) the expiration of the last to expire valid claim of the Teton Patents covering any Teton Product, or (b) 20 years. The Company or the Ocean Teton Subsidiary, as applicable, may terminate the Teton License Agreement in its entirety at any time for convenience. Either party may terminate the Teton License Agreement in its entirety for the other party’s uncured material breach after an opportunity for the other party to cure such material breach. Teton may terminate the Teton License Agreement in its entirety immediately upon notice if the Company or the Ocean Teton Subsidiary notifies Teton that it has not elected to pursue development of the licensed rights or upon 30 days’ notice if the Ocean Teton Subsidiary fails to commence certain studies within a certain number of years after the assignment date to the Ocean Teton Subsidiary. Teton may also terminate the Teton License Agreement for the Company’s or the Ocean Teton Entity’s insolvency. If the Teton License Agreement is terminated by either party for any reason, the Teton Licenses will terminate and the all rights thereunder will revert to Teton.

9. CMO Agreement

On December 31, 2020, the Company executed a Development and Manufacturing Services Agreement with Lonza AG and affiliate Lonza Sales AG (“Lonza”). The Company engaged Lonza pursuant to the development and manufacture of certain products and services along with the assistance in developing the product OCX-253. The agreement outlines the pricing for services and raw materials as incurred and payment terms. As of March 31, 2021, approximately $0.4 million has been incurred.

The Development and Manufacturing Services Agreement will terminate on December 31, 2025. Either party may terminate the agreement within 60 days after it becomes apparent to either party that it will not be possible to complete the services for a scientific or technical reason after a good faith effort is made to resolve such problems. The agreement may be terminated by either party, immediately for any uncured material breach, insolvency, or liquidation. In the event of termination, the Company will pay Lonza all costs incurred through the date of termination.

10. Related Party Transactions

Transaction with Teton Therapeutics, Inc.

In April 2020, the Company entered into an Exclusive License Agreement with Teton Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation, which is 100% owned by an employee and officer of the Company. In February 2021, the license agreement was amended. To date, there have been no license fees incurred. See Note 8, License Agreements.

License Agreements with Elkurt, Inc.

In July, 2020, the Company entered into four separate Exclusive License Agreements, or the Brown License Agreements, with Elkurt Inc., a licensee of Brown University. The Company amended each of the

 

F-32


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

10. Related Party Transactions (Continued)

 

Brown License Agreements on March 21, 2021. Elkurt, Inc., is a company formed by the Company’s scientific co-founders Jack A. Elias, M.D., former Dean of Medicine and current Special Advisor for Health Affairs to Brown University, and Jonathan Kurtis, M.D., PhD, Chair of the Department of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine at Brown. Under the Brown License Agreements, Elkurt, Inc. grant to the Company exclusive, royalty-bearing licenses to patent rights and nonexclusive, royalty-bearing licenses to know-how, solely to make, have made, market, offer for sale, use, and sell licensed products for use in certain fields. License fees are expensed as incurred as research and development expenses. Patent reimbursement fees are expensed as incurred as general and administrative expenses. As of March 31, 2021, Elkurt, Inc., expensed and paid for patent reimbursement expenses to Brown University in the amount of $47,557 on behalf of the Company. The amounts are included in accounts payable-related party on the condensed consolidated balance sheets.

In January 2021, the Company entered into an Exclusive License Agreement, or the Rhode Island License Agreement, with Elkurt Inc., a licensee of Rhode Island Hospital. The Company amended the Rhode Island License Agreement on April 1, 2021. Under the Rhode Island License Agreement, Elkurt, Inc. grants to the Company an exclusive, royalty-bearing license to patent rights and a nonexclusive, royalty-bearing license to know-how, solely to make, have made, market, offer for sale, use, and sell licensed products for use in a certain field. To date, there have been no license fees incurred.

Transactions with Founder and Executive Chairman

As of March 31, 2021, the Company’s Founder and Executive Chairman had paid for certain general and administrative expenses totaling $93,769 on behalf of the Company. The amounts were recorded as accounts payable-related parties on the interim condensed consolidated balance sheets.

11. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through June 9, 2021, the date that these interim condensed consolidated financial statements were issued. Except for the matters disclosed below, no additional subsequent events had occurred that would require recognition or disclosure in these interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

In April 2021, the Company issued the remaining 3,685 shares of common stock to certain persons consisting of friends and family of the Company’s employees, at an aggregate offering price of $0.2 million.

 

F-33


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 

 

 

                Shares

Ocean Biomedical, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

LOGO

 

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

                    , 2021

 

 

 

Berenberg    Oppenheimer & Co.

 

LifeSci Capital
  Ladenburg Thalmann   Brookline Capital Markets
  Roth Capital Partners
    a division of Arcadia Securities, LLC

Through and including , 2021 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth the fees and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable in connection with the registration of the common stock hereunder. All amounts are estimates except the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the Nasdaq Global Market listing fee.

 

     Amount
Paid or to
Be Paid
 

SEC registration fee

     $10,910  

FINRA filing fee

     $15,500  

Nasdaq Global Market listing fee

     *  

Printing and mailing

     *  

Legal fees and expenses

     *  

Accounting fees and expenses

     *  

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

     *  

Miscellaneous

     *  
  

 

 

 

Total

     $            *  
  

 

 

 

 

 

*

To be completed by amendment.

 

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, authorizes a corporation to indemnify its directors and officers against liabilities arising out of actions, suits and proceedings to which they are made or threatened to be made a party by reason of the fact that they have served or are currently serving as a director or officer to a corporation. The indemnity may cover expenses (including attorneys’ fees) judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the director or officer in connection with any such action, suit or proceeding. Section 145 permits corporations to pay expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by directors and officers in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding. In addition, Section 145 provides that a corporation has the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of its directors and officers against any liability asserted against them and incurred by them in their capacity as a director or officer, or arising out of their status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify the director or officer against such liability under Section 145.

We have adopted provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be in effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering that limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it now exists or may in the future be amended. Consequently, a director will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages or breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for:

 

   

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders; any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; any unlawful payments related to dividends or unlawful stock purchases, redemptions or other distributions; or any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

These limitations of liability do not alter director liability under the federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as an injunction or rescission.

 

II-1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In addition, our bylaws provide that:

 

   

we will indemnify our directors, officers and, in the discretion of our board of directors, certain employees to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it now exists or may in the future be amended; and

 

   

we will advance reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, to our directors and, in the discretion of our board of directors, to our officers and certain employees, in connection with legal proceedings relating to their service for or on behalf of us, subject to limited exceptions.

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors, certain of our executive officers and, at times, their affiliates to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. We will advance expenses, including attorneys’ fees (but excluding judgments, fines and settlement amounts), to each indemnified director, executive officer or affiliate in connection with any proceeding in which indemnification is available and we will indemnify our directors and officers for any action or proceeding arising out of that person’s services as a director or officer brought on behalf of us or in furtherance of our rights. Additionally, certain of our directors or officers may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance provided by their affiliates or other third parties, which indemnification relates to and might apply to the same proceedings arising out of such director’s or officer’s services as a director referenced herein. Nonetheless, we will agree in the indemnification agreements that our obligations to those same directors or officers are primary and any obligation of such affiliates or other third parties to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the expenses or liabilities incurred by those directors are secondary.

We will maintain general liability insurance which covers certain liabilities of our directors and officers arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

The underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification of us and our directors and officers by the underwriters against certain liabilities under the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

In the period preceding the filing of this registration statement from January 2, 2019 (the date of our inception), we have issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act. No underwriters were involved in the sales and the certificates representing the securities sold and issued contain legends restricting transfer of the securities without registration under the Securities Act or an applicable exemption from registration.

(a) Issuances of Capital Stock

On January 2, 2019, we issued 7,250,000 shares to Chirinjeev Kathuria at par value, resulting in the initial shareholder holding 7,250,000 shares of common stock. These shares were subsequently contributed to Poseidon Bio, LLC.

In March and April 2021, the Company issued 17,519 shares of common stock to certain persons who were accredited investors (consisting of friends and family of our employees), at an aggregate offering price of $1.0 million. These transactions were effected without registration under the Securities Act in reliance on the exemption from registration provided under Section 4(2) promulgated thereunder.

(b) Grants and Exercises of Stock Options and Restricted Stock

None.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits.

 

Exhibit No.

 

Description

  1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
  3.2*   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be in effect immediately prior to completion of the offering.
  3.3   Bylaws of the Registrant and the amendments thereto, as currently in effect.
  3.4*   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be in effect immediately prior to the completion of the offering.
  4.1*   Specimen Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant.
  5.1*   Opinion of Goodwin Procter LLP.
10.1*#   2021 Stock Option and Grant Plan and forms of award agreements thereunder.
10.2*#   Senior Executive Cash Incentive Bonus Plan.
10.3*#   Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy.
10.4*#   Offer Letter, dated as of February 22, 2021, by and between the Registrant and Elizabeth Ng.
10.5*   Form of Indemnification Agreement, by and between the Registrant and each of its directors and officers.
10.6*   Exclusive License Agreement (FRG), dated as of July 31, 2020, by and between the Registrant and Elkurt Inc., as amended on March 21, 2021.
10.7*   Exclusive License Agreement (Anti-CTLA4), dated as of July 31, 2020, by and between the Registrant and Elkurt Inc., as amended on March 21, 2021.
10.8*   Exclusive License Agreement (FRGxPD-1), dated as of July 31, 2020, by and between the Registrant and Elkurt Inc., as amended on March 21, 2021.
10.9*   Exclusive License Agreement (Chit1), dated as of July 31, 2020, by and between the Registrant and Elkurt Inc., as amended on March 21, 2021.
10.10*   Exclusive License Agreement (PfGARP/PfSEA), dated as of January 25, 2021, by and between the Registrant and Elkurt Inc., as amended on April 1, 2021.
10.11   Nonexclusive License Agreement for COVID-19 Related Technology, dated as of June  25, 2020, by and between the Registrant and The Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University.
21.1   List of Subsidiaries.
23.1   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2*   Consent of Goodwin Procter LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1   Power of Attorney (included on signature page).

 

+

Previously filed.

 

*

To be filed by amendment.

 

Certain confidential portions (indicated by brackets and hash marks) have been omitted from this exhibit.

 

#

Represents management compensation plan, contract or arrangement.

(b) Financial statement schedules.

None.

 

II-3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Providence, Rhode Island, on the 9th of June, 2021.

 

OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Elizabeth Ng

  Elizabeth Ng
  Chief Executive Officer

Power of Attorney

Each person whose individual signature appears below hereby authorizes and appoints Elizabeth Ng and Gurinder Kalra and each of them, with full power of substitution and resubstitution and full power to act without the other, as his or her true and lawful attorney in fact and agent to act in his or her name, place and stead and to execute in the name and on behalf of each person, individually and in each capacity stated below, and to file any and all amendments to this Registration Statement, including any and all post effective amendments and amendments thereto, and any registration statement relating to the same offering as this Registration Statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys in fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing, ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys in fact and agents or any of them or their or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated below.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Elizabeth Ng

Elizabeth Ng

   Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   June 9, 2021

/s/ Chirinjeev Kathuria, M.D.

Chirinjeev Kathuria, M.D.

   Founder and Executive Chairman   June 9, 2021

/s/ Gurinder Kalra

Gurinder Kalra

   Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
  June 9, 2021

/s/ Jonathan Kurtis

Jonathan Kurtis

   Director   June 9, 2021

/s/ Martin D. Angle

Martin D. Angle

   Director   June 9, 2021

/s/ Michelle Berrey, M.D., MPH

Michelle Berrey, M.D., MPH

   Director   June 9, 2021

 

II-4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ William Owens

William Owens

   Director   June 9, 2021

/s/ Jerome Ringo

Jerome Ringo

   Director   June 9, 2021

 

II-5